Out of the night that covers me, Black as the pit from pole to pole, I thank whatever gods may be For my unconquerable soul.
In the fell clutch of circumstance I have not winced nor cried aloud. Under the bludgeonings of chance My head is bloody, but unbowed.
Beyond this place of wrath and tears Looms but the Horror of the shade, And yet the menace of the years Finds and shall find me unafraid.
It matters not how strait the gate, How charged with punishments the scroll, I am the master of my fate, I am the captain of my soul.
"Invictus" is a short poem by the Victorian era British poet William Ernest Henley (1849–1903). Henley wrote it in 1875, and in 1888 he published it in his first volume of poems, Book of Verses, initially with no title. The established title "Invictus" was added by editor Arthur Quiller-Couch when the poem was included in the Oxford Book of English Verse (1900).
When Henley was 16 years old, his left leg required amputation below the knee owing to complications arising from tuberculosis. In the early 1870s, after seeking treatment for problems with his other leg at Margate, he was told that it would require a similar procedure.
He instead chose to travel to Edinburgh in August 1873 to enlist the services of the distinguished English surgeon Joseph Lister, who was able to save Henley's remaining leg after multiple surgical interventions on the foot. While recovering in the infirmary, he was moved to write the verses that became the poem "Invictus".
The word ''Invictus'' is Latin for 'unconquered'.
Portrait of William Ernest Henley
First Australian Championship Surfing Competition - May 1964 at Manly
Out Front 2025 Opens this February at the Manly Art Gallery & Museum
Audrey Allan, Silent Echoes In Monochrome, Gouache painting, Pittwater High School. Photo: Audrey Allan.
Council is proud to announce its annual Out Front 2025 exhibition will be held at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (MAG&M) from 21 February 2025.
Now in its 31st year, Out Front features 25 selected artistic works created by Year 12 students across 21 Northern Beaches secondary schools for their HSC submission. It celebrates the creativity, talent and hard work of the region’s emerging young artists.
Northern Beaches Mayor Sue Heins commended the students for their achievements and dedication.
“Each year this exhibition highlights the extraordinary talent and creativity of our local students. It highlights the importance of fostering the arts in our youth and encouraging self-expression.
“It is inspiring to see how art education in our schools encourages students to push boundaries and to think critically about the world around them.
“It is a testament to the commitment of these talented artists, their teachers and their schools.
“We are immensely proud to support this important milestone for our young artists and to provide a platform for their work to shine,” Mayor Heins said.
Tilda Brownlow, Footloose and Fancy Free, painting, Stella Maris College. Photo: Tilda Brownlow.
The curated collection reflects a broad range of themes and techniques, demonstrating the depth and diversity of talent across the Northern Beaches. The exhibition features a variety of works spanning painting, video, sculpture, drawing, photography and ceramics.
Several awards are granted to participants: the Theo Batten Bequest Youth Art Award, valued at $5000, helps support talented young artists pursue art studies at a tertiary level; and the KALOF People’s Choice Award, valued at $500.
MAG&M is also offering a mentorship session to support one young artists’ transition to a professional level.
PROGRAM
Out Front 2025
21 February – 6 April 2025 Manly Art Gallery & Museum West Esplanade Reserve, Manly Open Tuesday to Sunday, 10am – 5pm Free entry
Exhibition opening night Friday 21 February, 6–8pm To be opened by UNSW Associate Professor Lizzie Muller RSVP link
MAG&M members and volunteers’ preview Friday 21 February, 10-11am RSVP link
Zahara Spring, Effervescent, Interconnection, Instinct-Love, St. Lukes. Photo: Zahara Spring.
Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour applications Now open
Up to 20 students from across NSW will be selected to participate in the annual Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship (PAMS) study tour that will visit historic sites relating to Australia’s military history in the Republic of Korea and Singapore in 2025.
Tour locations in the Republic of Korea include the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the. In Singapore, the tour will take in sites such as the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.
PAMS is a wonderful opportunity for high school history students to further develop their skills and understanding of Australians at war.
Zygmunt Gray from Finigan School of Distance Education in Queanbeyan was PAMS 2024 recipient that toured Japan, describing the trip as a unique opportunity to gain a better understanding of Australians in wartime.
Fellow PAMS 2024 tourist Celine Chandrasegaran from Saint Mary Mackillop College in Albury said the tour was a transformative experience and plans to continue to share the invaluable insights she gained.
The 2025 tour will take place in the Term 3 school holidays departing on Monday 29 September and returning to Sydney on Friday 10 October.
Eligible students can apply online by submitting a personal essay, a letter of recommendation from their school and a parent consent form.
“This year's Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship presents a unique opportunity to visit South Korea and Singapore.
“This is a chance to develop a greater appreciation of the story of our nation, along with the story of these nations.
“I really encourage students to apply, to develop their understanding of military history and those who served.”
Minister for Veterans David Harris said:
“The PAMS study tour is a once in a lifetime opportunity for students across New South Wales, and I encourage all Year 10 and Year 11 history students to consider applying.
“Scholarship recipients will explore Australia’s military history and visit locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Australians fought abroad in Singapore and later became involved in the Korean War, only five years after the end of the Second World War.
“This tour is an opportunity for students to gain a deeper understanding of the service and sacrifice of our soldiers and the impacts war have had on countries around the world.”
Pave App: to support youth Get off vapes while tens of thousands of illegal products removed from community
The Minns Labor Government is today, Tuesday February 11 2025, launching a new evidence-based Pave app to help more young people quit vaping.
It comes as new data shows NSW Health’s youth-targeted campaign has supported or persuaded almost 40,000 young people in NSW to quit vaping.
Meanwhile, the latest seizure data suggests a severe disruption to product availability following the introduction of laws stopping vapes at the border.
New Pave app to support quitting vaping
The new Pave app being launched today will provide users with helpful tips, motivation, tracking tools, distractions for when cravings hit, as well as activities and information to navigate common barriers to quitting vaping.
It provides a daily check-in feature supporting users to reflect on their progress and a click-to-call function to connect with Quitline counsellors.
The app was developed by the Cancer Institute NSW, and designed together with young people who vape or had recently quit vaping.
Their experiences informed the content and user interface of the app.
In January 2024, we launched the ‘Every vape is a hit to your health’ behaviour change campaign to reduce the health impact of vaping among 14 to 24 year olds in NSW – the campaign running across TV, public transport and social media.
The campaign connects young people to information about vaping and quit support, including telephone support through the Quitline, general practitioners and now digital apps such as Pave.
New research shows the campaign motivated 24,000 young people in NSW to quit vaping, and persuaded a further 15,000 to consider quitting.
Research also shows that 80 per cent of young Aboriginal people who vape felt motivated to try to quit after being exposed to the campaign.
The campaign is now entering a new phase which will highlight the health harms of vaping including nicotine addiction, lung damage, breathlessness, nicotine poisoning and burns from exploding vapes.
These health materials are available in Cantonese, Mandarin, Vietnamese, Nepali and Arabic, and can be accessed here.
Tens of thousands of illegal products removed from community
Between 1 October 2024 to 31 December 2024, over 47,000 vaping products were seized from 300 inspections.
This is compared to the same period the previous year, when just under 80,000 vaping products were seized from 238 inspections.
Despite the higher number of inspections, the lower number of products seized is likely the result of the disruption in product availability in the market following the introduction of the commonwealth vaping laws.
Health Minister Ryan Park said:
“I am very concerned about the prevalence of illegal vapes in our community.
“In particular, I’m worried about the impacts it will have on the community’s health, and ultimately, our health system, long into the future.
“This is a once-in-a-generation moment to prevent a ticking timebomb in public health.
“Our efforts against vaping cannot be solely about enforcement – we’ve got to persuade young people to take ownership of their health, as well as clean our streets of illegal products.
“I am encouraged by our efforts to create awareness among young people of the dangers of vaping, as well as to instil in them a desire to say no, or to quit.
“What I’m determined to see as minister is the requisite supports to help them do it.”
Chief Cancer Officer and CEO of Cancer Institute NSW Professor Tracey O’Brien AM stated:
“It’s encouraging to see that tens of thousands of young people are trying to quit vaping or thinking about doing so.
But vaping remains a significant public health issue and the new Pave app is another option we can provide to encourage young people to seek help and stay on track on their quit journey.
“Vaping can cause significant health harms and can be highly addictive.
“Like cigarettes, vapes are also full of harmful chemicals that have been known to cause cancer and there is growing evidence that young people who vape are more likely to take up smoking, which can significantly increase their cancer risk.”
“It’s important that people avoid taking up vaping or seek help to quit. While quitting can be hard, with support, taking that first step can be life changing.”
Former vaper Jillie Clarke said this week:
“The craziest thing about vaping is that I genuinely don’t believe anyone wants to be a vaper.
“I didn’t realise I was addicted until I tried to quit and I couldn’t.
“But quitting vaping is 100 per cent possible, it’s a journey but every step is progress and you can do it.
“Vaping had a noticeable impact on my breathing, it felt like my lungs were working harder than they used to and I ended up getting really sick with a lung infection.
“What was really scary for me was learning that the impacts of vaping go beyond respiratory issues, with other damage not being felt until it’s too late – I didn’t want to risk getting to that stage.”
School Leavers Support
Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.
We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.
There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.
School Leavers Information Service
Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).
SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.
Our information officers will help you:
navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.
You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.
This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.
Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix.
Verb
1. to look at and comprehend the meaning of (written or printed matter) by interpreting the characters or symbols of which it is composed. 2. discover (information) by reading it in a written or printed source. 3. to say the words that are printed or written. 4. to understand and give a particular meaning to written information, a statement, a situation, etc.
Noun
1. a period or act of reading something.
Adjective
1. having a specified level of knowledge as a result of reading. 2. having a readership of a specified extent; "it is still a widely read newspaper".
From (etymology); Old English rǣdan, of Germanic origin; related to Dutch raden and German raten ‘advise, guess’. Early senses included ‘advise’ and ‘interpret (a riddle or dream’).
Read (v.); from Middle English reden, ireden, "to counsel, advise," also "to read," from Old English rædan, gerædan (West Saxon), redan, geredan (Anglian) "to advise, counsel, persuade; discuss, deliberate; rule, guide; arrange, equip; forebode; to read (observe and apprehend the meaning of something written), utter aloud (words, letters, etc.); to explain; to learn through reading; to put in order."
This is reconstructed to be from Proto-Germanic *redan, source also of Old Norse raða, Old Frisian reda, Dutch raden, Old High German ratan, German raten "to advise, counsel, interpret, guess," from word root *re- "to reason, count."
Cognate words in most modern Germanic languages still mean "counsel, advise" (rede). Old English also had a related noun ræd, red "advice," and read is connected to riddle (n.) via the notion of "interpret." Century Dictionary notes that the past participle should be written red, as it formerly was, and as in lead/led. Middle English past participle variants include eradde, irad, ired, iræd, irudde.
The sense-transference to "interpret and understand the meaning of written symbols" is said to be unique to English and (perhaps under Old English influence) and Old Norse raða. Most languages use a word rooted in the idea of "gather up" as their word for "read" (such as French lire, from Latin legere).
The sense of "make out the character of (a person)" is attested from 1610s. Musical sense of "perform (at first sight) from the notes" is by 1792. To read up "systematically study" is from 1842; read out (v.) "expel by proclamation" (Society of Friends) is from 1788. Read-only in computer jargon is recorded from 1961.
Read (n.) from; "an act of reading, a perusal," 1825, colloquial, from read (v.). The older word for "an act of reading " was reading (Old English). In reference to a written or printed work regarded as to character or quality (a good read, etc.), by 1870 and also from 1825
Read (adj.) from; 1580s, "having knowledge gained from reading," now especially in well-read, past-participle adjective from read (v.).
Early morning on Turimetta Beach, February 2025. Photo: Joe Mills
Five ways that illustrations can tell climate justice stories
Climate change is often communicated through scientific reports, statistics and policy discussions. However, these technical approaches can be inaccessible to the public, failing to capture the experiences of those most affected.
Climate narratives structured as stories that involve emotional engagement and personal anecdotes are more effective at mobilising communities, influencing policy and promoting pro-environmental actions across diverse audiences. By blending art with storytelling, illustrations can make complex environmental issues, such as climate justice, much more accessible to the general public.
Illustrations are not just artistic expressions. They can amplify the voices of affected communities and help make the case for climate justice. In an era where climate action is urgent, harnessing the power of illustration can be transformative. It can challenge dominant narratives while creating more inclusive and participatory ways of understanding climate action.
I have been collaborating with Puspita Bahari, an Indonesian fisherwomen’s movement to develop ways to communicate the effects of tidal floods and the importance of feminist solidarity. For my PhD research, I spent seven months carrying out fieldwork in three coastal villages in Demak, Central Java, Indonesia. This involved interviews, observations and creative workshops with the community.
By drawing on 38 women’s firsthand experiences, we have published an illustrated book: Tidal Floods: Women, Fisheries, and Climate Crisis in Indonesia (2024). This story about Indonesia’s fisherwomen explores the intersections of gender, environmental change, activism and the future of the country’s coastal regions. Here are five ways that collaborative illustrations can be used to tell female-led climate justice stories:
1. Intersectional narration
The effects of tidal flooding on Indonesian women vary depending on location, livelihood, age and disability status. Along the coastline, women in Indonesia are involved in selling fish, processing seafood and fishing at sea, alongside domestic work.
This book does not depict women as having a single, monolithic identity. Instead, the images portray their varied realities. These shape how they experience climate injustice and how pre-existing inequalities reproduce new climate injustices.
Intersectional narration is storytelling that captures how different aspects of identity overlap to shape people’s experiences in complex ways. Using this, various issues such as economic hardship, domestic violence, sexual reproductive health, physical and mental health can be better represented.
The image below illustrates these challenges. A woman with a disability is unable to use her wheelchair because the village is sinking. A pregnant woman struggles to access healthcare facilities. Fisherwomen face declining incomes due to environmental and economic pressures.
2. Body maps
To understand the complexity of climate impacts, I worked with women to draw body maps. As they annotated each picture, fisherwomen shared their embodied experiences of living with tidal floods as an everyday disaster.
Body mapping is an intimate cartographic process that involves tracing the body and visually exploring one’s lived experience. This method goes beyond textual and oral narratives. It helps women recall and record body memories that might otherwise remain unspoken.
Their body maps are not just research artefacts. They have been translated into powerful visuals so their personal stories can be shared in this book. The picture above illustrates one fisherwoman’s daily struggles, physical and physiological burdens – so the image reveals the complex, gendered, and intersectional effects of tidal floods.
3. Historical context
Certain pictures show how the coastal landscapes are rapidly changing and how villages are sinking at an alarming rate. This historical context is not only drawn from women’s oral narratives but also from past photo albums shared by the community.
The picture below illustrates the landscape change over 20 years, from rice fields to tidal floodwaters.
4. Movement and agency
Beyond documenting vulnerabilities and the social, ecological and economic effects of climate change on women, this book shows how these women have agency. This manifests in various ways, from small acts of resilience to broader feminist solidarity.
When they work together as a community, women can adapt through collective action. This includes planting crops, building cooperatives and holding demonstrations. Stories can play a role in moving beyond positioning women not just as victims but as people with valuable knowledge and the ability to assert their agency and drive sustainable climate action.
5. Reflection and collective ownership
In an era defined by uncertainty and rapid change, the ability to pause and reflect on climate justice is more valuable than ever. Certain images actively encourage readers to reflect on more tech-driven and infrastructure-focused responses to the climate crisis.
The final pages include questions that prompt critical thinking about the links between gender, climate justice and activism. For example, “what do you think will happen if we do not address the climate crisis?”
Rather than extracting knowledge from women, especially those in Global South countries, this book is co-created. Fisherwomen’s voices and narratives are central to the storytelling process. By reclaiming conversations about climate change that are often dominated by international forums, we can hear and learn from the people who are most affected. And hopefully inspire more climate advocacy and grassroots action.
Throughout the 1990s, I was a music journalist in London. I profiled hundreds of rock bands at the start of their careers, including Nirvana, Alice in Chains, Soundgarden, Pearl Jam, Nine Inch Nails and the Foo Fighters. I can’t imagine a better way to have spent my twenties. But I witnessed a downside. For many musicians, success was a shock, and nearly everyone I knew struggled with aspects of it at times.
Most were affected by the obvious pitfalls of sex, drugs and alcohol, and some didn’t survive. A lot had trouble reconciling their artistic values with the rigorous demands of a cutthroat business, despite their ambitions. Women, including Björk, Tori Amos and Kim Gordon, described their battles with structural misogyny across the industry. And, in a world that rewards performance and persona, many had trouble establishing healthy relationships and holding onto a sense of identity.
The psychological pressures of fame have since intensified. Social media poses a constant threat to personal privacy, and, for better or worse, parasocial relationships are on the rise. But a recent batch of celebrity memoirs, all set in the pre-digital age, support my observations from the 1990s. Famous people lead peculiar lives, and success has always carried a cost.
‘I don’t know who I am’
The most tragic of these accounts is From Here to the Great Unknown, a collaboration between Elvis Presley’s only child, Lisa Marie Presley, and her oldest daughter, Riley Keough. According to Keough’s preface, her mother worked on the memoir for several years, battling with self-doubt before asking her daughter to help. A month later, in January 2023, Presley died aged 54 of a cardiac arrest due to a small bowel obstruction following bariatric surgery.
Still grieving, Keough decided to complete the project alone. The result is essentially an edited transcript of Presley’s memoir tapes interwoven with her own recollections of her beloved mother. Intermittently intimate, it reads less like a biography, and more like a late-night conversation, painting a vivid, although incomplete picture of a lonely, unreachable woman whose greatest loves were her children.
At times, the lack of detail is frustrating. There is nothing here about the impact of Presley’s parents’ divorce, barely any information regarding her third and fourth marriages to actor Nicolas Cage and producer/guitarist Michael Lockwood respectively, and very little about the devastating sexual abuse allegations concerning her second husband, Michael Jackson. No doubt this is partly due to the consideration of surviving family members as well as the content of the tapes, but it does raise questions of editing and craft.
Nevertheless, the narrative offers a moving insight into the worst legacy of superstardom, chronicling the dysfunctional childhood, troubled adolescence and heartbreaking adulthood of someone who was born into privilege, but spent her life seeking validation.
Growing up between the wildly undisciplined environment of Graceland with her loving but volatile father, and a strained home life in California with her mother, Priscilla, who she says “didn’t want me”, Presley was only nine when Elvis died. By then, she was already on track to becoming a textbook problem child.
During adolescence, she endured a spell in rehab, suffered brutal physical violence from her mother’s partner, was subjected to sexual exploitation by an older boyfriend, and made her first suicide attempt. At 17, she found a way out when she fell in love with musician Danny Keough. Presley decided she wanted to have children, and according to Riley, she “absolutely meant to trap my dad”.
With Riley and her younger brother Ben, Presley found happiness, but she was still young and family life was hard to maintain. When Michael Jackson decided she should be with him instead, she embarked on one of the most intriguing celebrity relationships in modern history until his drug dependency drove them apart. The book offers some fascinating insights into the couple’s strong connection, which outlived their marriage by years.
But after Jackson, although Presley had another two husbands, she never found security. “I don’t know who I am,” she states in the book. “I never really got the chance to uncover my own identity. I didn’t have a family. I didn’t have a childhood.”
When her son Ben committed suicide in 2020 at the age of 27, she was finally overwhelmed by her lifelong sense of failure and purposelessness. Unable to face a funeral, she kept Ben’s body in her home for two months in a temperature-controlled room before laying him to rest at Graceland. In many ways, she never recovered from his death.
Keough, who, somewhat unconvincingly, describes her childhood as “perfect” and “amazing”, says her mother wanted to tell her story in order to understand herself and to be understood by others, “in full, for the first time in her life”. The extent of Presley’s personal tragedy, of not being seen, known or witnessed within a world of luxury, lies in these words.
Watching from the wings
While Presley’s memoir conveys the destructive side of inherited fame, media consultant Elliot Mintz’s book, We All Shine On: John, Yoko & Me looks at the peculiar allure of stardom for those in the wings.
Goodreads
The story begins in the wake of John Lennon’s murder, a tragedy directly born of fame. The opening pages tell how Mintz, at the time a broadcaster and close associate of John and Yoko, has been summoned to the Dakota building in Manhattan to compile an inventory of John’s belongings. But while this laborious task is testament to Yoko’s faith in him, Mintz has not been personally informed of John’s death, which is odd. He hears about the shooting from his mother, who has seen a television report, and rushes to the airport in a panic to catch a plane to New York. During the flight, he discovers “my best friend is gone” when an air steward explains why she’s crying.
This incongruity typifies the memoir. Graciously told with an old-fashioned charm, the book is presented as an intimate portrayal of life with an extraordinary couple. Yet it’s more a study of dysfunctional interpersonal dynamics where the rich and famous hold sway.
As an adolescent, Mintz was isolated and cursed with a stutter. He developed fantasy relationships with TV talk show hosts, and confesses that “my only friends were on the airwaves”. During the 1970s, he lived in the bohemian haven, Laurel Canyon, and worked in broadcasting, which is how he became part of Lennon and Ono’s personal entourage.
Mintz’s first encounter with Yoko was for a phone interview on his LA radio show during which he cleverly avoided asking the artist about her famous husband. Impressed, Yoko began calling at all hours of the day and night from New York, with John soon joining in.
Gradually, the couple began to trust him. A useful Hollywood contact who comes across as easily flattered into compliance and servitude, he installed a red light on his bedroom ceiling that flashed whenever the phone rang. He hired private investigators at his own expense to help Yoko secure personal details of potential business associates, and after playing the couple’s controversial third album on his radio show, he lost his job.
But aside from an all-expenses trip to Japan, where he acted as John’s minder under Yoko’s orders, the couple never paid him a cent, despite their constant demands.
Elliot Mintz.Photograph by Jimmy Steinfeldt/Wikimedia Commons, CC BY
Aware of his status as unpaid assistant, Mintz nevertheless regarded the Lennons as close friends, and even family. But he is never clear about what he meant to them on a purely personal level, and the one time he introduced them to a girlfriend, it didn’t go well. “Whatever magic happened between me, Yoko and John when we got together, it couldn’t be recreated as a party of four”, he says, with unsettling acceptance.
The most revealing, and disturbing, moment in the book is after a party, during which John subjected Yoko to the cruel humiliation of having loud sex with another guest in an adjoining room. Worried about the aftermath, Mintz tries to imagine a world in which the “magical couple” are no longer together, but is unable to bear the thought.
Tellingly, he also fears for himself.
I wondered whether my friendships with them could survive a split. Who would get custody of me? How could I possibly remain friends with just one of them? Or would I end up being abandoned by them both?
In the end, Mintz’s expectation that “the three of us would grow old together” was shattered by John’s murder. He has since maintained a connection with Yoko, but ends his book asking whether the sacrifices he made for the couple were worth the nine years he spent in their company. Interestingly, aside from wondering whether he might have married and had a family, or ended up in a less glamorous career, he doesn’t provide an answer.
‘I was who I was my whole life’
For a more straightforward, firsthand account of fame, Cher: The Memoir, Part One is hard to beat. A big, bold, engaging story of grit and determination that charts the initial rise of Cheryl Sarkisian from poverty and hardship towards becoming the “global icon” known as Cher, this book has all the right ingredients for a blockbuster celebrity biography.
Goodreads
Tracing the first four decades of the superstar’s life, from her birth in 1946 to the brink of her acting profession in 1980, this hefty volume focuses on Cher’s turbulent upbringing and the earlier stages of her singing and entertainment career. It includes her chequered marriages to Sonny Bono, with whom she found success as the pop duo Sonny and Cher, and musician Gregg Allman, as well as her relationships with record label boss David Geffen, and Gene Simmons of Kiss.
Ever the performer, when Cher first agreed to publish a memoir, her main concern was how to replicate the authenticity of her voice. Famously dyslexic, she hired a ghostwriter, but was unhappy with the first attempt because it didn’t sound like her. Two more ghostwriters were found, and the book was rushed out in four months.
Regardless, certain critics have bemoaned the flatness of tone. But while Cher’s distinctive, sassy style would have been hard to capture on the page, no doubt the writers were aiming for coherence. Given the rich, eventful nature of her life, this can’t have been easy. Cher’s memoir is a true adventure story.
Left in the care of children’s homes and extended family members as an infant, Cher experienced a wildly insecure childhood with her beautiful but unstable mother, the aspiring actress, Georgia Holt. Together with her half-sister, Gee, Cher moved home and switched schools constantly, had a string of father figures, and was a teenager by the time she met her biological dad, Johnnie Sarkisian, a heroin addict.
Despite such a difficult start, Cher didn’t buckle. Instead, she developed a fierce independence, a free spirit and a strong sense of self, and from a young age, was determined to achieve the singing and acting career that eluded her mother.
“I guess I was who I was my whole life,” she says, recalling the time she impressed her family with a song at the age of five.
Perhaps inevitably, given the mostly terrible male role models of her childhood, Cher’s marriages were her biggest downfall. Sonny Bono turned out to be pathologically controlling, cheated her out of her money and engaged her in a bitter custody battle over their child, Chas. David Geffen came to the rescue, arranging lawyers and supporting her back to independence, and for a while she was happy with him. But then she fell for Gregg Allman, who suffered from chronic addiction issues, and lied about his habits even after their son, Elijah Blue, was born.
While the book details her divorce from Sonny and outlines the negative episode with Allman, it skims over the breakdown of her other relationships, maintaining the upbeat survivor mode that has become so consistent with her public image. And yet, when it comes to her career, her reflections are occasionally revealing.
“It’s hard when people see you in a certain light and don’t think you can do anything beyond that,” she says of her struggle to be considered for serious acting roles back in 1980. “I was used to that my whole life, but it didn’t make it any less painful.”
Even for Cher, it seems fame and success have not been straightforward.
Cher: The Memoir, Part Two is due for publication in November 2025.
We have a natural fascination with time – how landscapes have been carved over millennia, how our bodies grow and sag with age, how the stars traverse the sky each night. Scientists probe the layers beneath our feet to understand the secrets of our past. Geologists and palaeontologists sample ice, rock and fossils to reconstruct past climates and species and archaeologists pick through ancient “dustbins” (middens) in excavation sites to reimagine our historical dinner time.
Similarly, most living things produce records of their own existence in layered body tissues – often in the form of daily or yearly growth bands. The most familiar of these so-called biochronologies are tree rings, which form every year in response to seasonal cycles in temperature and rainfall.
Dendrochronology – the art of tree-ring counting – allows us to precisely date trees. Based on the rings in its trunk, a bristlecone pine in eastern California known as Methuselah is said to be the world’s oldest living thing at 4,856 years old.
Methuselah, the world’s oldest living tree.Xiaoling Sun
It’s not just the number of rings, either – their width tells us whether the tree was thriving in a particular year, or suffering due to drought. Chemical compounds locked into the wood offer clues about atmospheric changes, including those produced by volcanic eruptions.
Tree rings are famously detailed life records.Veroja
Let’s not not stop at trees – your own tooth cement, nails and hair are forming chemical and visual records of your own life experience right now, storing traces of food, drink and drugs you have consumed. They can also produce “stress marks” during trauma or pregnancy, when a mother literally breaks her own body tissues to grow and nourish her baby.
Recent studies, for instance, have applied forensic analyses of whale earwax to explore their stress levels during historic whaling days. Narwhal tusks, meanwhile, have helped explain how declining Arctic sea ice has affected their diet and exposure to pollution.
The importance of otoliths
In my lab, we work with aquatic animals – from fish scales and ear bones to squid eyes and beaks. Like decoding a biological black box, we analyse chemical constituents in the growth layers to reconstruct a detailed picture of the individual’s prior health, diet and movements.
Some biochronologies are more “fickle”, forming layers at unpredictable rates, including the eye lenses of fish and turtle scutes. Others, such as bird feathers, are shorter lived due to periodic moulting. Yet they all share the important feature of serial growth, producing valuable archives that we can probe to build a picture of the animal’s life.
Probably the best known biochronometer in the animal world – and my own personal obsession – is the fish otolith, or ear bone (Ancient Greek: oto is ear and líthos is stone). We humans have tiny ear stones (otoconia), whose primary function is to maintain balance, but fish otoliths are also crucial for hearing, as well as featuring specific properties that make them particularly valuable markers of biochronology.
Unlike “normal” bones, fish otoliths are composed of calcium carbonate crystals and are metabolically inert, meaning they never get broken down and rebuilt. Instead they keep growing – even during periods of starvation – producing daily and annual growth bands.
These beautiful crystalline structures are also highly resistant to degradation and vary in shape between species. This enables scientists to use a combination of “otolith atlases” and artificial intelligence to identify popular choices of fish from otoliths left behind in ancient human middens, as well as in the contemporary stomach contents or poop of predators such as seals, albatrosses and squid.
Otoliths have driven my research for almost two decades. I’ve been fascinated by animal migration and the ecological and evolutionary processes underpinning these long and dangerous journeys ever since taking a “movement ecology” class at the University of Edinburgh with the brilliant Professor Victoria Braithwaite in 2003.
I decided I wanted to track marine animals myself, and my lab now primarily uses otolith and eye lens chemistry to reconstruct fish habitat use and growth rates, and the temperatures they experienced through their lives. We are now also investigating how well these same structures track reproductive events, chronic stress and exposure to pollution.
And we are working with international teams to understand how hypoxia (low oxygen zones or “dead zones”) affect fish growth and reproduction. Ultimately, this data allows us to connect stressful events in a fish’s past to its lifetime health and survival, which is important for predicting a species’ persistence.
For example, a recent study used otolith-derived metabolic rates of Atlantic bluefin tuna to show their vulnerability to future climate change. Meanwhile in California, we used otolith chemistry to understand the impact of dams on salmon migration and survival, revealing that – on many rivers - dams have made it impossible for salmon to escape into the mountains during summer, which is essential for enabling them to resist the increasingly severe droughts afflicting the region.
Conservation
Fisheries managers read the rings on millions of otoliths each year to track individual cohorts and look for warning signs of overfishing, but I would argue that biochronologies are still underused in this field. For example, fisheries managers could use otoliths to track the movements of juveniles too small to be tagged (those under 4cm long), since chemical markers make it possible to identify where they grew up. This would allow these managers to earmark productive or struggling “nursery habitats” for protection or improvement, respectively.
We consistently find that rivers and estuaries play a critical role in the survival and growth of valuable species such as salmon, sea bass and anchovies. Juvenile fish often have such high natural mortality rates – often only 1% survive to their first birthday – that even small improvements to their survival can result in large boosts in abundance and make wild fisheries more sustainable.
Small improvements to survival of wild salmon could make a huge difference to their sustainability.Jakub Rutkiewicz
As such, let’s keep up the momentum to clean and restore our rivers and beaches, and to embrace monitoring tools such as biochronologies to learn which actions produce the biggest benefits. Next time you think about banging the glass at an aquarium, just remember that the fish inside are listening – and recording you too.
Have you ever asked someone how their day was, or been chatting casually with a friend, only to have them tell you a horrific story that has left you feeling distressed or emotionally exhausted yourself?
This is called “trauma dumping”. It’s when someone shares something traumatic or distressing without checking in first if the person they’re talking to has the capacity or willingness to take on that information.
Trauma dumping is not new, and you’ve probably experienced it (or inadvertently done it yourself) at some stage in your life.
But now, with the rise of social media platforms such as TikTok, the risk of experiencing trauma dumping has increased exponentially.
People often turn to TikTok for support or validation. And because TikTok’s algorithm is based on attention, it’s not uncommon for highly emotional stories to gather traction and go viral.
My colleagues and I wanted to understand more about trauma dumping on TikTok. In a recent study, we found people often share their trauma on TikTok. And this is usually done without a trigger warning.
TikTok and mental health
It’s estimated around 75% of the population have experienced a traumatic event at some point in their lives. This could include exposure to abuse or neglect in childhood, violence, natural disasters, the death of a loved one, or any other event which is unexpected, distressing, and causes long-term impacts on physical or mental health.
TikTok can be an important source of support and validation, especially for young people who have faced trauma, and who may not have sufficient support offline.
But while TikTok can be a great place for community, support and validation, at the same time it can be a hotbed for trauma dumping.
Importantly, sharing trauma on social media runs the risk of exposing other users to vicarious traumatisation, which is when a person is traumatised by someone else’s trauma.
Vicarious trauma is most common in people who work in “frontline” jobs, such as paramedics or therapists, who deal with trauma regularly. However, anyone can be at risk. Factors including personal experiences, personality traits (such as empathy), support systems and coping strategies all play a role in whether someone might experience vicarious trauma.
Many people who use TikTok and other social media platforms will be exposed to ‘trauma dumping’.Prostock-studio/Shutterstock
In our study, we set out to explore the top videos on TikTok with one or more of five hashtags related to trauma: #traumatok, #trauma, #traumatized, #traumatic and #traumabond.
We looked the most viewed 50 videos from each hashtag. At the time we carried out our analysis in December 2022, these 250 videos had a total of 296.6 million likes, 2.3 million comments and 4.6 million shares.
#TraumaTok
We found the majority of videos (about 67%) were from people sharing their trauma. In many cases severe trauma was discussed, including child maltreatment, violence and death.
Our study also showed some videos (about 22%) were from people who claimed to be “experts” in trauma. They were using the platform to speak about the symptoms and treatment for trauma-related mental health conditions.
Worryingly, most “experts” (84%) did not disclose their credentials. And only a small proportion (2%) said they were licensed psychologists, counsellors or medical professionals (who are trained to provide evidence-based treatment or advice for mental health).
The remaining videos were either more general mental health content with a mix of hashtags such as “anxiety” and “depression”, or were meant to be humorous, using memes or jokes about trauma.
One of the most concerning things we found in our study was that only 3.7% of videos had some form of trigger warning. A trigger warning, often a verbal statement by the creator, text within the video or a caption, is meant to alert the audience that potentially distressing content is discussed in the video.
One of the limitations of our study was that we didn’t look at users’ experiences of viewing these videos. We also didn’t explore discourse on the app, such as comments and video replies.
We can’t say for sure what it’s like for people, especially young people or people with lived experience of trauma, to watch and interact with these videos. Exploring this should be a focus for future research.
Trigger warnings are important
None of this is to say that sharing stories, even traumatic ones, should never happen. In fact, we know support from others is essential for healing from trauma. This can be facilitated, among other avenues, through sharing stories on social media.
But to make this safer for everyone, TikTok should encourage trigger warnings, and creators should use them on videos where trauma is shared. This can give users the option to “opt out” and scroll on if they think they might not have the capacity to listen at that time.
For people consuming videos on TikTok and other platforms, it’s important to be wary of misinformation and think critically about the information they see, seeking further advice from other sources.
If you feel distressed by content you see on social media, seek support from a health-care professional.
If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.
Almost half of Australians wish they read more: in our recent research, 54.9% of those who have read a book in the past year, and 49.8% of those who haven’t, told us they read less than they intend to.
So, what’s stopping them?
Common difficulties include getting distracted, finding books they want to read, feeling motivated to read and not feeling like they’re in the right mood to read.
The good news is behavioural science, the study of human behaviour, can offer strategies to help us read more often. The key is to identify the barriers that stop us from reading – and use behavioural tactics tailored to them.
We surveyed a diverse range of 1,622 Australians aged 16 years and older, in August 2024. Our research, done in partnership with Australia Reads, used behavioural science to understand how people read for recreation. We counted print, digital and audio books, but not newspapers or magazines.
Understanding what’s stopping you from reading more can help change your behaviour.Minan/Pexels
We asked participants about their current reading behaviours and their motivations, capabilities, opportunities and barriers related to reading. We broke down the activity of “reading” into a journey involving five specific behaviours: finding books, choosing books, getting books, starting to read, and continuing to read.
People may go back and forth between stages in their reading journey, and even be at different stages for different books. After investigating the specific barriers people experience at different stages we’ve devised ten useful tactics, to help you read more often.
If you want to read, but get distracted by other activities (or scrolling)
1. Try different formats, like audiobooks and ebooks, to incorporate reading at a more convenient time or place. For example, you could listen to an audiobook when you cook dinner.
2. Engage with shorter material or different genres to reduce the perceived effort of reading. (For example, graphic novels, short stories, or novellas.)
3. Place books in visible places, such as next to the bag you grab before you catch the train, or set reminders to read.
4. Try setting up a regular reading time, such as before bed or on public transport. Most importantly, find a time that is convenient and works with your life.
If you’re rarely in the mood to read
5. Remember, there’s a book for every mood. Find material that feels engaging in the moment, even if it means starting a new book or trying a different genre than you’re used to.
6. Read for enjoyment rather than as a chore – stop reading books if you aren’t enjoying them (give yourself permission to not finish a book even if you usually do), and select books based on your mood and interests, rather than what you think you should be reading.
7. Implement a reading buddy system with a friend or family member to make reading more social and encourage each other.
If you’re unsure what you like to read, or unmotivated by your usual reading material
8. Try shorter, more accessible books to find the types of genres and stories you enjoy. Pay attention to the parts of the books you enjoyed to help you find other similar books.
9. Use book subscriptions or curation services to help find books you might enjoy.
10. Try asking a friend, a librarian or a bookseller for recommendations.
Recreational reading can ebb and flow during different life stages and according to competing priorities. Just 17.3% of those we spoke to cited reading books as their top leisure activity.
But half (49.9%) of them read books as one of their leisure activities. Overall, reading was ranked fourth: behind watching TV and movies (80.9%), social media and internet browsing (61.2%), and eating and drinking out (55.1%).
Our participants who had read a book in the past year told us their top motivations to read were that it helps them relax and unwind (49.2%), brings pleasure and enjoyment (46.3%), and helps to keep their brain active (34.7%).
People told us they read to relax, for pleasure and to keep their brains active.Martin Péchy/Pexels
It can take a while to feel engaged with a new book, especially if you’re coming back to reading after a bit of a slump. While most people we surveyed felt engaged in 30 minutes or less, around 15% needed up to 60 minutes to feel engaged with a book, and roughly 5% needed over an hour.
It can be easy to feel distracted when you’re not yet engaged. But give yourself time, especially when starting a new book, to connect with it.
The most important thing if you want to read more is to try to understand what’s getting in your way. Then, you can try something to specifically address that barrier.
Breanna Wright, Research fellow, BehaviourWorks Australia, Monash Sustainable Development Institute, Monash University; Alyse Lennox, Senior Research Officer, BehaviourWorks Australia, Monash Sustainable Development Institute, Monash University, Monash University, and Fernanda Mata, Research Fellow, BehaviourWorks Australia, Monash Sustainable Development Institute, Monash University
The mere mention of Leonardo da Vinci evokes genius. We know him as a polymath whose interests spanned astronomy, geology, hydrology, engineering and physics. As a painter, his Mona Lisa and Last Supper are considered works of mastery.
Yet one great achievement that frequently goes unrecognised is his studies of human anatomy. More than 500 years after his death, it’s time this changed.
Leonardo is thought to have been born on April 15 1452 in Anchiano, a small hamlet near the town of Vinci, close to Florence. His mother was a 16-year-old peasant girl called Caterina di Meo Lippi, and his father was Ser Piero da Vinci, a 26-year-old notary.
Being illegitimate, the young Leonardo was only permitted an elementary education in reading, writing and arithmetic. He was also barred from becoming a notary, but this worked out to his advantage. Instead of being constrained by life as an officiate, he was free to be creative and explore the world of nature, satisfying his insatiable appetite for knowledge.
The human anatomy became one of his great interests. This was seeded during his time as an apprentice in Andrea del Verrocchio’sbottega (studio) in Florence, where studying the human form was crucial for achieving realistic depictions.
Creating detailed anatomical drawings required precise sketching skills and the ability to accurately depict the structures being studied. As Leonardo’s fascination grew, he would delve deeper into anatomy as a discipline.
Pioneers
This traces back to the 2nd-century Greek physician Galen of Pergamum, whose anatomical descriptions were mostly based on insights he had gained through dissecting animals and studying wounded gladiators. However, he did no human dissections – they were illegal during his time – and many of his extrapolations from animal to human anatomy were wrong.
Galen dissecting a monkey, Veloso Salgado (1906).wikimedia
It wasn’t until the 14th century that anatomy and medical science advanced thanks to the start of systematic human cadaver dissections. The physician Mondino de Liuzzi, who practised the first public dissections of human cadavers at the University of Bologna, published the first modern anatomical text, Anathomia Corporis Humani, in 1316.
The text was mostly descriptive in nature, like that of Galen, lacking drawings to illustrate anatomy. Subsequent texts on the subject during the 14th and early 15th centuries did contain drawings, but these were basic and unrealistic.
Leonardo advanced this discipline through his remarkable observational skills, knowledge of perspective and, most notably, his outstanding drawing abilities. His anatomical sketches were unlike anything seen before. For example, his sketches of the muscles of the arms and human skull are comparable to illustrations in today’s medical anatomy texts.
According to Leonardo’s biographer, Giorgio Vasari, the artist “was one of the first who, with Galen’s teachings, began to bring honour to medical studies and to shed real light upon anatomy, which had until that time been shrouded in the deepest shadows of ignorance”.
Leonardo was the first to depict a detailed study of the human spine, showing its natural curvature and correctly numbered vertebrae. He drew and described nearly all the bones and muscles of the body in beautiful detail, as well as investigating their biomechanics.
His studies on the heart combined both experimentation and observation. Using an ox’s heart to understand blood flow though the aortic valves, Leonardo poured molten wax into the surrounding cavities to make a wax cast, from which a glass model of the heart was made. He then pumped water mixed with grass seeds through this model to visualise the flow pattern. From this experiment, he concluded that the vortex-like flow of blood through the aortic valves was responsible for closing them during each heartbeat.
Over 450 years later, in 1968, scientists used dyes and radiography methods to observe this blood flow and prove that Leonardo was correct. A study in 2014 using MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) also demonstrated that he had provided a strikingly precise depiction of these vortex-like flows.
Shortcomings
Leonardo may have dissected around 30 human corpses during his lifetime. Most took place at the Santa Maria Nuova hospital in Florence, and later at the Santo Spirito hospital in Rome. The fact he didn’t have more human cadavers to study probably helps to explain why he also got things wrong.
In addition, Leonardo was very influenced by Galen, through his readings of both Mondino de Liuzzi and the Persian writer Avicenna (c980-1037), while also dissecting animals such as dogs, cattle and horses to fill in human anatomical gaps.
This approach is evident in his study of the male and female reproductive system, as I found when carrying out a detailed review of his work in this area. Misconceptions included the presence of three channels in the penis for semen, urine and “animal spirit”. The prostate gland is also missing in all his sketches of the male reproductive system. Meanwhile, he made the uterus spherical (derived from cow dissections), and similarly misrepresented the fallopian tubes and ovaries.
Even then, Leonardo still got a lot right. He correctly depicts the position of the foetus in the uterus, and the umbilical cord anatomy. He also correctly argued that penile erections were caused by blood engorgement and not by air or “vital spirits” flowing into the penis, as suggested by Galen.
Where he got things wrong, Leonardo’s shifting focus may also have played a part. His restlessness, disorganised notes and unfinished work suggest ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder). Equally, this may also explain his boundless curiosity and incredible creativity.
Despite his shortcomings, Leonardo’s anatomical studies were centuries ahead of their time, rivalling modern standards. His work in this area might have been more appreciated had he published it in a book: he had planned one, and is said to have been collaborating with the Renaissance physician and professor, Marc’Antonio della Torre.
Unfortunately, this was cut short with Marc’Antonio’s death in 1511. Leonardo died in 1519 at the age of 67, and while his gifts to the world have received endless attention, his important contributions to anatomy remain overshadowed, and deserve greater recognition.
Coincidentally, this recognition comes in what is already an historic year for stop motion. A century ago, on February 8 1925, The Lost World hit cinemas. This film is widely considered the first feature-length stop-motion production, as well as the first “creature feature”.
Audiences were captivated as they watched animated dinosaurs share the screen with live actors. The animators positioned and photographed miniature dinosaurs made of rubber, one frame at a time, to create moving sequences that accompanied full-scale shots with human actors.
This method drew from earlier works such as Georges Méliès’s 1902 short film A Trip to the Moon (Le voyage dans la lune).
Guillermo del Toro won the 2023 Academy Award for Best Animated Feature Film with Pinocchio.Netflix
Dynamation: the beginnings
After animating on The Lost World, stop-motion pioneer Willis O’Brien went on to animate King Kong (1933) and the lesser-known Mighty Joe Young (1949), where he mentored Ray Harryhausen.
Harryhausen himself would later design and animate some of the most celebrated stop-motion sequences of all time, including the famous skeleton fight in Jason and the Argonauts (1963) and the fictional Rhedosaurus from The Beast from 20,000 Fathoms (1953).
The blend of animated miniatures and live actors become known as Dynamation, as Harryhausen pushed to create ever-more integrated and dynamic sequences in which animated puppets “interacted” with real actors.
Back then it wasn’t possible to review animation as it was being shot; you could only see the puppet as it was in the moment. Sequences were shot on celluloid film, and animators had to wait for the film to develop before they could see the results.
The famous skeleton fight in Jason and the Argonauts required Harryhausen to remember the movements of seven skeletons and line up a fight sequence with two pre-recorded actors, one frame at a time. He would often work for months before being able to review his work.
In Eastern Europe, filmmakers such as Karel Zeman were also combining live action with miniature special effects and stop motion – extending a long history of Eastern European puppet theatre into cinema.
In 1958, Zeman brought Jules Vernes’ whimsical vehicles and underwater worlds to the screen in his feature film Invention for Destruction (Vynález zkázy).
Invention for Destruction was later named The Fabulous World of Jules Verne. Zeman used a combination of puppetry, stop motion and live action effects for the film.IMDB
Technology advances
In the 1970s, Phil Tippet and others working at Industrial Light and Magic (ILM) – a studio founded by George Lucas – pushed the medium further through the development of “go-motion”.
This invention used a custom-made control rig that precisely moved a puppet while it was being photographed – resulting in a subtle motion blur that emulated live-action movement.
This technique allowed for more realistic animation and was used in productions such as Dragon Slayer (1981) and Star Wars: The Empire Strikes Back (1980).
In the 1980s, however, Star Wars began a trend towards photorealism and audiences became more scrutinising of visual effects. Harryhausen’s creatures in Clash of the Titans (1981) appeared especially hammy and outdated even for the time.
The CGI scare
In the early 90s, Phil Tippet and colleagues at ILM, in the pursuit of perfecting the craft, developed test dinosaur sequences for Steven Spielberg’s Jurassic Park (1993). Tippet animated the original test sequences in stop motion.
Also at ILM, Dennis Muren was experimenting with a new kind of animation for creatures made entirely using computer software. These were the early days of computer-generated imagery (CGI).
When Tippet saw an early Jurassic Park test of CGI dinosaur footage, he said to Steven Spielberg “I’m extinct”.
Nonetheless, once it was decided the dinosaurs would be created with CGI, Tippet continued working on the film. He used a dinosaur-shaped physical rig, which allowed changes to the rig’s position to translate to CGI movements onscreen. Stop-motion animators were helpful in this process because “CGI animators” as we know them didn’t yet exist.
Amid a CGI-induced scare, Tim Burton and Henry Selicks’ The Nightmare Before Christmas (1993) became the first fully stop-motion animated feature to be produced by a major studio. This film proved stop motion could be achieved at a Hollywood scale.
Stop motion took a backseat to CGI in the years that followed. Pixar’s Toy Story (1995), the world’s first fully CGI animated feature, cemented CGI as the way of the future.
The only other noteworthy stop-motion cinematic release came at the turn of the century, when DreamWorks teamed up with Aardman Animations to produce Chicken Run (2000), following a number of successful stop motion shorts, starting with Wallace and Gromit’s A Grand Day Out in 1989.
The comeback
Eventually, innovations in digital cameras and motion control paved the way back to stop motion, giving us films such as Wallace & Gromit: The Curse of the Were-Rabbit (2005) and The Corpse Bride (2005).
Working on Coraline (2008), Laika studios introduced 3D printing technology for a sophisticated form of replacement animation, in which different body and facial pieces are swapped to create character movements and expressions.
Traditionally, this technique was achieved by carving individual wooden models and swapping them out between capturing frames. This is how filmmaker George Pal made his Puppetoons films in the 1930s.
Embracing new tech brought stop motion back onto the world stage, with studios such as Laika leading the charge. Since then, we’ve seen the release of features including ParaNorman (2012), The Boxtrolls (2014), Kubo and the Two Strings (2016), Missing Link (2019) and Guillermo del Toro’s Academy Award-wining Pinnoccio (2022).
A new era of stop-motion features
Despite huge developments in CGI, audiences still appreciate the painstaking work of bringing inanimate objects to life frame by frame.
There are more stop motion films being made than ever before, with independent filmmakers and students creating quality sequences for a fraction of what it cost 30 years ago.
Some directors use the medium for its connection with real materials, and out of respect for the art form. Phil Tippet spent more than 30 years on his stop motion feature Mad God (2021) – an experimental and intense horror magnum opus that embodies the materiality of stop motion.
Wes Anderson says his approach to stop motion in Fantastic Mr. Fox (2009) was “very much about bringing to life the [characters’] performance.”
In Pinocchio (2022), Guillermo del Toro tells the touching story of a puppet, using real puppets, in which imperfection and human frailty are emphasised.
We’re also seeing the return of stop-motion creature effects, such as with Disney’s Star Wars series Skeleton Crew (2024–25), in which live action is once again integrated with stop-motion puppets.
The development of artificial intelligence (AI) is now pushing audiences and creators to question what they value in animation, cinema and art more generally.
If AI could generate high-quality films with a stop-motion aesthetic, would we value them as much as those productions that were laboured over for years on end? The recent Oscar nominees may hold the answer.
The proportion of young people who drink infrequently is growing in the long term. In 2001, 13.6% of Australians aged 18–24 drank less than once a month. That’s since increased to 20%, or one in five.
The proportion of young people who’ve never consumed a full glass of alcohol has also more than doubled since 2001, from 7.5% to 16.3%.
But for many, abstinence is not necessarily the goal. An interest in mindful drinking means trends that encourage moderation – including “zebra striping” and “damp drinking” – have taken off on social media.
So, what are these strategies for cutting down? And are they really something new?
What is ‘zebra striping’?
“Zebra striping” means alternating between alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks. It effectively halves alcohol consumption for most people. This reduces the risk of intoxication because it gives your body time to process the alcohol.
The term is new but the concept of alternating drinks has long been a cornerstone of harm-reduction strategies.
A UK study commissioned by a zero-alcohol beer brand found that 25% of pub goers alternate between alcoholic and non-alcoholic beer. While commercial research like this requires cautious interpretation, it does highlight a growing appetite for moderation.
Is it different to ‘damp drinking’?
The rise of “damp drinking” is another shift from all-or-nothing approaches to alcohol. In a recent survey, close to 40% of drinkers want to drink less compared to 6.5% who say they want to quit altogether.
Going “damp” – rather than completely “dry” – means reducing alcohol without cutting it out altogether.
Having a drink is reserved for special occasions, but generally doesn’t feature in everyday life. This is also known as being “99% sober”.
It’s an approach that resonates with many young people who are “sober curious”, but do not want to completely abstain from alcohol.
Moderation can be a sustainable strategy for people who are not dependent on alcohol. Sometimes even people who were dependent can achieve moderation, usually after a period of abstinence. In the past, the consensus was that people who were dependent on alcohol should only aim for complete abstinence.
Strict sobriety goals can increase risk of relapse. This is referred to as the abstinence violation effect, which can sometimes lead to a cycle of binge drinking and guilt when people feel they’ve failed.
Moderation strategies, such as damp drinking or zebra striping, are more likely to foster self-compassion and gradual change.
So what’s behind this cultural shift?
In part, popular wellness trends have promoted alcohol-free living as a positive and aspirational lifestyle.
Studies show many view excessive drinking – and accompanying anxiety and hangovers – as incompatible with their ambitions and desire to stay in control.
Adding to this, social media can make what you do more visible to others – and serve as a permanent record. So some young people are more careful with behaviours that might lead to regret.
Zero-alcohol beer and wine, and mocktails, offer a way to participate socially without the drawbacks of alcohol consumption. These alternatives have reduced the stigma once associated with abstaining or drinking less in social settings.
This shift is also underpinned by a changing narrative around alcohol. Unlike older generations who often associated drinking with celebration and bonding, younger people are more likely to question the role of alcohol in their lives.
Binge drinking, once seen as a rite of passage, simply may not be as “cool” anymore.
Finding support for change
Given the health risks associated with drinking, such as cancer, liver disease and mental health issues, it’s great news more young people are reducing their drinking.
The Australian national alcohol guidelines try to balance the social benefits and the health risks of drinking.
If you drink within the guidelines – no more than ten drinks a week and no more than four in any one day – you have a one in 100 chance of dying from an alcohol- related illness like cancer or heart disease.
If you drink above those guidelines the risk of these issues exponentially increases.
If you are looking to change your relationship with alcohol, self-reflection is a vital first step. Key questions to consider include:
• is alcohol negatively impacting my health, relationships or work? • do I struggle to enjoy social occasions without drinking?
Alcohol and other drug support organisations such as Hello Sunday Morning and Smart Recovery offer free, evidence-based, digital support and resources for people looking to change their drinking.
These services emphasise harm reduction and self-compassion, encouraging individuals to set realistic goals and achieve lasting change.
Throughout her life, the “Damsel of Cyprus” (born circa 1177) was used as a political and diplomatic tool in the conflicts of men. She was the daughter of Isaac Komnenos, the emperor of Cyprus. Her own name was never recorded, although historians have suggested it may have been either Beatrice or Maria.
While the princess was often powerless, the small snippets of evidence that we have about her present the life of a young woman with the resolve and tenacity to survive and thrive. She’s one of the many women I’ve come across during my research into elite women’s experiences of confinement across 11th to 13th-century medieval Europe.
As a child, the princess and her brother were used as hostages in a war that her father was involved in. Isaac was captured while fighting in Armenia and given into the custody of Bohemond III, the prince of the Greek city of Antioch (which was in what is now Turkey). A ransom of 60,000 gold coins was set. After paying half the ransom, Isaac was released and he gave his children as hostages into Bohemond’s custody as surety for the remaining ransom payment.
The ransom was then supposedly stolen by pirates. Isaac argued that this was a ploy invented by Bohemond and refused to repay it. This left his children in custody for two years until Bohemond, realising that Isaac would never repay the ransom, released them. The princess was seven years old at the time of her release. After the death of her brother, she was Isaac’s sole heir.
In 1191, the princess was again taken captive as a result of one of her father’s conflicts, this time by Richard I of England. Isaac had attempted to capture Richard’s ship, which carried the king’s sister, Joanna of Sicily, and his future wife, Berengaria of Navarre. In retaliation, Richard laid siege to Cyprus.
Isaac eventually fled from Richard’s forces. According to 12th-century English chronicler, Roger of Hoveden, when Richard captured the castle that the princess was hiding in, she went out to meet the king and surrendered. A brave move from a young girl who was only around 14 or 15 years old.
Isaac, who loved his daughter dearly, despite having previously offered her as ransom collateral, soon surrendered and was imprisoned. Richard placed the princess into the custody of his new wife and sister “to be cared for and educated in their customs”. Although she was treated as a ward of the two queens, in reality she was a captive.
A new chapter of the princess’s life began. She travelled with the two queens to Acre (in modern-day Israel), Rome, Pisa, Genoa, Marseilles, Aragon (on the Iberian Peninsula) and Poitou, in west-central France.
The historian Annette Parks has suggested that this offered an “odd kind of freedom” for the princess, travelling further than she ever had before and quite possibly crossing paths with the likes of the queen mother of England, Eleanor of Aquitaine. But despite her relative “freedom” in accompanying the two queens, these travels were not at the princess’s own discretion, and her movements were controlled.
After Richard’s own capture by the Holy Roman Emperor, the agreement for his release included his consenting to the marriage of both the princess and Eleanor of Brittany (who was also in Richard’s custody) to the sons of Leopold V of Austria.
Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.
The two women began to travel to Austria together in 1193 only to turn around part way through the journey, as the death of Leopold brought an end to the agreement. The princess may then have accompanied Joanna of Sicily during her second marriage to Raymond VI of Toulouse in 1196.
With Richard’s death in 1199, the princess was finally freed and went on to make two advantageous marriages. First, to Raymond VI, the same man who had been married to Joanna of Sicily until her death also in 1199. Second, to Thierry of Flanders after the annulment of her first marriage. Raymond had repudiated the princess in favour of a stronger marriage alliance with Leonor, the daughter of Alfonso II of Aragon.
It was during this second marriage that the princess briefly becomes visible in the historical record again.
In 1204 Thierry attempted to reclaim Cyprus through the rights of his wife. By this point, the political circumstances of Cyprus had changed and a new king had been installed. Thierry and the princess’s attempt was unsuccessful and the two were forced to flee, after which they disappear from the record for good.
The Damsel of Cyprus had almost no control over her life. But the record shows instances in which her own strength and tenacity were able to shine through. From facing King Richard in surrender, to forming advantageous marriages when she had no networks of her own, she navigated the circumstances that captivity brought upon her and she found ways to survive and retain her status as an elite woman. I would even speculate that the attempt to reclaim Cyprus was at the princess’s instigation, in an effort to regain her home.
As a young girl with no say over much of her life, the Damsel of Cyprus is a reminder of how medieval women continued to find ways to overcome the limitations placed on them.
Many of us take pleasure in listening to music. Music accompanies important life events and lubricates social encounters. It represents aspects of our existing identity, as well as our hopes and dreams. It expresses emotions that cannot be explained with words. Music also distracts us from boredom and difficulty and helps us escape into another world.
Music seems to have a magical power: a wand to be waved that makes life feel better. But what if the power was not in the music itself? In fact, the power of music comes from our choices in what to listen to and the human agency we express in this act.
It can be seen as a placebo effect where the music is endowed with special powers by our minds. The qualities of the music are important. But as with all art, it is how we uniquely perceive the song that makes our experience powerful.
My research has shown most of us operate on autopilot when it comes to choosing music, often assuming previous music selections will have the same effect even under very different circumstances.
Stepping out of autopilot and being more intentional in the songs we chose can move from hoping the music will make you feel good, to knowing it will and seeing how it does.
Choose the right music for you
The way we experience music is personal. There is no one song that is going to make everyone feel the same.
Think about trying to pick a song to make you feel happy, or to listen to when you’re happy. If the power was in the musical qualities of the song itself, Pharrell Williams’ Happy might work. The song has several uplifting musical features: a simple but catchy melody; an energising rhythm emphasised by the singer clicking along; a lively tempo; and words that repeat the key idea.
It’s similar to Psy’s Gangnam Style, Katrina and the Waves’ Walking on Sunshine or ABBA’s Waterloo.
But just because these songs sound happy, do they make you feel happy? Would they make it into your personal top five pleasure-inducing tracks?
Your song selections are different to your friends because of the personal associations you have with them, including your personal taste. That’s why AI can’t generate the right songs for you if you ask it for “happy songs”.
You would be better off to start by looking at your own playlists and frequently played tracks to identify which ones actually make you feel good, personally.
Understanding meaning
It’s important to distinguish between pleasure-inducing tracks and meaningful songs.
Meaningful songs are linked to a range of emotions, identities, histories and social connections – but only some of those are pleasure inducing. Others connect to poignant and beautiful feelings such as grief and loss, whether that is missing home or missing people and creatures we love. This poignancy is distinct from hedonism, which is happiness without negative affect.
If you’re experiencing grief, for example, there may be a beauty in remembering your loved one, but it is connected to the pain of their absence. Choosing pleasure-inducing songs operates as an aesthetic distraction to take our mind away from the pain, which is a different (not necessarily worse or better) choice.
Listening to sad songs when you feel low may help with emotional processing – but not always.Antonio Guillem/Shutterstock
Sometimes meaning doesn’t come with a beautiful purpose. Like the love song that becomes the breakup song. Or the favourite artist whose death renders a song poignant rather than uplifting. Then the song may help with emotional processing, or it may not, it can just fulfil a desire for rumination – a thought we keep circling around without discharging the intensity or our perspective on it.
It might seem obvious that these events will change the way we feel when we listen to a song. But it can be surprisingly difficult to let go of music we love.
Sad songs can be enjoyable and/or a beautiful way of connecting to emotional experiences. But they can also intensify our negative emotions, which doesn’t always lead to resolution.
Being conscious and intentional in music choices is important, especially if you’re tending to ruminate. During down times in life, it is worth checking in after listening to make sure the song is helping you process and resolve, and not just intensify and maintain a negative state you would rather leave behind.
Finding what you love
But most days you are safe to let your instincts guide you. After all, there’s nothing more pleasurable than spending time listening to a banger.
In technical speak, we call these “preferred songs” – songs that might not be personally meaningful, or fill you with joy exactly, but they are just great tracks. Music you love, appreciate and rate.
But even identifying preferred songs is still personal. Despite what many people think, it’s very difficult to get agreement about what makes a good song. But it’s not difficult to identify the songs that you think are great. In fact, it’s a super fun thing to do.
It’s a fascinating question that intrigues millions of pet owners, animal lovers, veterinarians and scientists all over the world: Just how smart are animals?
Scientists once believed a brain with billions of neurons was a requirement for intelligence. After all, that’s why you’re able to think – neurons are the nerve cells in the brain that connect and transmit messages to each other.
Yet the more that scientists like me study animal emotion and cognition – the ability to learn through experiences and thinking – the more we find that humans are not very special at all. Many nonhuman species can do these things too.
Right now, there’s no agreement on how to decide whether a particular animal species is intelligent. But most scientists who study animal cognition have observed that many animals are able to solve problems, use tools, recall important information about their environment and recognize themselves in the mirror.
Measuring an animal’s intelligence is harder than you might think.
That kind of recall – known as episodic memory – is the ability to remember an event, including when and where it occurred. Until recently, scientists thought only humans had it. But now researchers have learned that some birds, cats, rats, monkeys and dolphins have it too.
Animals may not remember every experience – neither do people – but they do recall things critical to their survival. For example, birds know where they stored food. Monkeys know the presence of a predator.
Scientists once thought tool use was an exclusively human ability, but that’s not so. Chimpanzees use sticks to catch termites and stones to crack nuts open. Crows can even manufacture tools. By bending a wire, they can make a hook to retrieve a food reward that’s otherwise out of reach.
Researchers presented eight captive brown bears with this food challenge: Three objects – a large log, a small log and a box – were placed in an outdoor enclosure. A food reward was suspended above them. Six of the eight bears were able to move the logs and box into positions that enabled them to fetch the reward. Essentially, they used the three objects as tools.
Chimps use gestures and facial expressions to communicate.
Dolphin, chimpanzee communication
Language is another measure of intelligence. People, of course, have enormously sophisticated communication skills. But dolphins have complex dialects in the form of crackles, squeaks and whistles. Many researchers say the noises are a language. Chimpanzees and gorillas have used sign language to express emotions and ask for things from people.
Self-awareness – the ability to recognize yourself as an individual – signals intelligence. Babies don’t recognize themselves in the mirror until they are about a year and a half old. Up until then, they probably think the mirror image they see is another baby.
Many other species, including dolphins, ravens and elephants, recognize themselves in the mirror. Researchers put a red dye mark on chimpanzees under anesthesia; once awake, the chimps saw their reflection in a mirror. Instead of touching the red mark on their reflection in the glass, they touched the red mark on themselves, indicating self-recognition.
Just because animals can’t do certain things, it doesn’t mean they’re unintelligent. After all, humans can’t fly like a bird or swim like a fish. Nor is there a need for us to have the incredible sense of smell a dog has. We’d be sniffing hundreds of different smells from miles away – the scents from perfumes and pollution, gardens and garbage. From an evolutionary standpoint, that wouldn’t help us much. Plus, we’d get sick of it very quickly.
But all animals, including humans, have developed a wide range of capabilities so they can succeed in the environment they live in. Put simply, we’re all using our brains. Now that’s intelligent.
Hello, curious kids! Do you have a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to CuriousKidsUS@theconversation.com. Please tell us your name, age and the city where you live.
And since curiosity has no age limit – adults, let us know what you’re wondering, too. We won’t be able to answer every question, but we will do our best.
COTA Australia welcomes new Aged Care Council of Elders members
February 11, 2025
COTA Australia welcomes the four new members of the Aged Care Council of Elders who will join the important advisory body in 2025.
The new members, Professor Ponniah Anandajayasekeram, Associate Professor John Cullen, William (Uncle Benny) Hodges and Russell Westacott will join continuing members Val Fell OAM, Gillian Groom AO, James Carey, Lynette Cullinane, Gwenda Darling, Dr John Davis, Anna Harrison AM, JP, Julie Rankin and Lynda Whiteway under the continued strong leadership of Council Chair, Anne Burgess AM.
COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Chief Executive Officer, Patricia Sparrow, said the Council of Elders – which serves as an important voice for older Australians providing advice to government – will benefit greatly from the experience of the new members of the Council.
“The new members bring with them a wealth of experience and knowledge that will undoubtedly be a great asset to the Council and help ensure the government is getting the strong advice it needs on how to drive change in aged care reform and aging-related matters,” Ms Sparrow said.
“Each new member brings a wealth of knowledge in aged care and ageing that will no doubt enhance the Council’s work.”
“We would also like to thank the outgoing members of the Council – Margaret Walsh OAM, Professor Tom Calma AO, and Professor John McCallum – who greatly contributed to improving the lives of older people in Australia through their tireless work.”
Rent assistance increase needed to lift retirees from poverty
February 10, 2025
Rental assistance needs to be urgently increased to ensure that Australia’s retirees are not living in poverty, COTA Australia says.
The call follows a Grattan Institute report released today which shows that two in three retirees who rent in the private market live below the poverty line.
COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Chief Executive Officer, Patricia Sparrow said the report strengthens ongoing calls for the Federal Government to provide a significant boost to the Commonwealth Rent Assistance scheme and for its methodology to be reviewed.
“The current system is allowing too many retirees to fall through the gaps,” Ms Sparrow said.
“Two in three retirees who rent live in poverty. That’s a shocking statistic that we can’t continue to ignore.
“For older single women the figure is even worse, with 80% of single retired women living in poverty.
“The Federal Government needs to initiate an independent government-funded review of demand side housing assistance schemes, including the Commonwealth Rent Assistance scheme, as part of a suite of housing and cost of living policies.
Ms Sparrow said the current housing market is difficult for people of all ages and economic situations, but for those on fixed incomes like retirees, who more often than not simply do not have sufficient savings to keep paying rent in retirement, the situation is dire.
“Everyone deserves to live with dignity in retirement, but the fact that we’ve got two in three retirees who rent in the private market living below the poverty line shows that’s simply not happening.
“We know the largest group at risk of homelessness in Australia at the moment is older women. To allow the current situation to continue unchecked would be to turn our backs on retirees who are falling through the cracks right before our eyes.”
Most retirees who rent live in poverty. Here’s how boosting rent assistance could help lift them out of it
Most Australians can look forward to a comfortable retirement. More than three in four retirees own their own home, most report feeling comfortable financially, and few suffer financial stress.
But our new Grattan Institute report paints a sobering picture for one group: retirees who rent in the private market. Two-thirds of this group live in poverty, including more than three in four single women who live alone.
Retirees who rent often have little in the way of retirement savings: more than half have less than A$25,000 stashed away. And a growing number of older Australians are at risk of becoming homeless.
But our research also shows just how much we’d need to boost Commonwealth Rent Assistance to make housing more affordable and ensure all renters are able to retire with dignity.
Today’s renters, tomorrow’s renting retirees
Home ownership is falling among poorer Australians who are approaching retirement.
Between 1981 and 2021, home ownership rates among the poorest 40% of 45–54-year-olds fell from 68% to just 54%. Today’s low-income renters are tomorrow’s renting retirees.
Age pensioners need at least $40,000 in savings to afford to spend $350 a week in rent, together with the Age Pension and Rent Assistance. That’s enough to afford the cheapest 25% of one-bedroom homes in capital cities.
But Australians who are renting as they approach retirement tend to have little in the way of retirement savings. 40% of renting households aged 55-64 have net financial wealth less than $40,000.
Rent assistance is too low
Our research shows that Commonwealth Rent Assistance, which supplements the Age Pension for poorer retirees who rent, is inadequate.
A single retiree needs at least $379 per week to afford non-housing essentials.marikun/Shutterstock
A typical single retiree needs at least $379 per week to afford essential non-housing costs such as food, transport and energy.
But we found a single pensioner who relies solely on income support can afford to rent just 4% of one-bedroom homes in Sydney, 13% in Brisbane, and 14% in Melbourne, after covering these basic living expenses.
With Rent Assistance indexed to inflation, rather than low-income earners’ housing costs, the maximum rate of the payment has increased by 136% since 2001, while the rents paid by recipients have increased by 193%.
A boost is needed
Our analysis suggests that to solve this problem, the federal government should increase the maximum rate of Rent Assistance by 50% for singles and 40% for couples.
The payment should also be indexed to changes in rents for the cheapest 25% of homes in our capital cities.
These increases would boost the maximum rate of Rent Assistance by $53 a week ($2,750 a year) for singles, and $40 a week ($2,080 a year) for couples.
This would ensure single retirees could afford to spend $350 a week on rent, enough to rent the cheapest 25% of one-bedroom homes across Australian capital cities, while still affording other essentials.
Similarly, retired couples would be able to afford to spend $390 a week on rent, enough to rent the cheapest 25% of all one- and two-bedroom homes.
Unlikely to push up rents
One common concern is that increasing Rent Assistance will just lead landlords to hike rents. But we find little evidence that this is the case.
International studies suggest that more than five in six dollars of any extra Rent Assistance paid would benefit renters, rather than landlords.
In Australia, there’s little evidence that recent increases in Rent Assistance have pushed up rents.
Our analysis of NSW rental bond lodgement data suggests areas with higher concentrations of Rent Assistance recipients did not see larger rent increases in the year after the payment was boosted.
That’s not surprising. Rent Assistance is paid to tenants, not landlords, which means tenants are likely to spend only a small portion of any extra income on housing.
Since rates of financial stress are even higher among younger renters, we propose that any increase to Rent Assistance should also apply to working-age households.
Boosting Rent Assistance for all recipients would cost about $2 billion a year, with about $500 million of this going to retirees.
2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.
Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!
A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year.
The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area. The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.
Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.
If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on.
The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.
Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee
What you need to know about the new implants to patch up failing hearts – is it really a ‘breakthrough’?
There are many difficulties in converting any biological research into a medicine that will treat patients. Because of the complexity involved, these difficulties apply especially to translating cell research in the laboratory to a successful treatment for heart failure, where the heart is unable to pump blood around the body properly.
The definitive treatment for heart failure is a heart transplant – a difficult and costly procedure. Pills are prescribed for the condition, but they only delay death and are not effective in changing the cause of the disease.
Fifteen to 20 years ago, scientists started enthusiastically exploring the use of heart muscle precursor cells grown in the laboratory to transplant to the failing heart in the hope that they might make new heart muscle. Although results in animal tests were positive, they all failed in humans. Included in the failures was the one that my colleagues and I conducted.
We’d had success with animal studies and even some positive results in small groups of patients. Buoyed by these results, we organised a randomised controlled trial – the gold standard for medical studies in humans.
Our study was funded by the European Commission and entailed a massive effort by a large group of researchers across Europe. The result was that the therapy, which entailed injecting bone marrow cells into the heart muscle of patients who had had a heart attack, did not work.
The authors of the article report growing patches of heart muscle in the lab from precursor cells and then applying those patches to the hearts of monkeys that had had an induced heart attack, producing heart failure.
A woman who’d had a heart attack in 2016 also had the procedure. Three months later, she had a heart transplant, allowing the researchers to analyse her heart.
As this was the only case of a human receiving this treatment, and the procedure had failed, as the heart was removed from the patient, the title of the Nature article is perhaps too wide in its scope: Engineering heart muscle allografts for heart repair in primates and humans.
It is noted that a senior author of the article declares that he has shares in the company that will commercialise any success. This conflict may have been declared, but it is still a potential conflict.
Heart arrhythmia
The article does not discuss previous attempts to use heart muscle precursor cells for treating heart failure in humans. In particular, the pioneering work in Paris of the surgeon Philippe Menasché who in 2003 reported in the Lancet that he had injected heart muscle precursor cells into the myocardium (heart muscle) of a patient with apparent success.
He then published the results of a study where he repeated the same procedure in a larger group. The study was not successful. Menasché noted that some of the patients suffered from cardiac rhythm abnormalities following the procedure.
There was much discussion in the field that the junctions between the transplanted cells and the patient’s own heart muscle cells might give rise to abnormal electrical activity that would unpredictably produce potentially fatal heart rhythm change.
Because of the history of failure of cell therapy in human trials after positive tests in lab animals, the objective reader should regard results from animal experiments with scepticism.
Late last year, rumours swirled online that HomeSafeID, a private Australian pet microchip registry, had stopped operating.
On Feburary 5 2025, a notice appeared on the HomeSafeID website, ostensibly from the site’s administrator. It states the website “is likely to go offline” soon due to unpaid bills. This means the database of information stored on HomeSafeID would also go offline.
There has been no official word from HomeSafeID as to the status of the company. HomeSafeID did not respond when The Conversation reached out for comment.
According to the Australian Securities and Investment Commission (ASIC), the company is still registered and no insolvency notice has been published. However, it’s possible HomeSafeID has stopped operating or will do so in the near future.
If this happens, any pet with a HomeSafeID registered microchip would no longer have searchable microchip details. If these pets become lost, vets and shelters will have no way of finding or verifying their owner.
The situation is a symptom of a bigger problem with pet microchip registries in Australia – a lack of national oversight.
Why should you microchip your pet?
If your pet goes missing, their microchip is key to you being reunited. Vets and shelters can scan a stray animal’s microchip, search one of the seven microchip registries in Australia, find the pet owner’s details and contact them. Pet microchips significantly increase the likelihood lost pets will be reclaimed by their owners.
In fact, microchipping pets is a legal requirement in all states and territories of Australia except the Northern Territory, although it is required in the City of Darwin. In New South Wales, fines for failing to microchip your pet range from A$180 to $880.
A pet microchip should contain up-to-date details of the pet’s owner so they can be contacted if the animal becomes lost.Todorean-Gabriel/Shutterstock
If HomeSafeID does go offline, many pets will have microchips that don’t connect to a database any more, making them essentially useless.
It’s difficult to estimate the scale of the problem, but it could affect hundreds of thousands of pets, including ones adopted from RSPCA Queensland.
According to ASIC, RSPCA Queensland was a part-owner of HomeSafeID until 2020. A spokesperson for the charity told The Conversation it has no current partnership with HomeSafeID, and “don’t know the extent of how many animals are affected”. Yesterday, RSPCA Queensland issued advice for pet owners to check their registration details.
Where are microchip details stored?
There are currently seven registries in Australia. Five are privately owned, including HomeSafeID, and two are owned by state governments, in NSW and South Australia. Pets microchipped in those states are meant to be registered with the state registry.
The five private registries jointly fund a website called Pet Address, which allows you to search the five private databases to find where your pet’s details are stored.
However, Pet Address doesn’t cover the state registries – these have to be searched separately. Only NSW vets and “authorised identifiers” (such as shelters) can access the pet owner details stored in the NSW registry.
If a pet is moved to another state but their owner doesn’t update the registry, their microchip won’t be readable in the new location by non-NSW vets and shelters.
There are currently no rules, regulations or even guidelines around how private pet microchip registries should operate in Australia. If a microchip database were to cease operating, there is no safety net to ensure information is automatically moved to another database.
A vet can scan your pet’s microchip to retrieve the number and find out the registration details.Lucky Business/Shutterstock
What can I do to make sure my pet’s microchip is up to date?
If you don’t already know your pet’s microchip number, vets and shelters can use a microchip scanner to find that number for you. Then, you can run it through Pet Address or the SA and NSW registries where relevant, to find out which database the number is registered on.
If your pet’s microchip is currently with HomeSafeID, it might be prudent to move your pet’s details to another database. You can do this by contacting one of the other microchip registries and applying to register with their database (this may involve a small fee).
Australia needs national coordination on pet microchipping
Given it’s mandatory to microchip dogs and cats, it might seem strange there are no regulations or guidelines around how microchip registries should operate. However, this is a symptom of a much bigger issue.
There is almost no national leadership or collaboration on companion animal issues in Australia. Pets are firmly the domain of state governments, with the federal government only really involved in the export and import of companion animals.
Regardless of who takes responsibility, it’s clear a round table on pet microchipping is urgently required to prevent hundreds of thousands of pets walking around with microchips that don’t work anymore.
Otherwise, lost pets may find themselves at shelters and pounds unnecessarily, and animals that might have otherwise been returned home could end up being adopted, or worse, euthanised.
The Manly to Barrenjoey Seniors Festival celebrates and recognises seniors for the role they play and the contributions they make to our local community.
The official Festival theme for 2025 is ‘Time to Shine!'
The Festival will run from Monday 3 March to Sunday 30 March 2025, corresponding with NSW Seniors Festival which runs from 3 to 16 March.
An events programme is now available to peruse with some great options to get you out and about and even some exercise classes run online so you can do those at home.
Some are free, others have a small fee.
Have a look and book in early before those with limited places fill up.
Started in 2000 it now has 20+ trainers and many hundreds of students. At a really low cost (about $50 a school term) they can provide one-to-one training on most matters connected with computing and related technologies like mobile phones and digital cameras. From the smallest problem (how to hold the mouse!) to much more serious matters, there is a trainer who can help.
We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses in the training rooms under the Catholic Church in Avalon. Training is conducted Monday to Friday from 9am to 4pm. For more information visit AVPALS web site www.avpals.com or phone 02 8064 3574
An election is imminent and more than ever National Seniors is telling the Federal Government to Let Pensioners Work. But we need YOUR voice and support.
You may have noticed that news media has ramped up its speculation about when the election will be called. That’s a sure sign the Federal Government is moving quickly to take us to the polls.
On your behalf, we’re telling the government it has got the rules wrong for working on the pension, and that all parties should listen to what older Australians want.
We have seen some movement, with the government announcing the one-off $4,000 credit in 2022 and a commitment from the Opposition to double the Work Bonus if elected.
But neither of these is good enough.
We need a full exemption of work income from the Age Pension income test. This is the simplest and fairest way to support pensioners who need or want to work. It would be cost-neutral if 8.3% of pensioners work or work more.
The times are right for such a move
There are workforce shortages, and employment numbers remain tight, leaving employers scrambling for experienced workers.
Meanwhile, pensioners continue to struggle with cost-of-living increases and social connectedness. It’s a needless waste consigning older people, who want to work, onto the jobs scrapheap and then penalise those who want to work for earning above a punitive limit.
Currently, people receiving the Age Pension lose their pension if they take on too much paid work. This discourages them from working past pension age, reducing the ability of employers to retain mature and skilled workers at a time of high labour force demand.
Our policy
What’s wrong with the current government policy?
In key sectors of healthcare and social assistance, job vacancies remain stubbornly high (60,900 or 18% of total vacancies).
Current pension rules discourage older people from remaining in the workforce.
Only 3.3% of people on the Age Pension declare earnings from employment.
Age Pension recipients lose 50 cents in the dollar from their pension if they work more than the rules allow. This discourages some people from working past pension age, undermining the retention of mature and skilled workers at a time of high labour force demand.
Age Pension rules are complex and confusing and cause many to not work or to work in the black economy to avoid impacting their pension.
It’s estimated a 5% increase in over-55 worker participation will result in a $47.9 billion increase to GDP.
Allowing women to retain their pension, even when they work, will help to address the gaps in retirement savings and income, boosting financial wellbeing in retirement.
The Federal Government announced a permanent increase in the Work Bonus of $4,000 from 1 January 2024, but it is a one-off bonus suited to periodic workers and not ideal for people who work regularly past pension age.
National Seniors Australia (NSA) wants all political parties and independents to commit to exempting employment income from the Age Pension income test to simplify the pension system and encourage more older people to remain in or rejoin the workforce.
Current means testing policies are discouraging people from working – only 14.2% of Australians aged 65 or over work compared with 24.8% in New Zealand.
There are many benefits:
Employers and the economy benefit from greater workforce participation and revenue.
The public, especially seniors, receives better services and care.
Low wealth pensioners:
Have more disposable income
Have improved health and wellbeing through ongoing workforce engagement
Won’t need to report earnings regularly to Centrelink.
The government has been reluctant to implement this sensible policy because of fears about the impact on the Federal Budget. But these fears a largely unfounded.
While an exemption will see some working pensioners receive a boost to their income without having to work more hours, these are likely people who have limited savings. Why? Because the Age Pension means test includes both an income and assets test.
Under this approach, the government works out the amount of pension you receive by applying both tests. People with more assets come under the assets test, which means that our policy benefits those with limited wealth who need to work to achieve a higher standard of living.
Care sector test?
While we want employment income to be exempt for all pensioners regardless of what industry they work in, the government could consider phasing the policy in by targeting sectors that need mature workers – for example, aged care and agriculture.
The health care and social assistance sector, which includes aged and disability care, is losing workers to retirement and struggling to recruit replacements.
It is predicted that workforce shortages will increase over time, with a shortage of 100,000 (full-time equivalent) care workers predicted by 2027-28 and a shortage of 212,000 workers predicted by 2049-50.
Age Pension recipients could receive an exemption from the income test for any work undertaken in aged care, disability care, childcare, and other key sectors like agriculture as a first step toward a universal exemption.
Become a National Seniors Australia member and enjoy the many benefits
Share this information with friends and family
Let’s get this sensible policy up and support pensioners to fill the many job vacancies holding back our great economy.
Share your story
NSA is looking for case studies to help promote our Let Pensioners Work policy.
Are you a working pensioner? Do you want to share your experience of working as a pensioner and how and why a change to the Age Pension income test would make your life better? Your story could help to convince politicians to adopt our policy.
Lung cancer cases are increasing in people who have never smoked, especially in women, a new study by the World Health Organization’s cancer agency has found.
The findings, published in The Lancet Respiratory Medicine, reveal that lung adenocarcinoma, the most common type of lung cancer among non-smokers, accounts for nearly 60% of lung cancer cases in women compared to 45% in men.
About 2.5 million new lung cancer cases were diagnosed worldwide in 2022 – an increase of 300,000 since 2020. The study suggests that environmental factors, particularly air pollution, along with genetic predisposition and immune responses, may be driving this rise in non-smoking-related lung cancer.
One of the most significant risk factors for lung cancer in non-smokers is genetic mutations, especially mutations in the EGFR gene. This gene provides instructions for producing a protein on the surface of cells involved in growth and division.
Mutations in this gene drive uncontrolled cell division and tumour growth. They are found in 50% of lung adenocarcinomas in non-smoking Asian women and 19% in non-smoking western women – compared with 10–20% in non-smoking men.
Advances in genetic testing have made it easier to detect these mutations. However, rising exposure to air pollution, which is known to trigger EGFR mutations – may also be contributing to their increasing prevalence.
Other genetic changes that drive tumour growth include mutations in the genes ALK and ROS1, which are found in about 5% of lung cancer cases in non-smokers. These mutations are more often seen in younger non-smoking women, particularly in Asia. Thankfully, improved screening programmes, especially in east Asian countries, have helped detect these mutations more frequently.
Mutations in TP53, a crucial tumour-suppressing gene, also appear to be more commonly found in non-smoking women than in men. This gene prevents cells from becoming cancerous, and its mutation leads to out-of-control cell growth. The hormone oestrogen can interact with TP53 mutations, making lung cancer more likely to develop in women over time.
Another gene that is worth mentioning is KRAS. Mutations in this gene are usually associated with smoking-related lung cancer, however, they are increasingly being found in non-smokers – particularly women.
Recent studies suggest that exposure to tiny particles in the air, or PM2.5 (so-called because they are 2.5 micrometres or smaller) may be responsible for these mutations in non-smoker women.
Since PM2.5 levels continue to rise in many towns and cities, exposure to these particles could be another factor not only in lung cancer but also in other types of cancers in women.
In addition to genetic predisposition, hormone fluctuations may influence tumour growth in women. Oestrogen receptors are found in lung tissue, and experimental studies suggest that oestrogen promotes tumour growth. Studieshave shown.) that women who receive hormone-replacement therapy (HRT), have a lower risk of lung cancer compared with women not on HRT, suggesting that natural oestrogen cycles may provide some level of protection.
Chronic inflammation
Beyond genetics and hormones, chronic inflammation could also explain why lung cancer is rising among non-smoking women.
Women are more likely to develop autoimmune diseases than men, and problems with the immune system can play a role in cancer. Persistent inflammation can cause repeated damage to tissues, leading to changes in DNA and promote abnormal cell growth, all of which raise the risk of cancer.
Women with autoimmune diseases like rheumatoid arthritis and lupus have a higher chance of getting lung cancer, possibly because of long-lasting inflammation in the lungs. Inflammatory molecules – like interleukin-6 and tumour necrosis factor-alpha – can exacerbate the cancer by helping tumour cells survive and spread.
Autoimmune diseases have been increasing globally, probably because of environmental changes, changes in diet and shifts in gut microbiomes (the constellation of microorganisms that live in our guts and play an important role in our health). Because women are disproportionately affected by autoimmune conditions, they may be more vulnerable to chronic inflammation-driven cancer.
As life expectancy increases, more women are accumulating years of immune system activation, leading to a higher risk of developing inflammation-related lung cancer. In addition, things like pollution, household chemicals and work-related exposures can make immune system problems worse, increasing the risk of cancer even more.
Air pollution has long been recognised as a significant factor in lung cancer risk, but emerging evidence suggests that women may be particularly vulnerable. Studies show that women’s lung anatomy and function make them more susceptible to the harmful effects of pollutants. Women’s lungs are smaller than men’s, with narrower airways, which might cause more fine particles, like PM2.5, to get trapped in their lungs.
Additionally, oestrogen has been shown to amplify inflammatory responses when exposed to pollutants, potentially making lung tissue more prone to damage that can lead to lung cancer.
Women are more exposed to air pollution than men, but in a different way. While men often face pollution from factory work, women spend more time indoors where toxic fumes from cooking and heating are more common.
Air pollution in the home, especially from things like wood, coal and kerosene, can raise the risk of lung cancer. Women working in places such as textile factories, beauty salons and hospitals are also more exposed to harmful chemicals that can damage the lungs. In rapidly growing cities, women are often in areas with high traffic and factory pollution.
More significant
Women are biologically more likely than men to develop certain genetic mutations that increase the risk of lung cancer. However, factors like rising pollution, changes in hormone levels, immune system imbalances and longer life expectancy are making these risks even more significant.
Recent research suggests that HPV, a virus, may also contribute to lung cancer in women, underscoring the need for further study and preventative measures.
Understanding the roles of immune, hormonal, genetic and viral factors is key to spotting lung cancer early, creating more effective treatments and developing better ways to prevent it.
The mere mention of Leonardo da Vinci evokes genius. We know him as a polymath whose interests spanned astronomy, geology, hydrology, engineering and physics. As a painter, his Mona Lisa and Last Supper are considered works of mastery.
Yet one great achievement that frequently goes unrecognised is his studies of human anatomy. More than 500 years after his death, it’s time this changed.
Leonardo is thought to have been born on April 15 1452 in Anchiano, a small hamlet near the town of Vinci, close to Florence. His mother was a 16-year-old peasant girl called Caterina di Meo Lippi, and his father was Ser Piero da Vinci, a 26-year-old notary.
Being illegitimate, the young Leonardo was only permitted an elementary education in reading, writing and arithmetic. He was also barred from becoming a notary, but this worked out to his advantage. Instead of being constrained by life as an officiate, he was free to be creative and explore the world of nature, satisfying his insatiable appetite for knowledge.
The human anatomy became one of his great interests. This was seeded during his time as an apprentice in Andrea del Verrocchio’sbottega (studio) in Florence, where studying the human form was crucial for achieving realistic depictions.
Creating detailed anatomical drawings required precise sketching skills and the ability to accurately depict the structures being studied. As Leonardo’s fascination grew, he would delve deeper into anatomy as a discipline.
Pioneers
This traces back to the 2nd-century Greek physician Galen of Pergamum, whose anatomical descriptions were mostly based on insights he had gained through dissecting animals and studying wounded gladiators. However, he did no human dissections – they were illegal during his time – and many of his extrapolations from animal to human anatomy were wrong.
Galen dissecting a monkey, Veloso Salgado (1906).wikimedia
It wasn’t until the 14th century that anatomy and medical science advanced thanks to the start of systematic human cadaver dissections. The physician Mondino de Liuzzi, who practised the first public dissections of human cadavers at the University of Bologna, published the first modern anatomical text, Anathomia Corporis Humani, in 1316.
The text was mostly descriptive in nature, like that of Galen, lacking drawings to illustrate anatomy. Subsequent texts on the subject during the 14th and early 15th centuries did contain drawings, but these were basic and unrealistic.
Leonardo advanced this discipline through his remarkable observational skills, knowledge of perspective and, most notably, his outstanding drawing abilities. His anatomical sketches were unlike anything seen before. For example, his sketches of the muscles of the arms and human skull are comparable to illustrations in today’s medical anatomy texts.
According to Leonardo’s biographer, Giorgio Vasari, the artist “was one of the first who, with Galen’s teachings, began to bring honour to medical studies and to shed real light upon anatomy, which had until that time been shrouded in the deepest shadows of ignorance”.
Leonardo was the first to depict a detailed study of the human spine, showing its natural curvature and correctly numbered vertebrae. He drew and described nearly all the bones and muscles of the body in beautiful detail, as well as investigating their biomechanics.
His studies on the heart combined both experimentation and observation. Using an ox’s heart to understand blood flow though the aortic valves, Leonardo poured molten wax into the surrounding cavities to make a wax cast, from which a glass model of the heart was made. He then pumped water mixed with grass seeds through this model to visualise the flow pattern. From this experiment, he concluded that the vortex-like flow of blood through the aortic valves was responsible for closing them during each heartbeat.
Over 450 years later, in 1968, scientists used dyes and radiography methods to observe this blood flow and prove that Leonardo was correct. A study in 2014 using MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) also demonstrated that he had provided a strikingly precise depiction of these vortex-like flows.
Shortcomings
Leonardo may have dissected around 30 human corpses during his lifetime. Most took place at the Santa Maria Nuova hospital in Florence, and later at the Santo Spirito hospital in Rome. The fact he didn’t have more human cadavers to study probably helps to explain why he also got things wrong.
In addition, Leonardo was very influenced by Galen, through his readings of both Mondino de Liuzzi and the Persian writer Avicenna (c980-1037), while also dissecting animals such as dogs, cattle and horses to fill in human anatomical gaps.
This approach is evident in his study of the male and female reproductive system, as I found when carrying out a detailed review of his work in this area. Misconceptions included the presence of three channels in the penis for semen, urine and “animal spirit”. The prostate gland is also missing in all his sketches of the male reproductive system. Meanwhile, he made the uterus spherical (derived from cow dissections), and similarly misrepresented the fallopian tubes and ovaries.
Even then, Leonardo still got a lot right. He correctly depicts the position of the foetus in the uterus, and the umbilical cord anatomy. He also correctly argued that penile erections were caused by blood engorgement and not by air or “vital spirits” flowing into the penis, as suggested by Galen.
Where he got things wrong, Leonardo’s shifting focus may also have played a part. His restlessness, disorganised notes and unfinished work suggest ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder). Equally, this may also explain his boundless curiosity and incredible creativity.
Despite his shortcomings, Leonardo’s anatomical studies were centuries ahead of their time, rivalling modern standards. His work in this area might have been more appreciated had he published it in a book: he had planned one, and is said to have been collaborating with the Renaissance physician and professor, Marc’Antonio della Torre.
Unfortunately, this was cut short with Marc’Antonio’s death in 1511. Leonardo died in 1519 at the age of 67, and while his gifts to the world have received endless attention, his important contributions to anatomy remain overshadowed, and deserve greater recognition.
Have you ever asked someone how their day was, or been chatting casually with a friend, only to have them tell you a horrific story that has left you feeling distressed or emotionally exhausted yourself?
This is called “trauma dumping”. It’s when someone shares something traumatic or distressing without checking in first if the person they’re talking to has the capacity or willingness to take on that information.
Trauma dumping is not new, and you’ve probably experienced it (or inadvertently done it yourself) at some stage in your life.
But now, with the rise of social media platforms such as TikTok, the risk of experiencing trauma dumping has increased exponentially.
People often turn to TikTok for support or validation. And because TikTok’s algorithm is based on attention, it’s not uncommon for highly emotional stories to gather traction and go viral.
My colleagues and I wanted to understand more about trauma dumping on TikTok. In a recent study, we found people often share their trauma on TikTok. And this is usually done without a trigger warning.
TikTok and mental health
It’s estimated around 75% of the population have experienced a traumatic event at some point in their lives. This could include exposure to abuse or neglect in childhood, violence, natural disasters, the death of a loved one, or any other event which is unexpected, distressing, and causes long-term impacts on physical or mental health.
TikTok can be an important source of support and validation, especially for young people who have faced trauma, and who may not have sufficient support offline.
But while TikTok can be a great place for community, support and validation, at the same time it can be a hotbed for trauma dumping.
Importantly, sharing trauma on social media runs the risk of exposing other users to vicarious traumatisation, which is when a person is traumatised by someone else’s trauma.
Vicarious trauma is most common in people who work in “frontline” jobs, such as paramedics or therapists, who deal with trauma regularly. However, anyone can be at risk. Factors including personal experiences, personality traits (such as empathy), support systems and coping strategies all play a role in whether someone might experience vicarious trauma.
Many people who use TikTok and other social media platforms will be exposed to ‘trauma dumping’.Prostock-studio/Shutterstock
In our study, we set out to explore the top videos on TikTok with one or more of five hashtags related to trauma: #traumatok, #trauma, #traumatized, #traumatic and #traumabond.
We looked the most viewed 50 videos from each hashtag. At the time we carried out our analysis in December 2022, these 250 videos had a total of 296.6 million likes, 2.3 million comments and 4.6 million shares.
#TraumaTok
We found the majority of videos (about 67%) were from people sharing their trauma. In many cases severe trauma was discussed, including child maltreatment, violence and death.
Our study also showed some videos (about 22%) were from people who claimed to be “experts” in trauma. They were using the platform to speak about the symptoms and treatment for trauma-related mental health conditions.
Worryingly, most “experts” (84%) did not disclose their credentials. And only a small proportion (2%) said they were licensed psychologists, counsellors or medical professionals (who are trained to provide evidence-based treatment or advice for mental health).
The remaining videos were either more general mental health content with a mix of hashtags such as “anxiety” and “depression”, or were meant to be humorous, using memes or jokes about trauma.
One of the most concerning things we found in our study was that only 3.7% of videos had some form of trigger warning. A trigger warning, often a verbal statement by the creator, text within the video or a caption, is meant to alert the audience that potentially distressing content is discussed in the video.
One of the limitations of our study was that we didn’t look at users’ experiences of viewing these videos. We also didn’t explore discourse on the app, such as comments and video replies.
We can’t say for sure what it’s like for people, especially young people or people with lived experience of trauma, to watch and interact with these videos. Exploring this should be a focus for future research.
Trigger warnings are important
None of this is to say that sharing stories, even traumatic ones, should never happen. In fact, we know support from others is essential for healing from trauma. This can be facilitated, among other avenues, through sharing stories on social media.
But to make this safer for everyone, TikTok should encourage trigger warnings, and creators should use them on videos where trauma is shared. This can give users the option to “opt out” and scroll on if they think they might not have the capacity to listen at that time.
For people consuming videos on TikTok and other platforms, it’s important to be wary of misinformation and think critically about the information they see, seeking further advice from other sources.
If you feel distressed by content you see on social media, seek support from a health-care professional.
If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.
Coles is reducing its product range by at least 10%, a move that has sparked public backlash and renewed discussions about the role of supermarkets in the cost-of-living crisis.
The goal is to boost profitability by reducing costs, increasing sales, and increasing control over the supply chain.
Coles is unlikely to cut traditional brands, especially those from companies with significant market power like Coca-Cola or Nestle. In a battle between giants, the status quo is likely to prevail.
Smaller suppliers are likely to bear the load as they struggle to renew contracts and face increased competition from home brands.
To fully understand the reasons behind this move and its impact on the cost of living, insights from psychology, finance, and supply chain management come in handy.
Why cut back on brands?
The Coles move is all about profitability.
Over the past decade, competition in the Australian supermarket sector has intensified. Coles’ market share declined from 31% to 25% between 2013 and 2023, while Woolworths’ share fell from 41% to 37%.
This shift reflects the rise of Aldi, which now holds approximately 10% of the market, and its strong position in the home brand space.
To boost profitability with a smaller customer base, Coles needs to find ways to enhance its earnings. This can be achieved by raising prices, cutting costs, or increasing the market share of its home brands.
Raising prices vs cutting costs
Raising prices is not a viable option, as consumers are already struggling with high food prices inflation and the rising cost-of-living. However, there is room to cut costs.
One approach is to squeeze suppliers, but again this is unlikely to be effective. The consumer watchdog, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), is holding an inquiry into concerns that the supermarkets are using their market power to the disadvantage of their suppliers and consumers.
Additionally, as producers exit unprofitable businesses, supermarkets risk supply chain disruptions due to increased market concentration among surviving suppliers.
Another strategy is to reduce complexity. The more product variety there is, the more complicated and expensive it becomes to manage. Tasks such as stocking shelves, adjusting prices, maintaining inventory, managing delivery schedules, and disposing of expired products all contribute to higher costs.
Simplifying the product range can also boost sales. When faced with too many options, consumers can experience “choice overload”. A widely recognised study in psychology found that people are more likely to make a purchase when presented with a limited selection rather than an extensive array of choices.
Coles has pointed to shampoo and salt as two potential product ranges that can be simplified.I.K.Media/Shutterstock
Shifting to home brands
Simplifying the range will likely focus on items where Coles has a home brand. Home brands now account for 33.5% of Coles’ sales, with 6,000 products. About 1,100 were added over the past year.
This move is a response to competitors like Aldi and Costco. While Coles and Woolworths manage over 25,000 items in their stores, Aldi limits its offering to about 1,800 products.
Coles is focusing on its home brands to better compete with non-branded offerings from Aldi. In its report to the ACCC, the supermarket highlights its investment in expanding its own-brand range to provide more affordable prices, up to 40% cheaper than similar proprietary brands.
While consumers may have fewer choices, it is expected that they will benefit from better prices.
This shift towards home brands is not exclusive to Australia. In the United States, private label sales hit a record in 2023 across a range of items from beauty products to general merchandise. In the United Kingdom, home brand products now account for over half of supermarket sales.
Have we been here before?
Almost 10 years ago, Woolworths and Coles started a significant move to adjust their price positioning in response to the competition. Along with Metcash (IGA), they reduced product ranges in 2015–16 by 10% to 15% to simplify the weekly grocery shop for consumers.
At that time, the culling of products put suppliers under pressure (as now) while consumers were ambivalent: some wanted more brand variety and others preferred less.
As history repeats itself, it will be interesting to see if Woolworths and Metcash will follow the latest move from Coles and how customers, suppliers, and the ACCC will react this time.
On the vast expanse of the Nullarbor Plain in South Australia, two very different creatures live side by side – but not always peacefully.
One is the southern hairy-nosed wombat, a slow-moving nocturnal digger that loves its underground burrows. The other is the European rabbit: a small and speedy invader that has spread across the continent, often wreaking environmental havoc and creating its own networks of tunnels.
How do we know where these semi-subterranean creatures live, and how many there are? The answer is from the sky.
In new research published in Australian Mammalogy, we show a way to detect wombats and rabbits using satellites that take pictures of our planet from space. By studying high-resolution images from the likes of Google Earth and Bing Maps, we can spot the telltale signs of the burrows and warrens these creatures dig into the ground.
Why is it any of our business where wombats and rabbits live?
Knowing where wombats and rabbits live is important for conservation.
Wombats are unique Australian marsupials that need protection. Rabbits are an invasive species that often damage the land, eating too much vegetation and eroding soil.
Finding their warrens can help scientists and wildlife managers to understand where they live. This in turn helps to make better decisions about protecting native species and controlling pests.
How do you spot a warren?
Imagine looking down at the world from the window of an aeroplane. You might easily see rivers and roads, and even buildings.
But would you spot a hole in the ground? That’s the challenge we faced in our study of satellite images.
As it turns out, wombat warrens are relatively easy to spot. They are quite large and have clear trails leading in and out. The digging leaves mounds of lighter-coloured soil.
Rabbit warrens are trickier to find. They are smaller, lack trails, and can blend in with bare patches of dirt.
How well did we do?
By comparing satellite images with surveys conducted on the ground, we figured out we could accurately detect about 82% of wombat warrens from the photos. We weren’t quite as good at rabbit warrens: we could only spot 49%. Small rabbit warrens were particularly easy to miss.
One complicating issue was the fact that wombats and rabbits sometimes share the same burrow. Usually it’s the smaller, sneakier rabbits taking advantage of the large and sturdy tunnels dug by wombats.
This makes it even harder to figure out exactly who is living where. We could recognise shared warrens when we inspected them on the ground, but so far we can’t distinguish them from satellite photos.
What’s next?
Our research shows we can use satellites to map burrowing animal populations without ever setting foot in the outback. This saves time and money, and also reduces the the risk of disturbing wildlife while conducting research.
In the future, with higher-resolution satellite images and better software – using tools like machine learning – we may be able to detect and count burrows and warrens automatically. This could be a big change for wildlife conservation and pest control.
So next time you look up at the sky, remember that somewhere out there a satellite might be taking a picture of a sleepy wombat’s home – or a rabbit plotting its next move.
Lithium-ion batteries are part of everyday life. They power small rechargeable devices such as mobile phones and laptops. They enable electric vehicles. And larger versions store excess renewable energy for later use, supporting the clean energy transition.
That’s because lithium-ion batteries contain manufactured chemicals such as PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances. The chemicals carry the lithium – along with electricity – through the battery. If released into the environment, they can linger for decades and likely longer. This is why they’ve been dubbed “forever chemicals”.
Recently, scientists identified a new type of PFAS known as bis-FASIs (short for bis-perfluoroalkyl sulfonimides) in lithium-ion batteries and in the environment. Bis-FASIs have since been detected in soils and waters worldwide. They are toxic – just one drop in an Olympic-size swimming pool can harm the nervous system of animals. Scientists don’t know much about possible effects on humans yet.
Bis-FASIs in lithium-ion batteries present a major obstacle to recycling or disposing of batteries safely. Fortunately, we may have come up with a way to fix this.
But landfill sites could leak eventually. That means disposal of battery waste in landfill may lead to soil and groundwater contamination.
We can’t throw away lithium-ion batteries in household rubbish because they can catch fire.
So once batteries reach the end of useful life, we must handle them in a way that protects the environment and human health.
What’s more, there’s real value in battery waste. Lithium-ion batteries contain lots of valuable metals that are worth recycling. Lithium, cobalt, copper and nickel are critical and finite metal resources that are in high demand. The recoverable metal value from one tonne of lithium-ion battery waste is between A$3,000 and $14,000.
As more lithium-ion batteries explode in flames, waste chiefs say change is necessary (7.30)
What does this mean for recycling of batteries?
Battery recycling in Australia begins with collection, sorting, discharging and dismantling, before the metal is recovered.
Metal recovery can be done via mechanical, high-temperature, chemical or biological methods. But this may inadvertently release bis-FASI, threatening recycling workers and the environment.
Pyrometallurgy is the most common technique for recycling lithium-ion batteries. This involves incinerating the batteries to recover the metals. Bis-FASIs are incinerated at the same time.
Yet PFAS chemicals are stable and can withstand high temperatures. The exact temperature needed to destroy PFAS is the biggest unknown in lithium-ion battery recycling.
Determining this temperature was the focus of our research.
The solution is hot – very hot!
We teamed up with chemistry professor Anthony Rappé at Colorado State University in the United States. We wanted to work out the temperature at which bis-FASIs can be effectively incinerated.
But figuring this out is tricky, not only because of the danger of working with high temperatures.
The inside of incinerators is a hot mess. Molecules get torn apart. Some recombine to form larger molecules, and others interact with ashes produced during the burning process. This could produce toxic new substances, which then exit through a smokestack into the air outside.
To make matters worse, it’s not possible to measure all the substances that bis-FASIs break down into, because many of them are unknown.
To help, we applied the science of quantum mechanics and solved the problem on a computer without ever going into the lab. The computer can accurately simulate the behaviour of any molecules, including bis-FASIs.
We found that at 600°C, bis-FASI molecules start to separate into smaller fragments. But these fragments are still PFAS chemicals and could be more harmful than their parent chemicals.
As a consequence, the absence of bis-FASIs in stack exhaust is not enough to deem the process safe. Much higher temperatures of 1,000°C and above are needed to break down bis-FASIs completely into harmless products. This is likely to be much higher than temperatures currently used, although that varies between facilities.
Based on these findings, we built an innovative model that guides recyclers on how to destroy bis-FASIs during metal recovery by using sufficiently high temperatures.
How do we avoid future risks?
We are now collaborating with operators of high-temperature metal recovery and incineration plants to use our model to destroy PFAS in batteries.
Recycling plants will have to use much higher temperatures to avoid problematic fumes and this will require more energy and financial investment.
After our new guidance is implemented, we will test the recovered metals, solid residues, and exhausts to ensure they are free from PFAS.
While we can tackle the PFAS problem now, it remains an expensive undertaking. Metal recovery processes must be upgraded to safely destroy bis-FASIs. Ultimately, consumers are likely to foot the bill.
However, sending lithium-ion battery waste to landfill will damage the environment and be more expensive in the long run. Landfilling of bis-FASI-containing waste should therefore be avoided.
Clearly, the battery recycling rate must improve. This is where everyday people can help. In the future, manufacturers should avoid using forever chemicals in batteries altogether. Development of safer alternatives is a key focus of ongoing research into sustainable battery design.
Jens Blotevogel, Principal Research Scientist and Team Leader for Remediation Technologies, CSIRO and Naomi Boxall, Senior Research Scientist in circular economy, CSIRO
Sharp rise for electricity and gas turnover in December
February 10, 2025
Business turnover for the Electricity, gas, water and waste services industry rose 12.9 per cent in December in seasonally adjusted terms, according to figures released today by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS).
Robert Ewing, ABS head of business statistics, said: “Turnover in the Electricity supply subdivision grew 12.2 per cent as coal power plant outages and high temperatures on the east coast put more pressure on electricity supply.
“The turnover index for this subdivision is now only 3.6 points short of the record high reported in August 2022.
“Other notable industry rises were in Accommodation and food services, which was up 1.9 per cent, and Information media and telecommunications, which rose 1.4 per cent.”
Growth in these industries were partially offset by drops in six of the 13 industries.
“The largest falls were in Administrative and support services, down 3.0 per cent, and Manufacturing, down 1.9 per cent,” Mr Ewing said.
The 13-industry aggregate showed business turnover rose 0.4 per cent in seasonally adjusted terms and 0.3 per cent in trend terms.
Business turnover indicator, change in turnover, seasonally adjusted
Compared to December 2024, turnover was higher for 11 of the 13 industries included in the indicator.
The industries that saw the biggest annual rises were Electricity, gas, water and waste services (+21.6 per cent), Information media and telecommunications (+10.1 per cent), and Transport, postal and warehousing (+7.7 per cent).
The only industry with an annual fall was Mining (-8.5 per cent).
The Monthly Business Turnover Indicator is derived using Australian Taxation Office (ATO) Business Activity Statement (BAS) data from monthly remitters.
Monthly BAS reporting covers businesses with GST annual turnover of $20 million or more and a proportion of smaller businesses that report on a voluntary basis.
The indicator includes 13 industry divisions and 41 industry subdivisions classified according to the Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC), 2006, and provides timely and frequent insights into economic activity, which complement the longstanding quarterly measures.
ACCC denies authorisation for industry code on marketing of infant formula
The ACCC has denied authorisation sought by the Infant Nutrition Council for an industry code which seeks to restrict the advertising and promotion of infant formula.
The Infant Nutrition Council sought authorisation to continue to implement the Marketing in Australia of Infant Formula: Manufacturers and Importers Agreement (MAIF Agreement) and its associated guidelines for a further five years.
The ACCC considers that the effectiveness of the MAIF Agreement is being undermined by several factors including its voluntary nature, its limited scope, and restrictions on its ability to capture the breadth of modern digital marketing methods.
As such, the ACCC considers that the claimed public benefits are unlikely to arise, or are likely to occur with or without the MAIF Agreement. Further, the ACCC considers the conduct is likely to result in some competitive detriment.
“We are not satisfied in all the circumstances that the MAIF Agreement is likely to result in public benefits that would outweigh the public detriments likely to result from it,” ACCC Acting Chair Mick Keogh said.
MAIF Agreement
The MAIF Agreement, initially established in 1992, has formed part of Australia’s response to its obligations as a signatory to the World Health Organisation’s International Code of Marketing Breast Milk Substitutes.
The MAIF Agreement is a voluntary, self-regulatory code of conduct which aims to restrict those manufacturers and importers of infant formula who opt in to the agreement from advertising and promoting formula for infants up to 12 months of age. Its implementation requires ACCC authorisation as it forms an agreement between competitors not to market their infant formula products.
“While the link between breastfeeding and improved health outcomes for mothers and children is undisputed, we are concerned there are several factors that undermine the effectiveness of the MAIF Agreement in protecting breastfeeding rates,” Mr Keogh said.
“We are not satisfied that the MAIF Agreement and associated guidelines are likely to result in a net public benefit to justify authorisation and consider that they are likely to result in some public detriment through reduced competition between infant formula manufacturers and importers, compared to the future without the conduct.”
Further information on the final determination is available on the ACCC’s public register at Infant Nutrition Council.
Background
The Infant Nutrition Council represents the majority of manufacturers and importers of infant formula in Australia.
The Council applied for revocation of the existing authorisation and the substitution of a new one to continue to make and give effect to the MAIF Agreement and its associated guidelines for a further five years to ensure a framework remains in place while the Government prepares and implements its response to the independent review of the MAIF Agreement.
In September 2024, the ACCC announced it was proposing to deny this authorisation and sought feedback from interested parties which raised broader health policy issues including whether restrictions on marketing of infant formula should extend to breastmilk substitutes for children over 12 months of age and to retailers.
These issues go beyond the scope of the ACCC’s assessment of this application under competition law and are a matter for the Australian Government.
The Department of Health and Aged Care commissioned an independent review of the MAIF Agreement which found that it is no longer fit for purpose and recommended that it be replaced with a stronger regulatory framework in the form of a legislated, prescribed, mandatory code.
In a submission to the ACCC, the Department stated that the Government accepted this recommendation and intends to introduce a mandatory regime to restrict marketing of infant formula, which it expects would take two years to implement.
NSW Women of the Year 2025 finalists announced
February 10, 2025
Thirty of the most inspirational women and girls across NSW were today announced as finalists for Women of the Year Awards 2025.
The awards program, now in its 13th year, aims to recognise and celebrate revolutionary thinkers, everyday heroes, social advocates and innovative role models.
Award categories include:
NSW Premier’s Woman of Excellence
NSW Aboriginal Woman of the Year
NSW Regional Woman of the Year
NSW Community Hero
NSW Young Woman of the Year (ages 16-30 years)
Ones to Watch (ages 7-15 years)
The Women of the Year Awards ceremony is the centrepiece event of NSW Women’s Week 2025, a week-long celebration from Sunday 2 March until Saturday 8 March. The Awards are the NSW Government’s way of shining the light on the incredible talent and extraordinary women and girls from across our state.
Women of the Year award recipients will be revealed at the Women of the Year Awards 2025 ceremony on Thursday, 6 March at the International Convention Centre, Sydney. The Award ceremony will be livestreamed for everyone to celebrate these inspirational women and girls.
“The incredible group of 2025 finalists reflect how exceptional the women of New South Wales truly are.
“From doctors, academics and scientists to community leaders and advocates – each and every one of our finalists have gone above and beyond in their respective fields.
“On behalf of the NSW Government and our community, I congratulate each of the finalists, for you are all deserving of this recognition.”
Minister for Women, Jodie Harrison said:
“We’ve had a phenomenal response to the NSW Women of the Year Awards 2025 program, with over 500 nominations across NSW. This is a record high, and we can absolutely confirm our 2025 finalists are some of the State’s most impressive women and girls.
“This year’s group come from all walks of life, from scientists and researchers to entrepreneurs and strong advocates to stop domestic and family violence. They come from all across New South Wales – from Sydney to Walgett.
“The NSW Women of the Year Awards is truly a leading recognition program, inspiring everyday women to reach their highest potential.”
The Women of the Year 2025 finalists are (by Local Government Area):
NSW Premier’s Woman of Excellence
Professor Annette Cowie (Armidale)
Mariam Mohammed (Newcastle)
Dr Vanessa Pirotta (Canada Bay)
Karen Iles (Sydney)
NSW Aboriginal Woman of the Year
Marjorie Anderson (George’s River)
Aunty Fay Green (Walgett)
Lisa Sarago (Bayside)
Robyn Taylor (Penrith)
Aunty Rhonda Towney (Parkes)
NSW Regional Woman of the Year
Kate Cleary (Hilltops)
Kirsty Evans (Orange)
Jan Frikken (Eurobodalla)
Penny Lamaro (Armidale)
NSW Community Hero
Ennia Jones (Newcastle)
Kelly Lamb (Port Macquarie-Hastings)
Mona Mahamed (Canterbury-Bankstown)
Sandy Rogers (Tweed)
NSW Young Woman of the Year (ages 16-30 years)
Yeon Jae Kim (Hornsby)
Zara Seidler (Woollahra)
Jessica Luyue Teoh (Hornsby)
Ones to Watch (ages 7-15 years)
Chloe Croker (Goulburn Mulwaree)
Jiayi Fang (Ku-ring-gai)
Aurora Iler (Campbelltown)
Ashleen Khela (The Hills Shire)
Aish Khurram (Hornsby)
Kat Mulcair (Yass Valley)
Hayley Paterson (The Hills Shire)
Waniya Syed (Camden)
Lydia Tofaeono (Strathfield)
Emilia Trustum (Richmond Valley)
DNA barcodes and citizen science images map spread of biocontrol agent for control of major invasive shrub Lantana
February 2025
New CABI-led research using publicly-shared DNA barcodes and citizen science images have provided new evidence on the establishment and spread of a biological control agent used for the control of the major invasive shrub Lantana camara.
Lantana, (Lantana camara) - invasive weed in Warriewood Wetlands- October 2024. Photo: Joe Mills
Lantana camara was introduced as a garden and ornamental plant throughout the tropics and subtropics but is now pervasive throughout the Old World, invading woodlands, forestry, orchards, grasslands, and disturbed areas, where is displaces useful and indigenous plants.
Dr Matthew Cock, CABI Emeritus Fellow, and colleagues took DNA barcodes from the Barcode of Life Data System (BOLD) and citizen science images from the iNaturalist and Afromoths websites to detect the establishment of the biological control agent Orphanostigma haemorrhoidalis (Guenée) (Lepidoptera, Crambidae) -- which is used to tackle L. camara -- in countries where it has not previously been reported.
In this research, the scientists used for the first time a combination of publicly shared DNA barcodes and citizen science images to assess the establishment and spread of an introduced weed biological control agent, O. haemorrhoidalis, as well as confirm historical distribution and establishment records reported in the literature.
Two genetically distinguishable populations of O. haemorrhoidalis
Dr Cock, and colleagues from Australia's Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry, the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and MIA Consulting, found that there are two genetically distinguishable indigenous populations of O. haemorrhoidalis in the Americas, one in south-eastern USA and the other widespread in the rest of the Neotropics.
These two populations were introduced into different parts of the World and subsequently spread.
The scientists, whose research was published in the journal CABI Agriculture and Bioscience, used DNA barcodes from BOLD to clarify that a population from Florida is established in Hawai'i, Australia and Fiji, while a population from Trinidad is established in parts of mainland Africa (including new records for Cameroon, Nigeria and Ghana), Madagascar, Mauritius and La Réunion.
New country records for O. haemorrhoidalis were established from iNaturalist images from Eswatini, Kenya, and Mozambique, and from Afromoths for Tanzania.
Presence of O. haemorrhoidalis in its introduced range and beyond
Dr Cock said, "The DNA barcodes publicly shared by scientists on BOLD, and images shared by citizen scientists on iNaturalist, confirm the presence of O. haemorrhoidalis in much of its introduced range as well as several countries where it had not been previously reported."
He said the use of unique Barcode Index Numbers (BINs) which are assigned to clusters of similar DNA barcodes, has enabled the introductions of O. haemorrhoidalis from Florida and Trinidad to be tracked separately.
Dr Cock added, "Based on our findings, we conclude as follows. Orphanostigma haemorrhoidalis derived from Trinidad is now widespread in Africa and the Mascarenes and can be expected to continue to spread throughout sub-Saharan Africa where lantana occurs.
"Orphanostigma haemorrhoidalis derived from Florida is established in Hawai'i, Australia and Fiji and we assume is the BIN present on Norfolk Island and in the other Pacific countries where it is known to occur (Federated States of Micronesia, Niue, Tonga, and Vanuatu). Based on the evidence available it appears that this is the only BIN established from the introductions into Hawai'i, and onward from there."
In 2022, CABI scientists contributed to research, published in the journal Plant-Environment Interactions which showed how L. camara reduced the growth of maize in East Usambara, Tanzania, by 29%.
They sought to gain a better understanding of immediate as well as legacy effects and of direct and indirect impacts of L. camara for improved management of invaded cropland.
Online social network of people sharing biodiversity information
iNaturalist is an online social network of people sharing biodiversity information to help each other learn about nature. It is also a crowdsourced species identification system and an organism occurrence recording tool.
It can be used to record users' own observations, get help with identifications, collaborate with others to collect this kind of information for a common purpose, or access the observational data collected by iNaturalist users.
Afromoths, meanwhile, provides an online database of the Afrotropical moth species (Lepidoptera), updated with the latest information obtained from 10,000+ published sources and studies.
The main objective of this searchable website is to make all relevant information on every Afrotropical moth species hitherto known, accessible to any user worldwide.
Matthew J.W. Cock, Michael D. Day, M. Alma Solis, Rachel L. Winston. Publicly-shared DNA barcodes and citizen science images provide new evidence on the establishment and spread of a lantana biological control agent, Orphanostigma haemorrhoidalis (Lepidoptera, Crambidae). CABI Agriculture and Bioscience, 2025; DOI: 10.1079/ab.2025.0010
Cretaceous fossil from Antarctica reveals earliest modern bird
February 2025
Sixty-six million years ago, at the end of the Cretaceous Period, an asteroid impact near the Yucatán Peninsula of Mexico triggered the extinction of all known non-bird dinosaurs. But for the early ancestors of today's waterfowl, surviving that mass extinction event was like…water off a duck's back. Location matters, as Antarctica may have served as a refuge, protected by its distance from the turmoil taking place elsewhere on the planet. Fossil evidence suggests a temperate climate with lush vegetation, possibly serving as an incubator for the earliest members of the group that now includes ducks and geese.
A paper published today in the journal Nature describes an important new fossil of the oldest known modern bird, an early relative of ducks and geese that lived in Antarctica at around the same time Tyrannosaurus rex dominated North America.The study was led by Dr. Christopher Torres, a National Science Foundation (NSF) Postdoctoral Fellow at Ohio University's Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine.
The fossil, a nearly complete, 69-million-year-old skull, belongs to an extinct bird named Vegavis iaai, and was collected during a 2011 expedition by the Antarctic Peninsula Paleontology Project. The new skull exhibits a long, pointed beak and a brain shape unique among all known birds previously discovered from the Mesozoic Era, when non-avian dinosaurs and a bizarre collection of early birds ruled the globe. Instead, these features place Vegavis in the group that includes all modern birds, representing the earliest evidence of a now widespread and successful evolutionary radiation across the planet.
"Few birds are as likely to start as many arguments among paleontologists as Vegavis," says lead author Dr. Torres, now a professor at University of the Pacific. "This new fossil is going to help resolve a lot of those arguments. Chief among them: where is Vegavis perched in the bird tree of life?"
Vegavis was first reported 20 years ago by study co-author Dr. Julia Clarke of The University of Texas at Austin and several colleagues. At that time, it was proposed as an early member of modern (also known as crown) birds that was evolutionarily nested within waterfowl. But modern birds are exceptionally rare before the end-Cretaceous extinction, and more recent studies have cast doubt on the evolutionary position of Vegavis. The new specimen described in this study has something that all previous fossils of this bird have lacked: a nearly complete skull.
This new skull helps lay that skepticism to rest, preserving several traits like the shape of the brain and beak bones that are consistent with modern birds, specifically waterfowl. Unlike most waterfowl today, the skull preserves traces of powerful jaw muscles useful for overcoming water resistance while diving to snap up fish.
These skull features are consistent with clues from elsewhere in the skeleton, suggesting that Vegavis used its feet for underwater propulsion during pursuit of fish and other prey -- a feeding strategy unlike that of modern waterfowl and more like that of some other birds such as grebes and loons.
"This fossil underscores that Antarctica has much to tell us about the earliest stages of modern bird evolution," says Dr. Patrick O'Connor, co-author on the study, professor at Ohio University, and director of Earth and Space Sciences at Denver Museum of Nature & Science.
Birds known from elsewhere on the planet at around the same time are barely recognizable by modern bird standards. Moreover, most of the handful of sites that even preserve delicate bird fossils yield specimens that are so incomplete as to only give hints to their identity, as was the situation with Vegavis until now.
"And those few places with any substantial fossil record of Late Cretaceous birds, like Madagascar and Argentina, reveal an aviary of bizarre, now-extinct species with teeth and long bony tails, only distantly related to modern birds. Something very different seems to have been happening in the far reaches of the Southern Hemisphere, specifically in Antarctica," noted Dr. O'Connor.
How the Antarctic landmass helped shape modern ecosystems in deep time is a topic of active research by scientists from around the world. Indeed, according to study co-author Dr. Matthew Lamanna of Carnegie Museum of Natural History, "Antarctica is in many ways the final frontier for humanity's understanding of life during the Age of Dinosaurs."
Dr. Torres was supported at Ohio University for three years by the NSF Postdoctoral Fellowship Program, working on a project examining the relationship between bird diversification and resilience to extinction through the combined lenses of ecology, brain anatomy, and other life history traits. He is now in his first year as an Assistant Professor in the Department of Biological Sciences at University of the Pacific in Stockton, California.
"This discovery exemplifies the power of scientific research and the crucial role our institution plays in advancing knowledge about Earth's deep history," Ohio University President Lori Stewart Gonzalez said. "This research not only enhances our understanding of early bird evolution but also highlights the invaluable contributions of OHIO graduate students and postdoctoral researchers who are at the forefront of these expeditions. It is through these global, expeditionary efforts -- whether in the field or in the lab -- that we can truly grasp the dynamic changes our planet has undergone over millions of years. This study is a prime example of real-world experiential learning that connects STEM education with hands-on, transformative research, preparing the next generation of scientists to tackle the challenges of the future."
"Large-scale projects like this one, involving students and postdoctoral researchers, prepare the scientists of tomorrow to collaborate, advance science, and tackle the biggest questions facing our planet," added Dr. O'Connor.
Other co-authors of the study include Joseph Groenke (Ohio University), Ross MacPhee (American Museum of Natural History), Grace Musser (The University of Texas at Austin and Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History), and Eric Roberts (Colorado School of Mines). This work was funded by the NSF grants DBI-2010996 to Torres, NSF ANT-1142104 to O'Connor, NSF ANT-1141820 to Clarke, NSF ANT-1142129 to Lamanna, and NSF ANT-0636639 and NSF ANT-1142052 to MacPhee.
Artistic renderings of Vegavis iaai.
Skeletal reconstruction of the Late Cretaceous (~69 million years old) crown bird Vegavis iaai. Preserved bones of the skull and skeleton depicted in white. Credit: Christopher Torres (University of the Pacific), 2025.
Christopher R. Torres, Julia A. Clarke, Joseph R. Groenke, Matthew C. Lamanna, Ross D. E. MacPhee, Grace M. Musser, Eric M. Roberts, Patrick M. O’Connor. Cretaceous Antarctic bird skull elucidates early avian ecological diversity. Nature, 2025; 638 (8049): 146 DOI: 10.1038/s41586-024-08390-0
Schools need parent permission to put students’ photos on social media. 3 questions to ask before you say yes
If you are a parent of a school student, you may have received a form seeking permission to use your child’s image on school social media accounts.
It’s very common for schools to share photos of smiling students on platforms such as Facebook and Instagram. This may be to celebrate the start of term, student achievements, or performances and events at the school.
Schools need permission from parents to publish or disclose students’ personal information, including photos and videos, on any online platform.
But research suggests families can lack support and information to provide fully informed consent.
Why do schools post photos online?
Our recent study showed one of main reasons schools post on social media is they believe it is what parents want. This is part of marketing their school as a positive place to learn.
But some parents take a more cautious approach to social media and don’t necessarily want photos of their children made public online.
There is significant community concern about children’s online privacy and their digital footprint or the information trail about them.
Last month, the Australian Federal Police warned parents about sharing images of their children online, especially back-to-school photos. It recommended parents blur or obscure the logo of the child’s school. Police also noted how background features can identify a school or child’s location.
The AFP has seen non-explicit pictures of children and young people become the target of highly sexualised and inappropriate comments or role play.
The risks also go beyond other people identifying your child online. Photos of children shared online can be used to train AI models or create deepfakes that are increasingly being used in cases of cyber bullying and cyber abuse.
School social media accounts are a way of marketing to families and the community.SpeedKingz/Shutterstock
What are the rules in Australia?
The Australian Privacy Act and related Australian Privacy Principles, say consent to share personal information should be current, clearly explained and specific.
This is why schools need to ask parents at the start of each year, but how they do this will depend on the state education department or individual school.
Here are three questions to consider before you sign.
1. What is the school asking you for?
While approaches vary, it is common for schools to ask for several types of permission in one bundle.
For example, they may ask if they can use photos and videos of your child in the school newsletter, school website, annual report, online learning platforms, traditional news media as well as social media.
So the locations where your child’s information and photo may be shared are quite different in terms of privacy and your child’s digital footprint.
For example, this could involve a photo of your child doing a class activity shared on a secure education app, or a video of your child on a public Facebook page.
Parents have the right to consent and/or decline the use of their children’s information for specific purposes. If you can’t do this on the form, you can contact the school.
2. What does the school post?
Before providing or declining consent, you may want to take a closer look at the kinds of posts the school shares. This includes:
the quantity of information shared (number of photos or videos shared, and how often)
strategies used to protect children’s privacy (no names or locations, or photos in which children are not clearly identifiable or faces are obscured)
the purpose of the posts (can you see the value and benefit of sharing information?).
Think about whether the school’s approach fits with your family’s approach to social media and what you share.
3. How does your child feel?
Research shows children as young as eight are developing an understanding of the risks of sharing personal information online.
Understanding how your child feels about their school’s social media is important in making an informed decision about consent. It also helps teach them about making decisions about their digital footprint.
You could ask your child:
are they aware of the school social media sites?
how does having their photo taken, or not, at school make them feel?
are they asked when their photo is taken, and are they told where it will be used or shared?
These forms can seem routine or presented as if it’s not a big deal. But if you have any questions or concerns you should talk to your school. Schools can help you with more information and can also forward feedback to education departments. This is particularly important as we navigate the changing nature of social media and the potential impacts on children.
Late last year, ChatGPT was used by a Victorian child protection worker to draft documents. In a glaring error, ChatGPT referred to a “doll” used for sexual purposes as an “age-appropriate toy”. Following this, the Victorian information commissioner banned the use of generative artificial intelligence (AI) in child protection.
Unfortunately, many harmful AI systems will not garner such public visibility. It’s crucial that people who use social services – such as employment, homelessness or domestic violence services – are aware they may be subject to AI. Additionally, service providers should be well informed about how to use AI safely.
Fortunately, emerging regulations and tools, such as our trauma-informed AI toolkit, can help to reduce AI harm.
How do social services use AI?
AI has captured global attention with promises of better service delivery. In a strained social services sector, AI promises to reduce backlogs, lower administrative burdens and allocate resources more effectively while enhancing services. It’s no surprise a range of social service providers are using AI in various ways.
Chatbots simulate human conversation with the use of voice, text or images. These programs are increasingly used for a range of tasks. For instance, they can provide mental health support or offer employment advice. They can also speed up data processing or help quickly create reports.
However, chatbots can easily produce harmful or inaccurate responses. For instance, the United States National Eating Disorders Association deployed the chatbot Tessa to support clients experiencing eating disorders. But it was quickly pulled offline when advocates flagged Tessa was providing harmful weight loss advice.
Recommender systems use AI to make personalised suggestions or options. These could include targeting job or rental ads, or educational material based on data available to service providers.
Recognition systems classify data such as images or text to compare one dataset to another. These systems can complete many tasks, such as face matching to verify identity or transcribing voice to text.
Such systems can raise surveillance, privacy, inaccuracy and discrimination concerns. A homeless shelter in Canada stopped using facial recognition cameras because they risked privacy breaches – it’s difficult to obtain informed consent from mentally unwell or intoxicated people using the shelter.
Risk-assessment systems use AI to predict the likelihood of a specific outcome occurring. Many systems have been used to calculate the risk of child abuse, long-term unemployment, or tax and welfare fraud.
Often data used in these systems can recreate societal inequalities, causing harm to already-marginalised peoples. In one such case, a tool in the US used for identifying risk of child mistreatment unfairly targeted poor, black and biracial families and families with disabilities.
Many social service providers have long adopted a trauma-informed approach. It prioritises trust, safety, choice, empowerment, transparency, and cultural, historical and gender-based considerations. A trauma-informed service provider understands the impact of trauma and recognises signs of trauma in users.
Service providers should be wary of abandoning these core principles despite the allure of the often hyped capabilities of AI.
Can social services use AI responsibly?
To reduce the risk of causing or perpetuating trauma, social service providers should carefully evaluate any AI system before using it.
For AI systems already in place, evaluation can help monitor their impact and ensure they are operating safely.
We have developed a trauma-informed AI assessment toolkit that helps service providers to assess the safety of their planned or current use of AI. The toolkit is based on the principles of trauma-informed care, case studies of AI harms, and design workshops with service providers. An online version of the toolkit is about to be piloted within organisations.
By posing a series of questions, the toolkit enables service providers to consider whether risks outweigh the benefits. For instance, is the AI system co-designed with users? Can users opt out of being subject to the AI system?
It guides service providers through a series of practical considerations to enhance the safe use of AI.
Social services do not have to avoid AI altogether. But social service providers and users should be aware of the risks of harm from AI – so they can intentionally shape AI for good.
Last week, Google quietly abandoned a long-standing commitment to not use artificial intelligence (AI) technology in weapons or surveillance. In an update to its AI principles, which were first published in 2018, the tech giant removed statements promising not to pursue:
technologies that cause or are likely to cause overall harm
weapons or other technologies whose principal purpose or implementation is to cause or directly facilitate injury to people
technologies that gather or use information for surveillance violating internationally accepted norms
technologies whose purpose contravenes widely accepted principles of international law and human rights.
The Google decision follows a recent trend of big tech entering the national security arena and accommodating more military applications of AI. So why is this happening now? And what will be the impact of more military use of AI?
The growing trend of militarised AI
In September, senior officials from the Biden government met with bosses of leading AI companies, such as OpenAI, to discuss AI development. The government then announced a taskforce to coordinate the development of data centres, while weighing economic, national security and environmental goals.
The following month, the Biden government published a memo that in part dealt with “harnessing AI to fulfil national security objectives”.
Big tech companies quickly heeded the message.
In November 2024, tech giant Meta announced it would make its “Llama” AI models available to government agencies and private companies involved in defence and national security.
This was despite Meta’s own policy which prohibits the use of Llama for “[m]ilitary, warfare, nuclear industries or applications”.
Around the same time, AI company Anthropic also announced it was teaming up with data analytics firm Palantir and Amazon Web Services to provide US intelligence and defence agencies access to its AI models.
The following month, OpenAI announced it had partnered with defence startup Anduril Industries to develop AI for the US Department of Defence.
The companies claim they will combine OpenAI’s GPT-4o and o1 models with Anduril’s systems and software to improve US military’s defences against drone attacks.
Defending national security
The three companies defended the changes to their policies on the basis of US national security interests.
Take Google. In a blog post published earlier this month, the company cited global AI competition, complex geopolitical landscapes and national security interests as reasons for changing its AI principles.
In October 2022, the US issued export controls restricting China’s access to particular kinds of high-end computer chips used for AI research. In response, China issued their own export control measures on high-tech metals, which are crucial for the AI chip industry.
It has not been made clear how the militarisation of commercial AI would protect US national interests. But there are clear indications tensions with the US’s biggest geopolitical rival, China, are influencing the decisions being made.
A large toll on human life
What is already clear is that the use of AI in military contexts has a demonstrated toll on human life.
For example, in the war in Gaza, the Israeli military has been relying heavily on advanced AI tools. These tools require huge volumes of data and greater computing and storage services, which is being provided by Microsoft and Google. These AI tools are used to identify potential targets but are often inaccurate.
Google removing the “harm” clause from their AI principles contravenes the international law on human rights. This identifies “security of person” as a key measure.
It is concerning to consider why a commercial tech company would need to remove a clause around harm.
Avoiding the risks of AI-enabled warfare
In its updated principles, Google does say its products will still align with “widely accepted principles of international law and human rights”.
Despite this, Human Rights Watch has criticised the removal of the more explicit statements regarding weapons development in the original principles.
The organisation also points out that Google has not explained exactly how its products will align with human rights.
This is something Joe Biden’s revoked executive order about AI was also concerned with.
Such guardrails are needed now more than ever as big tech becomes more enmeshed with military organisations – and the risk that come with AI-enabled warfare and the breach of human rights increases.
Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.
Week Two February 2025 (February 3-9)
Anzac Community Grant Recipients 2024
More than $124,000 in funding has been provided to 99 community groups, schools and ex-service organisations from Wyong to Wagga Wagga, Cootamundra to Coogee, Winston Hills to Wollondilly as part of the Anzac Community Grants Program (ACGP) to commemorate veterans across the state.
Minister for Veterans David Harris announced on Tuesday February 4th that $124,629 will be provided to a wide variety of projects that commemorate and educate NSW communities about the service and sacrifices of current and former servicemen and servicewomen.
The 2024 round of the ACGP received 116 applications, surpassing the number received last year with a record amount of funding requested. Up to $3,000 was provided to help fund each of the 99 projects around the state, with veterans as well as the wider community benefitting from the projects delivered from this round, including 34 schools, 20 RSL sub-Branches and 15 Councils.
Grant recipients include Wyalong Public School in the state’s west with funding to enhance their commemorative garden and Goulburn Mulwaree Council to support the display of the significant CEW Bean Military Collection.
“The NSW Government is dedicated to honouring the service and sacrifice of our veterans and their families.
“The Anzac Community Grants Program allocates funding for outstanding projects and initiatives that not only acknowledge Australia’s military service history but also play a crucial role in educating future generations and enhancing the wellbeing of the veteran community in NSW.
“This round saw applications from 99 suburbs, across 59 Local Government Areas and 57 State electorates. It’s wonderful to see that so many communities throughout NSW are applying for this funding, and many projects will gain from this program.”
Local projects funded include:
Barrenjoey High School; Avalon Beach - Barrenjoey Anzac Tribute
The initiative will see the delivery of a large mural inspired by the Anzac tradition involving students and community. The school will draw on its artist in residence program to engage students in a learning process involving the historical significance of the Anzacs and the enduring need for remembrance. Amount of grant: $1,400.00
Easylink Community Services Limited; Dee Why - Diggers Shuttle
This proposal seeks funding to establish a regular bus service from Anzac Village in Narrabeen to local shops, aimed at supporting the NSW veteran community. The service will facilitate access to essential services, social activities, and community engagement, thereby enhancing the health and wellbeing of veterans. Amount of grant: $1,500.00
Terrey Hills Public School; Terrey Hills - Anzac Path
Pathway entrance to our school will be bordered with plant native shrubs. Flagpole will have a plaque made in recognition of all service men and women. At the end of the path we would place an Anzac commemorative banner supported with sandstone blocks. Amount of grant:$1,750.00
BHS at Anzac Day 2024 March at Avalon Beach. Pic; AJG/PON
Manly Students Discover Democracy at the Parliament of NSW: Schools Program for 2025
Students from Northern Beaches Secondary College crossed the bridge to experience Australia’s first parliament: The Parliament of NSW.
Legal Studies students from Northern Beaches Secondary College visited NSW Parliament House on Macquarie Street earlier in December 2024.
The students immersed themselves in the real-world applications of their studies from Part 1: The Legal System and Part II: The individual and the law of the Legal Studies Syllabus. They explored the chambers where key debates and decisions occur and learnt about the complexities of lawmaking and the legal system.
The Hon. Greg Piper MP, Speaker of the NSW Legislative Assembly, was thrilled to welcome the students who hail from the Manly Electorate and highlighted the inclusivity of the Parliament’s education programs, offering all students the opportunity to get involved in civics education regardless of their location.
“It was exciting that the students from Northern Beaches Secondary College had the opportunity to visit Parliament and be immersed in the process of democracy. I was delighted to hear they were joined by their local member, Mr James Griffin MP, to chat about local issues and initiatives,” Mr Piper said.
The Hon. Ben Franklin MLC, President of the NSW Legislative Council, expressed his admiration for the active engagement of young people with the workings of Parliament, calling it inspiring to witness the next generation directly participating in the democratic process by viewing question time and experiencing the Chambers. The students are now able to apply their experience at Parliament directly to their legal studies.
“The insightful and probing questions raised by the students served as a powerful reminder of why it is essential to cultivate a deep and lasting understanding of democracy from an early age,” Mr Franklin said.
“These students represent the future leadership of New South Wales, and it is their curiosity, critical thinking and passion that will shape the state’s future.”
Mr James Griffin MP, Member for Manly, expressed his appreciation for the opportunity to host local school students at Parliament.
“It was a wonderful privilege to have some of my local school students visit Parliament,” Mr Griffin said.
“Their presence here is always a good reminder of the importance of the work we do, particularly to ensure we leave a good legacy for younger generations.”
Rebecca Stuart HSIE teacher at Northern Beaches Secondary College echoed the student's excitement and engagement on the day.
“The students are extremely high achieving, and many go into the field of law. It is always a great day and provides them with practical knowledge about court and parliamentary processes,” Ms Stuart said.
Interactive programs and learning resources are available online for students in regional areas across NSW in addition to the many programs and events held at NSW Parliament House in Sydney. In 2025, we're offering travel subsidies to help schools from regional, remote and rural areas.
The unique programs available to schools in 2025 at the Parliament of NSW include:
Guided tours
Legal studies workshops
Interactive online programs
A short film competition – Parli – Flicks; and
Leadership events including a Secondary Student Leadership Program, Young Women’s Seminar and the Constitutional Convention
Coming soon – Aboriginal Studies and High School History programs.
Out Front 2025 Opens this February at the Manly Art Gallery & Museum
Audrey Allan, Silent Echoes In Monochrome, Gouache painting, Pittwater High School. Photo: Audrey Allan.
Council is proud to announce its annual Out Front 2025 exhibition will be held at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (MAG&M) from 21 February 2025.
Now in its 31st year, Out Front features 25 selected artistic works created by Year 12 students across 21 Northern Beaches secondary schools for their HSC submission. It celebrates the creativity, talent and hard work of the region’s emerging young artists.
Northern Beaches Mayor Sue Heins commended the students for their achievements and dedication.
“Each year this exhibition highlights the extraordinary talent and creativity of our local students. It highlights the importance of fostering the arts in our youth and encouraging self-expression.
“It is inspiring to see how art education in our schools encourages students to push boundaries and to think critically about the world around them.
“It is a testament to the commitment of these talented artists, their teachers and their schools.
“We are immensely proud to support this important milestone for our young artists and to provide a platform for their work to shine,” Mayor Heins said.
Tilda Brownlow, Footloose and Fancy Free, painting, Stella Maris College. Photo: Tilda Brownlow.
The curated collection reflects a broad range of themes and techniques, demonstrating the depth and diversity of talent across the Northern Beaches. The exhibition features a variety of works spanning painting, video, sculpture, drawing, photography and ceramics.
Several awards are granted to participants: the Theo Batten Bequest Youth Art Award, valued at $5000, helps support talented young artists pursue art studies at a tertiary level; and the KALOF People’s Choice Award, valued at $500.
MAG&M is also offering a mentorship session to support one young artists’ transition to a professional level.
PROGRAM
Out Front 2025
21 February – 6 April 2025 Manly Art Gallery & Museum West Esplanade Reserve, Manly Open Tuesday to Sunday, 10am – 5pm Free entry
Exhibition opening night Friday 21 February, 6–8pm To be opened by UNSW Associate Professor Lizzie Muller RSVP link
MAG&M members and volunteers’ preview Friday 21 February, 10-11am RSVP link
Zahara Spring, Effervescent, Interconnection, Instinct-Love, St. Lukes. Photo: Zahara Spring.
No Access: Badger’s graffiti glance wins Wildlife Photographer of the Year People’s Choice Award
February 5 (UK) 6th (AUS), 2025
‘No Access’, British photographer Ian Wood’s perfectly timed capture of an ambling Eurasian badger glancing up at some rather familiar graffiti in St Leonards-on-Sea, England, has won the tenth edition of the Wildlife Photographer of the Year People’s Choice Award 2024.
The 25 nominated images for this year's Wildlife Photographer of the Year People’s Choice Award received a record number of votes with over 76,000 wildlife photography and nature fans from around the world voting for their favourite image.
Director of the Natural History Museum, Dr Douglas Gurr, says: “Ian’s flawlessly timed image offers a unique glimpse of nature’s interaction with the human world, underscoring the importance of understanding urban wildlife. His exceptional photograph serves as a powerful reminder that local nature and wildlife, often just outside our homes, can inspire and captivate us.”
After residents of St Leonards-on-Sea, England, had been leaving food scraps on the pavement for foxes, Ian noticed that badgers from a nearby sett were also coming to forage. Having seen a badger walking along the pavement by this wall late one night, he decided to photograph it and set up a small hide on the edge of the road to take his picture. Only the light from a lamppost illuminated the creature as it ambled along.
Ian says: “The outpouring of badger love since my photo was nominated for the People’s Choice Award has been beautifully overwhelming. Finding out that it has won is truly humbling.
However, there is a darker side to this image. I live in rural Dorset where I’m on a re-wilding mission to enhance habitats for a huge array of wildlife. The badger cull – which is still ongoing – has decimated their numbers and I fear that unless the cull is stopped, we’ll only see badgers in urban settings in several parts of England. My hope is for this image to raise awareness of the damaging effect of the badger cull and help push for change.”
European badgers
In the twentieth century, badger populations were severely threatened across Europe. Their woodland habitat was being cleared, primarily for agriculture and forestry, while disease and human persecution were also taking their toll.
Since the 1970s, however, the Eurasian badger has bounced back thanks to legal protections. While it’s not well known how many badgers there are in the whole of Europe, the population of badgers in England and Wales more than doubled to an estimated 500,000 by 2014.
Badgers are the UK’s largest living predator, and as a result play an important role in controlling populations of their prey. They’re also important ecosystem engineers, making an ecosystem more diverse by modifying it.
One of the main ways they do this is by digging out their underground homes, which are known as setts. Badger setts can last for decades or even centuries, as successive generations dig out a network of underground tunnels.
The excavation provides new opportunities for plants to grow and means that biodiversity around badger setts is often higher than the surrounding area. They’re also known for digging out latrines where the seeds carried in badger excrement can grow.
While badgers play an important role in the ecosystem, they can also spread bovine tuberculosis (TB), which is caused by the bacteria Mycobacterium bovis. Concerns over its impact on cattle mean that over 230,000 badgers have been culled in the UK since 2013 in an effort to eradicate the disease.
The badger cull has been controversial, with doubts raised about its effectiveness. The UK government has now announced that the cull is set to end by 2030, with a programme of vaccinations instead planned for cattle and badgers.
The source of the word "badger" is uncertain. The Oxford English Dictionary states it probably derives from "badge" + -ard, a reference to the white mark on its forehead that resembles a badge, and may date to the early 16th century. The French word bêcheur ('digger') has also been suggested as a source. A male badger is a boar, a female is a sow, and a young badger is a cub. A badger's home is called a sett. Badger colonies are often called clans.
The far older name "brock" (Old English: brocc), (Scots: brock) is a Celtic loanword (cf. Gaelic broc and Welsh broch, from Proto-Celtic *brokko) meaning 'grey'. The Proto-Germanic term was *þahsu- (cf. German Dachs, Dutch das, Norwegian svin-toks; Early Modern English dasse), probably from the PIE root *tek'- 'to construct', which suggests that the badger was named after its digging of setts (tunnels); the Germanic term *þahsu- became taxus or taxō, -ōnis in Latin glosses, replacing mēlēs ('marten' or 'badger'), and from these words the common Romance terms for the animal evolved (Italian tasso, French tesson/taisson/tasson—now blaireau is more common—, Catalan toixó, Spanish tejón, Portuguese texugo) except Asturian melandru.
Until the mid-18th century, European badgers were variously known in English as brock, pate, grey, and bawson. The name "bawson" is derived from "bawsened", which refers to something striped with white. "Pate" is a local name that was once popular in northern England. The name "badget" was once common, but only used in Norfolk, while "earth dog" was used in southern Ireland. The badger is commonly referred to in Welsh as a mochyn daear ('earth pig')
Four ‘Highly Commended’ images
The four ‘Highly Commended’ images that also impressed wildlife lovers across the globe include ‘Earth and Sky’ by Francisco Negroni, an unforgettable capture of a double lenticular cloud illuminated at nightfall by lava emitted from the Villarrica volcano in Chile, and ‘Edge of Night’ by Jess Findlay, an action shot showing a ghostly barn owl exiting through the hayloft window of a derelict barn to hunt.
A double lenticular cloud is illuminated at nightfall by the lava emitted from the Villarrica volcano, Chile.
Villarica is in the town of Pucón in the south of Chile. It’s one of the country’s most active volcanoes and last erupted in 2015.
Francisco takes regular trips to Villarrica to monitor its activity. On this visit, he stayed nearby for 10 nights.
He says every trip is “quite an adventure – never knowing what the volcano might surprise you with”. Some nights are calm, others furious as in this photograph, where the brightness of the crater illuminates the night sky.
A ghostly barn owl exits the hayloft window of a derelict barn to hunt in fields outside Vancouver, Canada. Jess quietly watched the owl for several nights to understand its habits.
He set up an invisible beam that would trigger a flash when the owl flew out of the barn. Simultaneously, a slow shutter speed gathered ambient light cast on the clouds and barn.
On the tenth night, all the moving parts came together as the owl left to begin its hunt.
The two other finalist images depict a stoat sitting up to observe its territory as it blends perfectly into a snowy landscape in Belgium in Michel d’Oultremont’s image ‘Whiteout’, and David Northall’s interesting capture ‘Spiked’ which shows a bloodied yet determined honey badger returning to finish off a Cape porcupine, which had tried to defend itself earlier.
A stoat sits up and observes its territory as it blends perfectly into a snowy landscape in Belgium.
Michel had been looking for stoats in the snow for many years.
The magic of snowfall fascinates Michel every winter. He wanted to take a photograph that showed how the stoats blend in with the whiteness of the landscape.
He’d seen a few in Switzerland but never in his native Belgium. Then, finally his dream came true. He lay in the snow with a white camouflage net covering all but his lens.
This curious stoat came out of its snowy hole and sat up from time to time, observing its territory just before setting off to hunt.
The fourth Highly Commended photograph shows a bloodied yet determined honey badger returning to renew its attack on a Cape porcupine, which earlier had tried to defend itself.
Found throughout Botswana, honey badgers are famously ferocious. They often chase animals many times their own size.
This honey badger got an unpleasant surprise when it attacked the normally nocturnal Cape porcupine.
The badger grabbed the porcupine’s right leg. In defence, the porcupine repeatedly backed into its attacker, piercing it with many quills.
During a lull in the attack, the porcupine managed to shuffle away, its leg badly damaged.
After a short retreat, the bloodied badger returned and renewed its attack on the porcupine under a bush close to the original attack then dragged it into its underground den.
Ian’s image, 'No Access', and the four finalist ‘Highly Commended’ images were selected from a shortlist of 25 images chosen by the Natural History Museum, London, and an international judging panel from almost 60,000 images submitted for the sixtieth Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition.
The five images will be displayed both online and on the interactive voting screens in the flagship exhibition at the Natural History Museum, London, on until 29 June 2025.
About Wildlife Photographer of the Year
Wildlife Photographer of the Year shines a light on inspiring and impactful stories from the natural world to create advocates for our planet. The annual competition for amateur and professional photographers of all ages from around the world uses photography’s unique emotive power to connect people with nature.
Images entered into the sixty-first competition are currently being judged by an international panel of experts. The winners will be announced at the next annual awards ceremony which will take place at the Natural History Museum, London, in October 2025.
You can view the Wildlife Photographer of the Year images from the current and previous years' competitions online. These images were awarded for their artistic composition, technical innovation and truthful interpretation of the natural world.
Wonderful images of and from Australia are among this gallery.
Wildlife Photographer of the Year was founded in 1965 by BBC Wildlife Magazine, then called Animals. The Natural History Museum joined forces in 1984 to create the competition as it is known today. The annual competition and touring exhibition are now run and owned by the Natural History Museum, London.
International touring venues currently include the Australian National Maritime Museum (in Sydney), Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery and National Wool Museum in Australia; Royal BC Museum and Royal Ontario Museum in Canada; Statens Naturhistoriske Museum (Danish Natural History Museum) in Denmark; Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Bourges (Bourges Natural History Museum) in France; Staatliches Naturhistorisches Museum, Hessisches Landesmuseum Darmstadt, Westfälisches Pferdemuseum Münster and Naturkunde Museum Reutlingen in Germany; Forte di Bard in Italy; Naturhistorisches Museum Basel (Natural History Museum Basel) in Switzerland; National Museum of Wildlife Art of the United States in the USA.
New Matildas mural officially unveiled at Stadium Australia - Olympic Park, Homebush
February 5, 2025
The NSW Government has unveiled the artist and artwork that will be projected onto Stadium Australia at Olympic Park (Accor Stadium) to celebrate the Matildas’ history-making campaign at the 2023 Women’s World Cup.
''This is the first mural in a new series that will commemorate the greatest moments in sport and entertainment at Australia’s home of major events at Accor Stadium, which is celebrating 25 years since the 2000 Sydney Olympic and Paralympic Games.'' the government said
In their first World Cup on home soil, the Matildas progressed through to the semi-final smashing all records in the process across crowds, TV viewership and inspiring a new generation with rapidly increasing participation rates.
Artist Kirthana Selvaraj has painted a striking artwork that captures the key players who inspired a nation. The artwork will be transformed into a 57-metre-long immersive mural that extends across the exterior of Accor Stadium’s Cathy Freeman Stand.
Matildas captain Sam Kerr’s wonder strike and celebration against England has been illustrated in the mural, as has Mackenzie Arnold’s brilliance in goals and young star Courtney Vine’s composure to kick the winning penalty goal against France in the quarter-final, among other key moments.
The public will have an opportunity to view the mural for the first time in April to celebrate the team’s two upcoming Sydney and Newcastle games which have been announced for April 4 (Allianz Stadium) and April 7 (McDonald Jones Stadium).
Sydney was the main host city of the tournament, with 11 games and more than 600,000 fans hosted across Accor and Allianz stadiums.
“It’s long overdue that our nation’s inspirational female athletes are provided with recognition of some of the greatest sporting achievements in our nation’s history.
“The Matildas captivated the nation like never before smashing all kinds of records and inspiring a new generation of sports stars, participants and fans.
“Their game-changing tournament will be perfectly honoured with this mural which will be fittingly projected onto the exterior of the Cathy Freeman Stand – the first grandstand in a major Australian stadium to be named after a female athlete.”
Minister for Sport Steve Kamper said:
“The saying goes, you can’t be what you can’t see. It’s fair to say the Matildas World Cup campaign opened the eyes of a generation.
“The Matildas effect is still being felt today with more girls and women playing the game thanks to the team’s achievement at the Women’s World Cup.
“This mural will forever celebrate the success of the Matildas who inspired us all.”
Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:
“The Matildas are one of our most admired national sporting teams and have inspired a whole generation of women and girls to participate in sports and dream big.
“This mural is a great way to immortalise an incredible sporting moment, as well as public recognition of women’s sporting achievements.
“It also symbolises the NSW government’s ongoing commitment to recognising and empowering women and girls to have full access to opportunity and choice, and excel in the world of sport.”
Artist Kirthana Selvaraj (standing in centre of photo, beside Premier Chirs Minns, with the teal coloured suit on) said:
“It has been an honour to create this painting commemorating the Matildas during the 2023 FIFA Women’s World Cup.
“Women in sport have always been a vital part of the game’s history, and this work is a celebration of their enduring legacy.
“Through this piece, I hoped to capture not only the strength and grace of the Matildas but also the unyielding spirit and unity they inspire in all of us.
“I hope this artwork stands as a permanent reminder of the impact women have made – and continue to make – not just on the field but in shaping the broader public’s connection to sport. It’s a tribute to the trailblazers who came before, the athletes who shine today, and the young people who will carry their legacy forward.”
Pics: NSW Government
Take breaks, research your options and ditch your phone: how to take care of yourself during Year 12
Year 12 is arguably the most important year of school. It is full of exams, milestones and decisions.
It is both the culmination of formal learning and the gateway to what lies beyond. It is an end and beginning all in one.
Unsurprisingly, many Year 12s find it to be a demanding and stressful time. So, what mindsets and habits can you set up now to give yourself the stamina and support you need for the year ahead?
Put your exams in context
The academic focus of Year 12 is an obvious source of stress for many students. While this is natural, there are many things you can do to put all the assignments and assessments in context.
Remember Year 12 should always be framed as preparing students for life after school. It is about working out where you want to go – be it further study or work – and then keeping open as many possible pathways to get you there.
While students might have a particular career goal in mind, there are always many options and they don’t all hinge entirely on your ATAR.
Know what the entrance requirements are for your preferred option (such as getting into a particular course at university), but also research other pathways if you don’t get your desired grades or preferences.
There are always alternative ways into your dream course or field of study. A TAFE diploma can unlock entrance to a bachelor’s degree and a bachelor of arts can open entry into postgraduate law. Many universities also offer early entry schemes that don’t rely on Year 12 grades or ATAR rankings.
Most of all, try to avoid thinking there is only one right path. It is about finding the right path for you at this point in time.
While study is going to play a large role this year, it is important to make time for your mental, physical and emotional wellbeing. This will help give you stamina to face your study workload and the other demands of the year.
For example, playing sport or making art can help to enhance cognition, reduce stress and improve self-confidence.
Work out a schedule that allows time for study, rest and the things you enjoy. This could also include catch-ups with friends, walking your dog or cooking dinner with your family.
Remember that it is recommended teenagers get 8-10 hours of sleep per day. If you don’t get enough sleep, it makes it harder to think, learn and regulate your emotions.
And while it might be unpopular, it is also important to avoid excessive screen time. This can also help your sleep and decrease stress.
Create habits that can make you less reactive to technology. For example, put your phone on “do not disturb” mode when you are studying, and try to avoid screens at least an hour before bed.
Time with a furry friend can help as you manage the demands of Year 12.Samson Katt/ Pexels, CC BY
You’re not alone
If you’re feeling overwhelmed, don’t be afraid to ask for help.
This may be from teachers or school guidance officers, or it may be from parents, older siblings or friends. Reach out to trusted people early if you are worried or anxious, and support your fellow Year 12s to do the same.
This might be difficulty concentrating, inability to sleep or significant changes in mood and behaviour. Seeking help early can help avoid these issues escalating.
If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14 or Kids Helpline on 1800 55 1800.
Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.
We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.
There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.
School Leavers Information Service
Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).
SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.
Our information officers will help you:
navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.
You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.
This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.
$18.4 million to support nursing students with clinical placements in aged care
The Australian Government announced on January 30 2025 it is investing $18.4 million to support thousands of nursing students through the Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program.
This funding will support up to 8,000 nursing students to develop practical skills in the care of older people to manage their unique clinical care needs.
The program provides students an opportunity to experience the benefits of working in the care and support sector early in their career with the aim of increasing the supply of skilled and dedicated nurses in aged care.
The program is available to Bachelor of Nursing and Master of Nursing students and is now also open to Diploma of Nursing students, allowing more students to gain practical skills.
Students are supported by trained clinical facilitators and have access to an online resource hub throughout their placement. These dedicated resources enable students to further enhance their skills in gerontological care.
The following organisations are being funded to deliver this program nationally until 30 June 2027:
Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association (APNA)
Pop-Up Health
University of Canberra
Hunter Primary Care
Brightwater Care Group
Aged care clinical placements available to nursing students
February 6, 2025
High-quality clinical placements in the aged care sector are now available to nursing students through the Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program.
The Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program provides nursing students with high-quality clinical placements in aged care.
The program:
enables students to meet their clinical placement requirement
gives students the opportunity to experience working in aged care early in their career.
Trained clinical facilitators provide specialist support to students in the program.
Free online resources and tools are also available for students, workers and providers on the Aged Care Knowledge Hub.
Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix.
Verb
1. to do other things rather than the important task at hand.
Pither is also a surname that may have originated from the Middle English word pithe meaning "pith" or "essential vigor". Notable people with the surname Pither include:
Alfred George Pither: An Australian Air Force officer who served as director of radar and telecommunications. He was also involved in the investigation of Japanese scientific development and Australia's claims for reparations after World War II.
Chris Pither: A New Zealand racing driver who drove for PremiAir Racing in the Repco Supercars Championship.
Herbert Pither: A New Zealand aviator
Luke Pither: A Canadian hockey player
George Pither: An English football player
The surname Pither has sometimes been confused with the surname Peter.
Compare: Dither
1. to tremble with excitement or fear. 2. to be uncertain or indecisive. to be in an agitated state.
The term dither fish refers to an arbitrary group of aquarium fish, commonly used by aquarists, to help reduce innate timidity and aggression.
Compare: Pith
Noun
1. the spongy white tissue lining the rind of oranges, lemons, and other citrus fruits. 2. the essence of something. 3. Archaic; the spinal marrow.
From Old English pitha, of West Germanic origin. From Old English piþa "central cylinder of the stems of plants," also, figuratively, "essential part, quintessence, condensed substance," from West Germanic *pithan- (source also of Middle Dutch pitte, Dutch pit, East Frisian pit), a Low German root of uncertain origin. Figurative sense of "energy, concentrated force, closeness and vigor of thought and style" is by 1520s. The pith helmet (1889, earlier pith hat, 1884) was so called because it is made from the dried pith of the Bengal spongewood.
Compare pithy (adj.); early 14c., "strong, vigorous," from pith (n.) + -y (2). Meaning "full of substance or significance" is from 1520s; literal meaning "full of pith" not attested until 1560s. Related: Pithily; pithiness. Pithless "wanting strength, weak" is attested from 1550s but is rare.
Cockatoo antics - PON yard, Monday Feb. 3 2025
How we’re recovering priceless audio and lost languages from old decaying tapes
Remember cassettes? If you’re old enough, you might remember dropping one into a player, only to have it screech at you when you pressed “play”. We’ve fixed that problem. But why would we bother?
Before the iPod came along, people recorded their favourite tunes straight from the radio. Some of us made home recordings with our sibling and grandparents – precious childhood snippets.
And a few of us even have recordings from that time we travelled to a village in Vanuatu, some 40 years ago, and heard the locals performing in a language that no longer exists.
In the field of linguistics, such recordings are beyond priceless – yet often out of reach, due to the degradation of old cassettes over time. With a new tool, we are able to repair those tapes, and in doing so can recover the stories, songs and memories they hold.
A digital humanities telescope
Our digital archive, PARADISEC (Pacific and Regional Archive for Digital Sources in Endangered Cultures) contains thousands of hours of audio – mainly from musicological or linguistic fieldwork. This audio represents some 1,360 languages, with a major focus on languages of the Pacific and Papua New Guinea.
The PARADISEC research project was started in 2003 as a collaboration between the universities of Melbourne and Sydney, and the Australian National University.
Like a humanities telescope, PARADISEC allows us to learn more about the language diversity around us, as we explained in a 2016 Conversation article.
Lubing the screech
While many of the tapes we get are in good condition and can be readily played and digitised, others need special care, and the removal of mould and dirt.
We work with colleagues at agencies such as the Solomon Islands National Museum, for whom we recently repaired a set of cassettes that were previously unplayable and just screeched. We’ll be taking those cassettes, now repaired and digitised, back to Honiara in February and expect to pick up more for further treatment.
Screeching happens when a tape is dried out and can’t move through the mechanism easily. The screeching covers the audio signal we want to capture.
In 2019, my colleague Sam King built (with the help of his colleague Doug Smith) a cassette-lubricating machine while working at the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies. This machine – likely the first of its kind in Australia – allowed us to play many previously unplayable tapes.
Last year, Sam built two versions of an updated machine called the LM-3032 Tape Restorator for PARADISEC, improving on the previous model. Between hand building some parts, 3D printing others and writing code for the controllers, it took him more than a year.
The 2024 LM-3032 Tape Restorator is an improved version of a model built in 2019.Sam King
Preserving culture and heritage
The LM-3032 Tape Restorator works by applying cyclomethicone (a silicone-based solvent used in cosmetics) to the length of a tape. This leaves behind an extremely thin film of lubrication that allows smoother playback, making digitisation possible. See more details here.
Tests have shown this process has no negative long-term effects on the tape. In fact, tapes treated with this method five years ago still play without issues.
This technological wizardry allows us to salvage precious analogue recordings before it’s too late. For many languages, these may be the only known recordings – stored on a single cassette, in a single location, and virtually inaccessible. Some of the primary research records digitised by PARADISEC have survived long periods of neglect in offices, garages and attics.
The audio below is from a tape that was kept at Fitzroy Crossing in the Kimberley for 40 years. It features beautiful singing in the local Walmajarri language, with guitar accompaniment. The first seven seconds are from the untreated tape, while the rest is from the treated version.
Singing in Walmajarri, with guitar accompaniment. A side-by-side comparison of a tape treated with the LM-3032 Tape Restorator. CC BY-NC-SA410 KB (download)
Our experience has shown community members truly value finding records in their own languages, and we’re committed to making this process easier for them.
Here’s one testimonial from E’ava Geita, Papua New Guinea’s current acting Solicitor General. In 2015, Geita was overjoyed to hear digitised records capturing PNG’s Koita language:
If only you witnessed and captured the reaction in me going through the recordings at home! It is quite an amazing experience! From feeling of awe to emotion to deep excitement! The feeling of knowing that your language has been documented or recorded in a structured way, kept safely somewhere in the world, hearing it spoken 50–60 years ago and by some people you haven’t seen but whose names you only hear in history is quite incredible. It is most heartwarming to know that it is possible to sustain the life of my language. Thank you once again for the opportunity to listen to the records.
Acknowlegement: I’d like to thank Sam King for the technical information provided in this article.
Late last week, American company Boom Supersonic flew faster than the speed of sound with its XB-1 supersonic demonstrator aircraft. It’s now the first piloted non-military aircraft to break the sound barrier since the Concorde was retired from service in 2003.
But what exactly is supersonic travel? There are good reasons why it’s not more common, despite the hype.
Boom Supersonic’s XB-1 supersonic demonstrator aircraft during its 11th test flight where it became the first civilian aircraft to fly supersonically since the Concorde.Boom Supersonic
What is supersonic flight?
The Mach number is defined as a plane’s speed divided by the speed that sound waves move through the air. To “break the sound barrier” means to fly faster than the speed of sound, with Mach numbers greater than 1.
The Mach number is an important ratio: as a plane flies, it disturbs the air in front of it. These disturbances move at the speed of sound. In supersonic flight these disturbances combine to form shock waves around the vehicle.
For efficiency reasons, most passenger jets cruise slightly slower than the speed of sound, at around Mach 0.8 (this is subsonic flight).
Boom plans to build an airliner called Overture that can fly at Mach 1.7. Flying supersonically can drastically decrease flight times. The company claims a trip from New York to Rome on Overture could take just four hours and 40 minutes, instead of eight hours.
Boom isn’t the only company working on this lofty goal. American firm Spike Aerospace is also developing a supersonic business jet, with the tagline “delivering the world in half the time”.
This is the value proposition of supersonic passenger travel.
In limited ways, it did already exist in the 20th century. However, due to timing, bad luck and the laws of physics, it didn’t continue.
Remember the Concorde?
Designs for supersonic airliners began in the mid-20th century, and by the 1970s we had supersonic passenger flight.
There was the little-known Russian Tupolev-144 and Concorde, a Franco-British supersonic airliner operated by British Airways and Air France from 1976 to 2003.
Concorde had a capacity of up to 128 passengers and cruised at Mach 2. It regularly travelled from London to New York in around three hours. The flights were expensive, mainly shuttling business people and the rich and famous.
Concorde was designed in the 1960s when it seemed like supersonic passenger transport was going to be the next big thing.
Instead, the Boeing 747 entered commercial service in 1970. Cheap, large and efficient airliners like it blew Concorde out of the water.
Designed to cruise efficiently at supersonic speeds, Concorde was extremely fuel inefficient when taking off and accelerating. Concorde’s expensive, “gas guzzling” nature was a complaint levelled against it for most of its lifetime.
A catastrophic 1973 Paris air show crash of the competing Russian airliner, Tupolev Tu-144, also shifted public perception on supersonic flight safety at a time when many airlines were considering whether or not to purchase Concordes.
Illustration of a shock wave propagating from a supersonic aeroplane and hitting the ground to produce a sonic boom.Cmglee/Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA
Noise is a real problem for supersonic flight
Remember the fighter jets? When a plane travels supersonically, its shock waves propagate to the ground, causing loud disturbances called sonic booms. In extreme cases they can shatter windows and damage buildings.
In the early 1970s, sonic boom concerns led the United States government to ban supersonic passenger flight over land in the US. This hurt the Concorde’s potential market, hence its only two regular routes were trans-Atlantic flights principally over the water.
The Concorde was also a very loud plane at take off, since it needed a lot of thrust to leave the ground.
Video footage of the final Concorde takeoff from New York’s JFK airport.
The future of supersonic travel
A future for supersonic travel relies on solving some or all of the issues Concorde faced.
NASA and Lockheed Martin’s Quesst project aims to show sonic boom can be dissipated to manageable levels. They plan to fly their X-59 supersonic aircraft over US cities and gauge responses from citizens.
Quesst aims to use the geometry of the X-59, with a long elongated nose, to dissipate sonic booms to a weak “thump”, hopefully allowing supersonic airliners to travel over land in the future.
Spike Aerospace’s Spike S-512 Diplomat concept also aims to be a “quiet” supersonic aircraft with a less disruptive sonic boom.
Can Boom surpass Concorde?
Boom Supersonic don’t plan to fly supersonically over land. Their plan is to fly over land at Mach 0.94, which they claim will allow 20% faster overland travel than standard passenger airliners, even subsonically.
Rendering of Boom Supersonic’s Overture supersonic airliner on the runway.Boom Supersonic
In terms of gas guzzling, they plan to use up to 100% sustainable aviation fuel to reduce emissions and their carbon footprint.
Concorde was made of aluminium using design tools available in the 1960s. Modern design methods and modern aerospace materials such as titanium and carbon fibre should also allow Overture and similar craft to weigh much less than Concorde, improving efficiency.
Additionally, Concorde was the product of an analogue era when the idea of flying to London or New York for the day for an important business meeting seemed like a necessary thing. In a world of remote work and video meetings, is there still a need for a supersonic airliner in the 2020s?
For now, supersonic airliners like Overture are likely to remain in the realm of the rich and famous, like Concorde did. But with modern technological advances, it will be interesting to see whether supersonic passenger travel once again becomes reality – or even goes mainstream. Only time will tell.
Picture writing the numbers 1 to 5 in a horizontal line, from smallest to largest. Where did you put 1? If you placed 1 on the left and 5 on the right, you share this preference with most humans.
Humans are not alone in this preference. Some other primates, and even some birds, also order small-to-large quantities from left to right. Although, some animals do prefer to order quantities from right to left.
This is known as the mental number line, and it shows how brains typically organise information. But why do our brains do this?
To investigate how and why brains order numbers, it’s sometimes useful to step back in time. How did a common ancestor of humans and insects order information? To find out, we can compare the results of humans and bees: we last shared a common ancestor more than 600 million years ago.
Two recent studies on bees have revealed a lot about how tiny brains order numbers.
One study, conducted by a team in Europe, showed that bees prefer to order lower numbers on the left and higher numbers on the right, just like many humans. Our new study, led by Jung-Chun (Zaza) Kuo and her supervisory team, has explored how numbers and space interact in the bee brain.
‘Number’ and ‘space’
As humans, we link the concepts of “space” and “number”. This means there is a logic to how we order numbers (typically from left to right in ascending order: 1, 2, 3, 4 … and so on).
There may also be educational influences, especially due to language and writing direction. Some languages, like English, write from left to right. Others, such as Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Hebrew or Arabic, can be written in other directions. Writing direction can influence how we prefer to order numbers.
The competency bees show around numbers makes them an ideal animal to look at how number and space interact in a miniature brain.
Do bees have a mental number line?Scarlett Howard
How did we test bees in our study?
We gave freely flying bees sugar water for visiting an image of three circles printed on a card: this was our “reference number”. The card was hung in the centre of a large circular screen, with a drop of sugar water on a platform underneath it.
As the bees repeatedly visited the reference number, they learned an association between the number three, the centre of the circular screen, and a reward. In between visits, bees took the sugar water back to their hive to be made into honey.
After bees had learned to associate number (three) and space (middle) with a reward, we tested them on numbers higher and lower than three, to see if they had linked space and number.
We showed bees images of a higher number (four circles) and a lower number (two circles). Two identical images of four shapes were shown simultaneously on the left and right sides of the screen. If bees preferred the larger number on the right, they would fly to the quantity of four presented on the right more than when four was presented on the left.
We did the same for the smaller number of two shapes. If bees preferred four circles on the right and two circles on the left, that would reveal they have a left-to-right mental number line, like humans.
We also tested if bees had a preference to order numbers upwards or downwards, and found no preference for linking space and number vertically. However, bees did prefer options that were towards the bottom of the circular screen.
The image on the left (a) shows a diagram of the screen apparatus. In the right panel (b) we see a bee flying towards an image of three yellow dots on a grey background.Jung-Chun (Zaza) Kuo
So, how does the bee mental number line work?
The study by the European team found bees have a consistent left-to-right mental number line. This means they prefer to order lower numbers on the left and higher numbers on the right.
Our study has confirmed bees prefer to order higher numbers on the right. But we also found bees preferred to visit the right side of the screen. The preference of bees to order numbers from left-to-right and to visit the right side of the circular screen interacted in an intriguing way.
The bees in our study showed a preference for higher numbers on the right, but not for lower numbers on the left. This could be because the right-side bias we observed cancelled out the preference for smaller numbers on the left.
Taken together, the findings of both studies confirm that bees do possess a left-to-right mental number line and also that they have a bias towards the right side of their visual space.
Our team suggests such biases – for example, how most humans are right-handed – may be an important part of how brains make sense of ordering information in the world.
The birds and the bees (and the apes)
By looking at the behaviours of animals, we can sometimes learn more about ourselves.
These two recent studies on bees show there is a complex interaction between ordering numbers and how spatial relationships are processed by an insect brain.
We now know that the preference to order numbers from left to right exists in several very different animal groups: insects, birds and apes. Perhaps evolution has landed on this preference as an advantageous way to process complex information.
We are in a rapidly changing visual culture where it is increasingly inadequate to take images at face value.
There is an ever-increasing prevalence of image manipulation and AI imagery. And in the attention economy, our attention has become a precious, sought-after resource. Images participate in this redirection of our attention with an endless production line of new, stimulating content to maximise user engagement.
In this environment, there is an increasing demand to prioritise visual literacy with the same rigour as we do with writing and reading.
We need to look more closely at images – to practise slow looking.
What is it you’re looking at?
The act of slow looking involves taking a pause and thoroughly describing what you see.
Often, we jump to the image’s meaning by identifying its contents. But it is important to discern what the image actually “looks like” and how this influences its reading.
The aim of looking slowly is not just to verify what is real, fake or AI. After all, there will become a time when it is too difficult and time-consuming for the average person to determine every AI-generated image without a watermark or label.
While the ability to detect whether something is AI is one important skill, this should not be the only reason to practise slow looking. To only determine if it is fake or real can ignore what an AI image can also tell us about our cultural climate.
In December, Madonna shared a deepfake of her embracing the Pope from digital artist RickDick.
Satirical images of the pope have a long history. As early as the 16th century, artists depicted the head of the Catholic Church alongside the profane as a means of critique and provocation.
RickDick’s deepfakes, in their eerie sense of realness, prove a new means to continue to satirise and provoke viewers in the digital age. We can deduce on close inspection that these images of Madonna and the Pope are not real photographs, but we can look even further to also discern what nevertheless gives these AI images their potency.
Fake or not, the lifelike, intimate embrace of the two icons probes an old but ongoing friction between perceived acts of blasphemy in pop culture and the sacred authority of the church.
In this etching from 1555, the Pope has three heads: one wears the papal tiara, one wears a turban, and one is an infant.The Metropolitan Museum of Art
The act of slow looking develops visual literacy. It examines why certain images go viral, why some move us above others and what they say about our reality, values or beliefs.
Beginning to look slowly
To begin this practice, imagine you are trying to describe an image to a friend who cannot see it. What’s happening in the image? What is its scale? What colours are used? How is it made? Where and how are you viewing it – on your phone, a billboard or poster?
Adopt a questioning stance to spot possible biases or blind spots – your own, or of the creator of the image. What is possibly missing from the image? Whose perspective is it or isn’t it showing?
This process can be significantly enhanced through using your hands: draw or paint what you see. It doesn’t need to be expensive or time-consuming. Nor do you need to be “good” at it. Drawing on a scrap piece of paper with an old ballpoint pen you have on your desk for even just a few minutes can connect the mind and body into a deep awareness of your visual field.
Try drawing what you see, to really examine it and have a deeper connection with it.Eepeng Cheong/Unsplash
Pick anything to draw from your immediate surroundings or screens. This is all about the process: it is not the goal to have a finished artwork.
Key details that weren’t apparent before will emerge through this creative practice and help you analyse how an image works, why it is or isn’t engaging and what are its multiple possible meanings.
Slowing down
That we should look more slowly in our fast-paced, oversaturated visual culture is not a new concept, especially in the art community.
These events often take the form of a guided tour and provide prompts to build the viewer’s analytical skills, with the additional benefit of building a communal engagement to look slowly together.
We are all creators and consumers of images. It is important for all of us to reflect on where our attention is being directed, and why, in the constant flood of images.
We have a shared responsibility in how we examine images. Now, more than ever, our visual literacy would benefit from creative practices to slow us down. At both individual and collective levels, we should prioritise looking intently at how our images remember the past, define our present, and envision the future.
How a Cold War satellite and Robert Menzies changed the way Australian schools are funded
Prime Minister Robert Menzies during the 1963 federal election campaign. Image courtesy of the National Archives of Australia. NAA: A1200, L46014Jennifer Clark, University of Adelaide
As students and teachers prepare to go on holidays, there’s a disagreement raging over a new school funding deal for 2025.
Queensland, New South Wales, South Australia and Victoria have all refused to sign up to the Albanese government’s offer for the next round of funding. This offer would see the federal government contribute 22.5% towards government school funding, up from 20%. But these state governments think it should be 25% instead.
As the disagreement rolls into next year, many Australians may not realise the federal government hasn’t always contributed to school funding.
The federal government has only been funding schools for 60 years. And it would not have happened if not for a Soviet satellite, an Australian prime minister and some science labs.
Schools have historically been funded by the states
Before 1964, the federal government resisted involvement in school education.
Legislation between 1872 and 1895 made colonial and then state governments responsible for government schools. Government funding for non-government schools was abolished as a result. So all independent schools, including Catholic parish schools, had to rely on fees and philanthropy.
But this all changed during the 1963 federal election campaign and the subsequent States Grants Act of 1964.
At the height of the Cold War, the Soviet Union launched the first satellite, Sputnik. The then Liberal Prime Minister Robert Menzies called it a “spectacular act of technology and propaganda”. But others bluntly argued it signalled the failure of the West to keep up with science education. As American physicist George Henry Stine reportedly said: “Unless the US catches up fast we’re dead”.
Fortunately, Menzies had already commissioned Sir Keith Murray from the United Kingdom to review the state of Australia’s universities in 1956.
The Murray report, tabled a month before Sputnik, warned of weaknesses in Australian science education.
In a foreshadowing of concerns about students’ STEM skills today, the Murray report showed the number of students studying physics and maths was low. First year failure rates in university science courses were high because the students were not properly prepared at school. Science teachers were insufficiently trained. The curriculum was outdated and facilities and equipment were either inadequate or nonexistent.
In other words, in the age of Sputnik, science education was not good enough.
This was especially the case in girls’ schools (again echoed in today’s concerns about a gender gap in science achievement). Girls usually studied biology if they studied science at all, as science was seen as “better suited to boys”. The number of women who became science teachers was very small and there was little financial incentive to do so.
A replica of the Sputnik 1, the first artificial satellite to reach outer space. The replica is stored at the US National Air and Space Museum.NSSDC, NASA via Wikimedia Commons, CC BY
Schools had no labs to teach science
By far one of the greatest problems for Australia was the lack of suitable laboratories in schools to teach science.
The problem was so acute, headmaster R.L. Robson (from elite Sydney boys school Shore) and CSR chair F.E. Trigg established The Industrial Fund, to raise money to build science laboratories in “schools of standing”. The fund successfully raised £623,000 to support 37 projects in large private boys’ schools between 1958 and 1964. No girls’ schools were funded.
Menzies was well aware of The Industrial Fund because he was regularly invited to open the new buildings.
So, not only did Menzies understand the importance of science education for national defence in a post-Sputnik world, he was aware of Australian education failings from the Murray report. He was also reminded of a way to fix this, every time he opened a new science laboratory.
Then a domestic political opportunity presented itself.
In 1963, the federal executive of the Labor Party reversed a NSW State Labor Party decision to support government aid for science to non-government schools. This gave Menzies a unique and timely electoral window to differentiate his party.
Historians have long argued Menzies’ policy shift was all about courting the Catholic vote in the tight 1963 election (which he ultimately won).
But the States Grants Act also went beyond Catholic schools. Students benefited regardless of whether they attended a state school or not and whether they were boys or girls. In the end, more than 500 schools either received assistance to build a lab or were recommended to receive it.
From labs to libraries and beyond
Commonwealth assistance to schools expanded rapidly in the late 1960s.
In 1968, the federal government began a grants program for school libraries. Per capita grants were introduced for private schools in 1969 and for public schools from 1972.
What had begun as a specific scheme to improve science education grew into an ongoing commitment to support school education in general.
As today’s school funding wars continue into 2025, it is worth remembering the unusual history behind the federal government’s involvement. And how for some, it is not a natural funding source for the school system.
Meanwhile, increasing students’ skills and engagement with science has been a concern in Australia for more than six decades.
The nave of Winchester Cathedral in Hampshire is, until February 26 2025, home to three monumental ambassadors from the sea, sculpted by artist Tessa Campbell Fraser.
In Campbell Fraser’s immersive art installation, three sculpted sperm whales (the largest of the toothed whales), hang from the cathedral ceiling. Toothed whales have teeth instead of the keratinous baleen that blue whales and others use to feed on tiny animals, such as krill. Sperm whales, which feed mainly on squid, are the largest predators alive today.
Their ecology is strange, but impressive. They are socially sophisticated, massive-brained, far-wandering, deep-diving and loud. Sperm whale clicks are the loudest biologically produced sound ever recorded.
Whales use these strange vocalisations to echolocate as they hunt for prey and to communicate to each other. In this installation, Campbell Fraser has creatively employed sperm whale clicks to vibrate paint on the banners that hang alongside the whales in the cathedral, serving as a visual representation of sperm whale “codas”. These repetitive patterns of clicks, lasting a few seconds, have intrigued researchers since they were first recorded off North Carolina, US, in the 1950s.
We now know that groups of sperm whales are organised into “vocal clans” based on unique coda repertoires. These whale call signatures have probably been learned culturally, but scientists are yet to understand what they mean.
The three whale sculptures (which are between three and five metres long) are made, in part, from “ghost gear” – this is abandoned, lost, and discarded fishing gear, collected at sea by British charity Ghost Fishing UK. Floating ghost gear, which includes fishing nets, can kill or entangle marine life such as whales.
At the opening of the exhibition, Campbell Fraser recounted reports of stranded sperm whales whose stomachs were filled with plastic debris. One sperm whale that was found dead in Pas-de-Calais, France, had 25kg of debris, including nets and rope, in its stomach.
These three sperm whales are on exhibition until 26 February 2025.The University of Southampton., CC BY-NC-ND
Using netting in these sculptures represents, on one level, the increasing effects of humans on the ocean and whales. On another level, it hints at the long entanglement between human history and whales. Our spiritual, cultural and intellectual links with whales are represented through rich intersections of art and science.
One famous literary example is the 1851 novel Moby Dick by Herman Melville, which artfully weaved descriptions of whale biology with the human story of pre-industrial whaling. This theme is also explored by our colleague Philip Hoare in his book Leviathan (2009).
Unfortunately, people have negative effects on the oceans. The consequences of pollution, overfishing and climate change are widespread and increasing. Even in the furthest corners of the sea, whales may encounter humans or be affected by our influence, through climate change, noise and plastic pollution.
Our research has shown how whale foraging areas in the remote western Antarctic peninsula overlap with an increasing fishery for Antarctic krill which now requires urgent and careful management to ensure its sustainability for people and whales.
Through an unprecedented compilation of over 1,000 tracks from eight whale species globally, we have produced a world-first map of “whale superhighways” – the blue corridors whales use as they migrate across oceans. This map also highlights how these extensive migrations expose whales to a mosaic of threats at various scales. As a result, protecting whales requires coordinated effort at local and global scales.
The art of acoustics
Of course, scale is a key consideration in the design of cathedrals. Winchester is a particularly fine example – at 170m, it is the longest medieval cathedral in the world.
On February 6, four composer-performers from the University of Southampton’s department of music will perform a specially commissioned, site-specific piece called Echolocations. The music will approach this intersection of art and scientific research from another angle, in part by responding to the expansive acoustics of the cathedral.
Vocalist Liz Gre and pianist Ben Oliver, with live electronics performed by Pablo Galaz and Drew Crawford, will work with this acoustic to evoke the vast aquatic distances across which whales communicate. And inspired by the ghost netting in Campbell Fraser’s sculptures, the music will address the threat that ongoing human activities are having on marine ecosystems via noise pollution.
We are polluting the oceans with plastic and sonic garbage. It sometimes seems we will be incapable of action until whale song ends up a digitally rendered collective memory.
But this performance inspires the same qualities of imagination that enable us to conceive of building the gothic medieval wonder of the cathedral’s nave, conquer oceans to build global trade networks, mine the ocean floor and use machine learning to understand whale song. This level of imagination will be vital in creating a new set of sustainable relations with the rest of the planet.
Most people love love, but not everyone loves Valentine’s Day.
When it was first invented in the 1300s in medieval Europe, this holiday was a celebration of romantic love, the coming of spring and the freedom to choose a partner, rather than having one chosen for you.
Today that ancient and optimistic message remains but is often buried under a pile of consumer goods – chocolates, cards, stuffed animals, plastic toys, expensive dinners and roses that cost so much more than you think.
The archetypical image of this holiday is Cupid shooting a person with an arrow that makes them go mad with physical desire.
Yet love is one of the richest and most diverse human emotions. There are many ways to experience love – so this holiday, as a scholar of mindfulness and communication, I encourage you to try out a practice of “metta,” or loving-kindness.
What is loving-kindness?
Loving-kindness, or metta, is the type of love praised and practiced by Buddhists around the world, and it is very different from romantic love. It is described as “limitless” and “unbounded” love.
In the ancient Pali language, the word “metta” has two root meanings. The first is “gentle,” in the sense of a gentle spring rain that falls on young plants without discrimination. The second is “friend.” A metta friend is a true friend – someone who is always there for you without fail and without demanding anything in exchange, or someone who supports you when you’re in pain and who is happy for you when you’re happy, without a tinge of jealousy.
Metta is a kind of love that is offered without any expectation of return. It is not reciprocal or conditional. It does not discriminate between us and them, or worthy and unworthy. To practice metta meditation is to give the rarest gift: a gift that does not demand a return.
A group of monks approach the Buddha complaining about the spirits living in the forest causing nearby villagers to suffer. The Buddha advises against fighting or driving them away. Instead, he encourages practicing boundless love toward them, wishing them happiness, peace and ease.
The monks do as recommended, practicing loving-kindness meditation for several weeks. Over time, noticing how happy the monks became, the spirits began to practice loving-kindness, too, because they also wanted to be happy. The practice changed the spirits’ behavior, and they stopped harassing the villagers.
How to practice loving-kindness
In the fifth century, a Sri Lankan monk named Buddhaghosa composed an important meditation text called the Visuddhimagga, or “The Path of Purification.” This text is sacred to Theravada Buddhists.
Buddhaghosa provides instructions for how to practice loving-kindness meditation. Contemporary teachers adapt and modify these instructions. However, the general format of this meditation tends to be consistent.
Next, this meditation involves softly reciting several traditional phrases and visualizing an audience who will receive loving-kindness as these words are spoken. The phrases are:
May I/you/they/we be filled by loving-kindness
May I/you/they/we be safe from inner and outer dangers.
May I/you/they/we be well in body and mind.
May I/you/they/we be at ease and happy.
Traditionally, the meditation starts with yourself – the pronoun will be “I.” Then, the meditation involves picturing a beloved person – and it does not even have to be a person; it can be a pet or an animal – and directing loving-kindness to them. The pronoun in the meditation will change to “you.”
After this, the meditation involves directing loving-kindness to a wider circle of friends and loved ones – the pronoun will change to “they.” Finally, the meditation involves gradually including more and more people in your well wishes: the folks in your community and town, people everywhere, animals and all living beings, and the whole Earth, and the pronoun will change to “we.”
Many versions of this meditation invite practitioners to express metta for people who have caused them difficulty, including to someone seen to be an “opponent.”
However, teachers including the Zen master, poet and peace activist Thich Nhat Hanh recommend practicing this type of metta meditation only once you are well established in directing loving-kindness at yourself and those you are close to.
Why practice loving-kindness meditation?
Clinical research shows that loving-kindness meditation has a positive effect on mental health. It could help lessen anxiety and depression, increase life satisfaction and improve self-acceptance; it could also reduce self-criticism.
There is also evidence that loving-kindness meditation increases a sense of connection. Practicing loving-kindness could increase happiness while strengthening feelings of kinship with all living beings, a few of the benefits of metta meditation described by the Buddha in the Karaniya Metta Sutta.
So if you’re feeling disconnected from others, ill at ease or just disenchanted with a holiday that has become overrun by capitalism on this Valentine’s Day, you might consider trying loving-kindness meditation.
The colours of rubies and emeralds are so striking that they define shades of red and green – ruby red and emerald green. But have you ever wondered how they get those colours?
I am an inorganic chemist. Researchers in my field work to understand the chemistry of all the elements that make up the periodic table. Many inorganic chemists focus on the transition metals – the elements in the middle of the periodic table. The transition metals include most of the metals you are familiar with, like iron (Fe) and gold (Au).
One feature of compounds made with transition metals is their intense colour. There are many examples in nature, including gemstones and paint pigments. Even the colour of blood comes from the protein haemoglobin, which contains iron.
Investigating the colours of compounds containing transition metals leads you into some really amazing science – that’s part of what drew me to study this field.
Rubies and emeralds are great examples of how a small amount of a transition metal – in this case, chromium – can create a beautiful colour in what would otherwise be a fairly boring-looking mineral.
Both rubies and emeralds are minerals, which is a type of rock with a consistent chemical composition and a highly ordered structure at the atomic level.
With a theory developed by physicists in the 1920s called crystal field theory, scientists can explain why rubies and emeralds have the colours they do. Crystal field theory makes predictions about how a transition metal ion’s structure is affected by the other atoms surrounding it.
Rubies are mainly made up of the mineral corundum, which is composed of the elements aluminium and oxygen in a regular, repeating array. Each aluminium ion is surrounded by six oxygen ions.
A crystal of corundum looks like this at the atomic level, with the aluminium ions shown as red balls and the oxygen ions shown as white balls. Each aluminium ion is surrounded by six oxygen ions, and each oxygen by four aluminiums.Eigenes Werk/Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA
Emeralds are mainly made up of the mineral beryl, which is made from the elements beryllium, aluminium, silicon and oxygen. Beryl’s crystal structure is more complicated than corundum’s because of the additional elements in the formula, but each aluminium ion is again surrounded by six oxygen ions.
Pure corundum and beryl are colourless. The brilliant colours of rubies and emeralds come from the presence of very small amounts of chromium. The chromium replaces about 1% of the aluminium in the corundum or beryl crystal when a ruby or emerald forms underground at a high temperature and pressure.
But how can one element – chromium – create the red colour of a ruby and green colour of an emerald?
Colour science
Rubies and emeralds have the colours they do because, like many substances, they absorb some colours of light. Most visible light, like sunlight, is composed of all the colours of the rainbow: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. These colours make up the visible light spectrum, which is easy to remember as ROY G BIV.
Objects absorb some visible light wavelengths and reflect others, which is why we see them as having a colour.Fulvio314/Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA
One of the main reasons why objects have a colour is because they absorb one or more of these visible colours of light. If a substance absorbs, for instance, red light, it means that the red light gets trapped in the substance and the other colours reflect back to your eyes. The colour you see is the sum of the remaining light, which will be in the green-to-blue range. If a substance absorbs blue, it will look red or orange to you.
Unlike the colourless aluminium ion, the chromium ion absorbs blue and green light when surrounded by the oxygen ions. The red light is reflected back, so that’s what you see in rubies.
In an emerald, even though the chromium is surrounded by six oxygen ions, there is a weaker interaction between the chromium and the surrounding oxygen ions. That’s due to the presence of silicon and beryllium in the beryl crystal. They cause the emerald to absorb blue and red light, leaving the green for you to see.
The ability to tune the properties of transition metals like chromium through changing what is surrounding it is a core strategy in my field of inorganic chemistry. Doing so can help scientists understand the basic science of metal-containing compounds and the design of chemical compounds for specific purposes.
You can take delight in the amazing colours of the gemstones, but through chemistry, you can also see how nature creates those colours using an endless variety of complex structures made with the elements in the periodic table.
Beyoncé appeared visibly astonished to hear her album Cowboy Carter had won best country album at this year’s Grammy Awards. Onstage, the singer offered a heartfelt reflection on musical genre:
I think sometimes genre is a code word to keep us in our place as artists and I just want to encourage people to do what they’re passionate about and stay persistent.
Beyoncé’s speech built on a more pointed critique of genre found in one of the tracks from her album, SPAGHETTII.
The track opens with a soundbite from Linda Martell, a pioneering Black country music singer who enjoyed commercial success in the 1960s, but whose career was marred by both overt racial abuse and accusations she didn’t “sound black”. In the soundbite, Martell says:
Genres are a funny little concept, aren’t they? […] In theory, they have a simple definition that’s easy to understand, but in practice, well, some may feel confined.
This description of confinement was echoed in 2024, when the Country Music Association Awards controversially excluded Cowboy Carter from the nomination process due to insufficient radio airplay, as per the award rules.
Media reports claimed some country radio stations refused to play, or were slow to play, Beyoncé’s new album because they didn’t recognise her as a country artist.
Debates about the usefulness of genre have been around for a while, and won’t disappear anytime soon. Beyoncé’s Grammy win presses us to consider the relevance of genre in the modern music world – and the extent to which these rigid definitions can be justified.
Is ‘genre’ useful in music?
On one level, genre is a simple and necessary mechanism for categorising different types of music. Genre encodes various aspects of music, including instrumentation, the time period it originates from, its emotional character, and the melodic, rhythmic and harmonic conventions it employs.
Terms such as jazz, rock, country, R&B, metal, hip-hop, folk and EDM are rich in meaning, and are routinely used as identity markers for performers – and for award categories at events like the Grammys. They also help us discuss our musical preferences, and teach and learn about music in educational settings.
At the same time, these terms remain fluid and contested. Research tracking the rise and fall of musical genres highlights the power genres have in shaping our understanding and experience of music.
Consider rock as an example. In the early 1950s, radio disc jockeys popularised the term rock'n'roll to describe a distinct style that drew from genres including rhythm and blues, gospel and country music, but which differed from each of these in character and function.
The societal adoption of rock'n'roll as a “new” genre wasn’t just driven by the features present in the music, but by its resonance with a teenage audience for whom it signalled rebellion, associations with sexuality and a merging of different American music cultures.
Just as Elvis Presley came to embody the genre, divergent practices gave rise to new and adapted terminology. “Rockabilly” (a style that combines elements of country and rock'n'roll) entered the lexicon. Rock'n'roll simply became “rock” and numerous adjectives such as “folk”, “psychedelic”, “progressive”, “punk”, “classic” and “hard” were attached to make sense of the continually evolving style.
I’d argue the music of Elvis Presley has little in common with the stoner rock band Kyuss, yet we group them in the same broad musical taxonomy.
Research has revealed significant inconsistencies in how people use and understand music genre terminology. Nonetheless, genre labels have historically been considered useful tools to communicate meaningful information about musical experiences.
So, what’s Beyoncé’s problem with genre?
Problems can arise for musicians when genres don’t simply describe musical practices, but work to control or distort them. Record labels have a profit imperative that incentivises artists to create music that’s easily categorised into well-established genres.
The risk this incentive poses to creativity has traditionally been offset by audiences demanding new and diverse music – alongside a flourishing independent musical culture that either ignores or is overtly antagonistic towards the generic preferences of large record labels.
That said, musicians are also pushed to adhere to narrow definitions of genre due to search functions in streaming services and methodologies used by music charts.
For example, the ARIA (Australian Recording Industry Association) charts’ code of practice lists six genre charts: core classical, country, crossover/classical, dance, hip hop/R&B, and jazz and blues. And while the ARIAs have a range of mechanisms to track record sales, the codification of these genres inevitably influences Australian musicians who wish to make a living from their music.
Beyond this, powerful cultural associations with certain genres can make their boundaries difficult to cross. Sometimes genre boundaries are rightly inflexible – particularly those associated with regional music-making or First Peoples’ cultures.
Cowboy Carter however, represents a rediscovery and celebration of Black country musicians. It draws attention to how these musicians were neglected because they didn’t align with prevailing assumptions about the genre.
The fact that Beyoncé’s choice to explore country music was in any way contentious emphasises this point. The foray by The Beatles’ drummer Ringo Starr into country music was, by contrast, uncontroversial.
Genre as a framework is, ultimately, necessary. It’s impossible to discuss music without some way of making sense of it all. Listeners, however, should recognise that rigid genre definition can distort creativity. They should also reflect on whether it may be distorting their listening habits, too.
History has repeated in the rock category at this week’s 67th Grammy Awards. Best rock performance was awarded to the Beatles for their song Now and Then, while the Rolling Stones took home best rock album for Hackney Diamonds.
The Beatles’ track, finished and released by the fab four’s remaining members with the assistance of artificial intelligence, has been recognised by the Recording Academy 55 years after the band broke up. This comes as their eighth Grammy win and 27th nomination since their 1962 debut.
The Beatles’ long time rivals, the Rolling Stones, have received many accolades over their six decade career, including five Grammys. Their 24th studio album includes cameos from other legacy artists like Elton John and Stevie Wonder.
These victories are historic – but they also reveal a broader truth about rock music’s biggest institutions. The same artists who defined the genre decades ago continue to dominate its highest honours, leaving little space for contemporary acts to break through.
This renewed enthusiasm toward rock has brought newcomers to the genre, including an emergence of new popular talent.
Newer rock talent was present at the Grammys, with St Vincent (who broke out in 2006) winning Best rock song and Fontaines D.C. receiving their first best rock album nomination since their debut in 2014.
Both of these artists have been recognised for breathing new life into the rock genre. With a willingness to confront discomfort and vulnerability coupled with distinctive guitar work and production choices, St. Vincent has been positioned as a trailblazer in modern rock.
Fontaines D.C’s nominated album Romance has been praised by critics for its energetic embrace of a diverse musical palette with compelling lyrics, a sound which has grabbed the attention of those outside and within the rock audience.
But they were up against a nominee pool largely composed of long career legacy acts such as Green Day, Pearl Jam, Jack White and the Black Crowes, who all broke out in the last millennium.
Along with the Beatles’ and the Rolling Stones’ wins, this reflects a trend in rock’s institutional recognition, where industry awards, hall of fame inductions, and media retrospectives continue to reaffirm the same monumental figures – often to the exclusion of artists shaping rock today. This phenomenon is a symptom of the rock canon, otherwise known as “the best of all time”.
The old canon
The rock canon is a set of artists, albums and songs that have been collectively deemed as the genre’s greatest.
This canon was solidified by the late 1960s and 1970s and is sustained predominantly by media outlets and awards organisations like the Grammys. Publications that rank “the best” also help shape the rock canon by repeatedly spotlighting the same classic albums and artists.
To be considered “the best” in rock, artists typically need to meet an (often unwritten) criteria of long-term critical acclaim, commercial success and influence on future generations. Artists like the Beatles and the Rolling Stones meet this criteria, frequently appearing in the top ranks of “best of” lists and maintaining their position at the top of the rock hierarchy.
But the Grammy wins for the Beatles and the Rolling Stones raise concerns about how rigid this canon remains. Artists who enter the rock canon rarely leave it, making it difficult for newcomers to garner the same levels of critical and commercial success. It has also been criticised for its preferential treatment towards whiteness and masculinity.
If the canon represents the highest levels of artistic quality in rock, its inability to change poses concerns for the future of the genre.
Australia has not remained untouched by these issues. While the Grammys are an American institution, the rock canon’s influence extends globally.
Australian institutions such as Triple J’s Hottest 100 of All Time have demonstrated this influence, showing us that the canon plays a role in shaping Australian music culture. Artists like the Beatles, the Rolling Stones and Led Zeppelin often appear on these lists, voted on by Australian listeners. Local audiences overwhelmingly favour a more standard, mainstream canon of older international rock acts over our own Australian talent.
The preference towards artists who have long been in the canon in today’s “best of” lists makes it harder for local artists – particularly those from marginalised backgrounds – to gain widespread recognition.
Crafting a vital genre
The Grammy success of the Beatles and the Rolling Stones reflects both the strength and the stagnation of rock’s institutional gate-keeping.
On one hand, these wins celebrate artists whose influence has endured for generations. On the other, they reveal how difficult it is for new acts to gain recognition when institutions continue looking backward rather than forward.
As rock continues its resurgence, the vitality of the genre may rely on expanding a more inclusive definition of greatness: one that makes room for innovation and diversity, not just nostalgia.
Will future Grammy ceremonies still be awarding the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, or will we finally see rock’s institutions evolve?
Where does black fall on the colour spectrum? – Utsav, age 17, Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra, India
People love the rainbow of ROYGBIV colours: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. Human eyes perceive visible light as this array of colours.
You may notice that some colours you can perceive aren’t part of the classic rainbow, though. Where is black, for example?
I’m an associate professor of colour science, a field that combines physics and perception. Colour scientists are interested in learning more about human vision and applying that knowledge to make colour systems – such as in cameras, screens or lighting systems – work better.
To understand where black falls on the colour spectrum, first consider what light actually is.
Light is radiation visible to the human eye
Light is energy called electromagnetic radiation. It’s made up of a stream of energy particles called photons.
Each photon has its own energy level. There are two characteristics you can use to describe a photon. Its frequency is how fast it vibrates back and forth – or oscillates – as it travels. And its wavelength is the distance between those oscillations in space.
As photons with wavelengths within a range of about 400–700 nanometres stream into your eyes, your brain perceives them as light. Scientists call these photons visible radiation. You perceive photons with different wavelengths as different colours.
Photons outside that range of wavelengths are invisible to human eyes. Shorter wavelength energy includes ultraviolet, X-ray and gamma radiation, while longer wavelength energy includes infrared and radio waves.
Colour perception is also affected by the quantity of photons – what physicists call the power – at different visible wavelengths. More photons means more powerful light, which looks brighter. A very vivid colour consists mostly of photons of similar wavelength. For example, a pure red may consist of photons that all share the same wavelength near 620 nanometres.
A stream of photons with a wider range of wavelengths will appear as a paler, less saturated colour. White light, such as natural daylight, consists of photons with wavelengths spread fairly evenly across a wide range of the visible spectrum. LEDs and other electric light sources are not quite as uniform across the spectrum, but they still appear white or achromatic, meaning without colour.
Mixtures of wavelengths combine and appear as new colours. The human visual system interprets pure red light and pure green light combined as yellow. Add in pure blue, and this mix of radiation appears white. Scientists and engineers take advantage of this quality in display devices, which are able to create a huge range of perceived colours by mixing the primary colours red, green and blue.
Black on the Colour spectrum
While there’s no black in a rainbow, photons anywhere in the electromagnetic spectrum can be seen as black. Or in some cases, they can’t be seen at all!
Radiation within the visible spectrum can appear black if it is low in power – more specifically, lower in power than its surroundings.
Additionally, radiation outside the visible range of wavelengths appears black to our eyes. For example, infrared radiation appears black because it is invisible to humans.
Perception is subjective
Our eyes detect the wavelength and power of the light, but our brains interpret it. So colour perception always depends on the context.
People are good at adapting to a wide range of light levels, from sunlight to starlight. So our perception of colour and brightness depends on what’s around and what we’ve been looking at recently. If you step from outdoor daylight into a dark theatre, at first you probably perceive the whole environment as black, and you may even have trouble finding your way.
However, your visual system immediately begins to adapt to the low light level. Soon, visual details begin to emerge. What appeared black now has different levels of lightness and colour.
Colour perception depends on the surrounding environment.Michael J. Murdoch
Consider the optical illusion that consists of a light rectangle next to a dark rectangle. Each rectangle contains a circle. The circles appear to be different shades but in fact are identical. Against the light background, the circle is dark enough to appear black. Surrounded by the black background, it becomes clear that the circle is merely dark grey. Even when you know the circles are the same, it’s hard to believe because the effect of the surrounding background is so strong.
In a smooth gradient from grey to black, where does black begin?Michael J. Murdoch
You might be asking yourself, how dark must a colour be to appear black? Another way to ask the question is, how low in power must the physical light be in order to look black?
For a visual answer, look at a gradient from dark grey to black. Where in the gradient is the boundary, or threshold, at which you call it black? What if you dim your display or view the screen in a much brighter or much darker environment? Probably the best answer for how dark it must be is, “It depends.”
Colour perception is a fascinating topic, and we colour scientists are continuing to uncover details of how the human visual system works while also applying our knowledge to many other useful things, including dyes, cameras, printers, LED lighting systems and AR/VR displays.
Hello, curious kids! Do you have a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to CuriousKidsUS@theconversation.com. Please tell us your name, age and the city where you live.
And since curiosity has no age limit − adults, let us know what you’re wondering, too. We won’t be able to answer every question, but we will do our best.
Bennett’s tree kangaroos, one of Australia’s most mysterious marsupials, have long eluded researchers. Our new study, published in Australian Mammalogy today, has achieved a breakthrough: using thermal drones to detect these rare animals with unprecedented efficiency.
Tree kangaroos are found only in the tropical rainforests of Australia and New Guinea. Unlike their ground-dwelling relatives, they spend their lives in treetops, feeding on leaves and vines. Their dependence on rainforest trees makes them vulnerable to deforestation and climate change.
Alarmingly, 12 of the 14 species of tree kangaroos are listed as threatened. Yet we know little about their numbers or habits due to difficulties studying them in dense rainforest.
Our new findings mark a significant step forward, offering hope for improved conservation of these elusive, near-mythical creatures. Thermal drones, which detect animals by their body heat, may help to unravel the mysteries of tree kangaroos and guide efforts to protect them.
Rugged, dense rainforests
Bennett’s tree kangaroos inhabit Australia’s most rugged and densely vegetated rainforests north of the Daintree River in Far North Queensland. They rarely descend from their vine-covered treetop roosts, which can be up to 40 metres high.
Traditional survey methods like spotlighting (that is, methodically using flashlights) or handheld thermal cameras (using infrared sensors to detect warm bodies) often fail to detect tree kangaroos, as these tools are limited to what can be seen from the ground.
As a result, there have been no systematic surveys of Bennett’s tree kangaroos. Population estimates rely on outdated observations and anecdotal evidence, leaving their conservation status unclear.
We need robust population estimates to detect shifting population trends and prevent population declines. This requires new monitoring methods to help us find these elusive animals.
Hotspots in the treetops
Thermal drones are just what they sound like – drones equipped with infrared cameras that detect heat signatures from the air.
Warm-blooded animals like tree kangaroos stand out against the cooler rainforest background, even when partially hidden by foliage. This technology offers a powerful advantage over traditional methods, allowing researchers to scan large areas from above and see past vegetation.
In our study, we conducted three drone flights at the Daintree Rainforest Observatory, Cape Tribulation, during the morning and evening.
To our surprise, we detected six Bennett’s tree kangaroos in under an hour of flight time – an unprecedented result. These included a solitary animal, a pair, and a group of three, all consistent with known home range sizes for the species.
By comparison, traditional ground surveys often require several nights of survey effort to spot a single animal. The drones not only made detection easier but also allowed us to closely observe the animals’ behaviour, such as feeding on specific plant species, without disturbing them.
Side-by-side comparison of the same image in colour and in thermal view, with three tree kangaroos clearly visible (circled in yellow) in the thermal image.Emmeline Norris
Shedding light on a hidden species
Our findings suggest Bennett’s tree kangaroos are thriving in Cape Tribulation’s lowland rainforest.
While this is encouraging, further systematic surveys are needed to assess how population density varies with forest type, elevation and other factors.
Another intriguing discovery was the tree kangaroos’ diet. Using the drone’s colour zoom camera, we identified the vines and leaves they were eating. Mile-a-minute vine (Decalobanthus peltatus) and fire vine (Tetracera daemeliana) were popular choices on the menu.
These observations deepen our understanding of the species’ habitat needs and could inform future conservation efforts.
Conservation research methods must prioritise minimising stress on wildlife. The tree kangaroos showed no signs of disturbance, continuing to forage after briefly pausing to look at the drone.
This non-invasive approach is a promising alternative to traditional methods, like radio tracking (where a tag is attached to the animal), which can disrupt natural behaviours.
A Bennett’s tree kangaroo peeks at the thermal drone through the vines.Emmeline Norris
Craning for a better view
Despite showing promise, drone-based wildlife monitoring has its challenges. Regulations require drone operators to maintain visual line of sight with their drone. This can be difficult in a rainforest due to the height and density of the canopy.
To overcome this, we remotely operated our drone from a 47-metre-high canopy crane designed for research. This extra height allowed us to maintain a clear view while surveying a larger area.
The 47-metre high canopy crane at the Daintree Rainforest Observatory, Cape Tribulation.Emmeline Norris
However, canopy cranes are rare – there’s only one in tropical Australia. Expanding this approach will require alternative strategies, such as using mountaintops or canopy walkways as vantage points.
Our study is just the beginning. The next step is designing methods to estimate population densities more accurately – not only for Bennett’s tree kangaroos but also other tree kangaroo species in the remote mountains of New Guinea. By identifying individual tree kangaroos based on their unique fur markings, we aim to also study their social structure and sex ratios.
Thermal drones have the potential to revolutionise conservation efforts for hard-to-study wildlife. They offer a powerful tool to monitor populations and guide management decisions.
For the rare and remarkable Bennett’s tree kangaroo, this technology could make the difference between obscurity and security.
The study authors flying drones from the upper platform of the canopy crane.Emmeline Norris
Chris Hendrikson, Whale Beach SLSC Life Member and from the family who owned and ran the Whale Beach Kiosk from at least early 1945, shares this photo from his family albums, from 60+ years ago.
Chris states this is Prince Chares at a fishing camp course on the Hawkesbury in May 1966. Official records state then 17-year-old Charles visited in May 1966.
Details seem to be that on May 25 1966 when King Charles visited the Hawkesbury Agricultural College or the Broken Bay Fitness camp. Chris, still a youngster then himself, had earned money to attend a ‘fishing camp/education course’ there.
Chris can be seen, second from the left, in the background.
He smilingly calls this picture ‘the Kind and I’ nowadays and explains he was quite young, and had earned the money to attend the course on the Hawkesbury.
This proof of King Charles in photographic form while still young himself, along with anecdotal recalled by former Pittwater MP Rob Stokes of Prince Charles staying with a Minister of the Church at Newport during his holidays, will be welcome news to Peter Bodman who set the news service the task of finding out more in October 2020.
Peter recalled his decades of holidaying at The Basin during the 1940’s, 50’s and 60’s and of rumours Prince Charles was staying in the cottage there and had been seen 'mucking about in boats on the estuary' at the same time... or spotted just enjoying being here.
How very Pittwaterian of this future king!
With Peter’s recall, and Chris and Rob’s proof, it seems our King most certainly did spend time in the best part of Australia, decades before his second visit to Pittwater in January 1988, 22 years later.
Prince Charles, The Prince of Wales, in Sydney. Date taken: 25 May 1966
Most of the future king's education was in British boarding schools, but in 1966 he was sent to Timbertop, a campus in rural Victoria.
During the school holiday break he visited Sydney after having spent time in Papua New Guinea in the first half of May 1966.
Prince Charles, now King Charles III, made his 16th trip to Australia in 2012 with Camilla, Queen Consort to mark the Queens Diamond Jubilee, taking in Tasmania, Victoria, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory.
He returned in 2015 and again in 2018, this time the Royal Tour was to open the Gold Coast Commonwealth Games. HM also visited Bundaberg to celebrate Prince’s Trust Australia’s Low Glow campaign with Greenfleet and Disney ANZ, and convened His Trust’s Great Barrier Reef roundtable on Lady Elliot Island with the Great Barrier Reef Foundation.
Prince Charles and Princess Diana at Bayview wharf on January 31st 1988, courtesy Brian Friend OAM, formerly Pittwater Water Police. Photo: Brian Friend OAM
“What a great joy it is to come to Australia for the first time as Sovereign, and to renew a love of this country and its people which I have cherished for so long.” - King Charles III
NSW Premier Chris Minns invited members of the public to join Their Majesties at the Sydney Opera House on Tuesday, 22 October, which will be followed by with an impressive Fleet Review and fly past by the Australian Defence Force on Sydney Harbour.
Members of the public were invited to the Sydney Opera House Forecourt for the special event and the chance to meet The King and Queen.
The afternoon event [at 4.20pm] was followed by a Fleet Review on Sydney Harbour including an Australian Defence Force fly-over. Their Majesties, accompanied by the Governor-General, Chief of the Defence Force and Chief of Navy, conducted a review of His Majesty’s Australian Ships Hobart, Warramunga, Arunta, Gascoyne, and Yarra, which were anchored in the Harbour.
A Royal Fleet Review was also part of the experience for the first Royal visitor to Australia, Prince Alfred in 1868.
The Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club was named for this first member of the Royal family to visit Australia, when the club members still sailed on Sydney Harbour and to Pittwater. Foundation members formed up on their yachts on the harbour to greet the visitor as he sailed in.
However, King Charles and Queen Camilla didn't make it to Pittwater last Spring - the furthest north they went was to attend a Sunday Service at St Thomas' Anglican Church in North Sydney.
Later that morning, The King visited New South Wales Parliament House where he made a speech to mark the bicentenary of the NSW Legislative Council.
King Charles III founded the youth charity The Prince's Trust in 1976, sponsors The Prince's Charities, and is a patron, president, or a member of over 400 other charities and organisations.
He has advocated for the conservation of historic buildings and the importance of architecture in society. A critic of modernist architecture, Charles has worked on the creation of Poundbury, an experimental new town based on his architectural tastes. He is also an author or co-author of a number of books.
An environmentalist his whole life, he has supported organic farming and action to prevent climate change as the manager of the Duchy of Cornwall estates, which has earned him awards and recognition from environmental groups.
And that's just a shortlist of works accomplished.
HUGE thanks to Chris Hendrikson for sharing his 'King and I on the Hawkesbury' photo - I'm sure this has brought back a lot of fond memories for many of us - even those who only met King Charles for the first time late last year.
The photo is the Whale Beach Kiosk and beer garden in 1948. From Henrikson Family Albums.
Many Whale Beach people of today would know Chris Hendrikson (Hendo), who grew up, literally, on W
Seniors set for laughs during free NSW Seniors Festival Comedy Shows
Nine comedy geniuses will take to the stage for the NSW Seniors Festival Comedy Shows this March to entertain seniors in Sydney and Port Stephens.
The free events will deliver a day of laughs as comedians Bec Melrose, Rebecca De Unamuno, Simon Kennedy, Gary Eck, Anisa Nandaula, Mat Wakefield, Laura Hughes, Peter Berner, and Tommy Dean show off their talents at the Seniors Festival Comedy Shows.
Emcee Andrew Barnett, will host the fun-filled events at:
Sydney Town Hall on Tuesday 4 March at 11am
Soldiers Point Hall in Port Stephens on Thursday 6 March at 10:30am and 1:30pm
The line-up includes: MC - Andrew Barnett, Bec Melrose, Rebecca De Unamuno, Simon Kennedy, Gary Eck, Anisa Nandaula, Tommy Dean
The annual NSW Seniors Festival takes place from 3 to 16 March. The festival is the largest of its kind in the southern hemisphere, with more than 500,000 people participating in events held across NSW.
Highlights of the festival include the Expo with a range of activities and stalls for seniors to engage in, as well as the free Premier’s Gala Concerts, both of which will be held at Sydney’s International Convention Centre on Wednesday 12 and Thursday 13 March.
“It’s fantastic to see the comedy shows being held again – they always draw a great crowd and leave seniors in stitches.
“These events offer our seniors the opportunity to enjoy time out with friends, while watching comedians they know or discover new ones. It’s a popular event that helps keep seniors connected and feeling included. I’m looking forward to seeing them enjoy the shows.
“This is the NSW Government’s way of saying thank you for all the valuable contributions our older generation has made and continues to make to society. I encourage seniors to get their free tickets and attend these great shows in Sydney and Port Stephens.”
AvPals Term 1 2025
Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps Seniors learn and improve their computer skills. It is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers.
Started in 2000 it now has 20+ trainers and many hundreds of students. At a really low cost (about $50 a school term) they can provide one-to-one training on most matters connected with computing and related technologies like mobile phones and digital cameras. From the smallest problem (how to hold the mouse!) to much more serious matters, there is a trainer who can help.
We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses in the training rooms under the Catholic Church in Avalon. Training is conducted Monday to Friday from 9am to 4pm. For more information visit AVPALS web site www.avpals.com or phone 02 8064 3574
Improved service standards for superannuation a welcome move
January 28 2025
The introduction of mandatory and enforceable service standards for superannuation funds will help improve the quality of service people are getting from the moment they open a super account right through to their retirement phase, COTA Australia says.
The Federal Government today announced that it aims to raise the bar for member service in superannuation by introducing mandatory and enforceable service standards for all large APRA-regulated superannuation funds.
COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Chief Executive Officer, Patricia Sparrow, said the Federal Government’s announcement is an important, and long overdue, step towards improving member outcomes.
“There’s no question that the standard of service older Australians, and indeed Australians of all ages, are receiving can be significantly improved,” Ms Sparrow said.
“People deserve high quality customer service from the moment they first engage with superannuation right through to their retirement phase, but we hear reports all too regularly about that simply not happening.
“As our population ages, we need to be looking at measures that ensure that people can live the dignified life in retirement that they deserve to. Super funds need to ensure they are communicating clearly and in a timely way with their members all the time, to assist in planning and preparing for retirement.
Ms Sparrow said improving outcomes during vulnerable and difficult moments in people’s lives is especially important.
“Compassionate, clear, high-quality service is really the least we should expect from our superannuation funds every day but especially during our most vulnerable moments such as when we’re waiting for the timely payment of death benefits,” Ms Sparrow said.
“While some funds have made improvements it’s no secret that the customer experience has been left wanting for a long time. It’s good to see action finally being taken to address the problem and improve the service people receive.”
“COTA Australia looks forward to contributing to the consultation and ensuring the voices of older Australians are heard throughout the process.”
Restless legs syndrome is incurable – here’s how to manage the symptoms
Restless legs syndrome (RLS), also known as Willis-Ekbom Disease, is a neurological condition that affects about 7% of people.
Typical symptoms include an irresistible urge to move your legs, alongside sensations of aching, crawling, creeping, itching, pulling or throbbing. Until the age of 35, the condition is equally common in men and women, but after that age, RLS affects twice the number of women than men.
Each person’s condition is categorised as mild, moderate, severe or very severe according to the international rating scale, which measures the effects of RLS on limb discomfort and sleep disruption, as well as frequency of symptoms.
RLS symptoms have a 24-hour cycle known as a circadian rhythm. Symptoms tend to peak at night, coinciding with the body’s increase in melatonin release. Melatonin reduces dopamine – the brain chemical that affects movement and mood – to help us sleep but, because dopamine helps control muscles, low dopamine levels can cause involuntary movements.
There is no test for RLS. Diagnosis is based on symptoms and medical history. Primary RLS runs in families – there are genetic links to a number of chromosomes. RLS has an autosomal dominant inheritance pattern, meaning you only need one “defective” copy to present with symptoms. Some cases, however, develop with no known cause.
Age seems to be a risk factor for RLS. In 2000, a study found that 10% of adults aged 30 to 79 have RLS, increasing to 19% of those over the age of 80. However, understanding of the condition has improved since that study was conducted, so it’s likely these figures are higher – particularly in children, where some RLS symptoms have been confused with “growing pains” or ADHD in the past.
Pregnancy is another risk factor. The further you are through the trimesters, the higher your chance of being affected BY RLS – with 8%, 16% and 22% of women suffering through their respective first, second and third trimesters. Multiple pregnancies increase the risk of pregnancy-related RLS, and research has found that women who’ve given birth may have a higher incidence of RLS in later life, compared with women of the same age who haven’t given birth.
Obesity is also considered a risk factor for RLS. One study showed that each 5kg/m² increase in body mass index increased the likelihood of developing RLS by 31%.
Triggers and treatments
Research has shown smoking and alcohol consumption seem to make RLS worse, so lifestyle changes such as stopping smoking and drinking alcohol can help manage symptoms.
Research has also found that exercise and stretching is beneficial for symptom relief or reduction – although study participants suggest that morning exercise is more effective for improving symptoms, while evening exercise can make restless legs worse. Patients with secondary forms of RLS, lower BMI and less severe cases of the condition may benefit the most from lifestyle changes to manage symptoms.
Also, treatment of underlying issues can also alleviate or reduce some of the symptoms. For instance, iron deficiency anaemia reduces dopamine levels, which can lead to restless legs. Iron supplements may benefit some sufferers – but the evidence is mixed so supplements won’t help everyone.
In terms of medication, research has found that neurological therapies, such as the anticonvulsant Gabapentin – usually prescribed as a treatment for epilepsy – can improve symptoms and overall quality of life for those suffering with restless legs. These therapies target nerve cells in the brain, reducingtheir activity.
Could the bacteria in your mouth predict whether you are at risk of dementia? Emerging research suggests that the bacteria living on your tongue and gums may affect how the brain works and how it changes as we age. In turn, this could affect whether someone ages normally or develops dementia.
Scientists are uncovering surprising connections between the oral microbiome, which is the bustling ecosystem of bacteria in our mouths, and brain health. A new study my colleagues and I conducted suggests that certain bacteria may help memory and thinking skills, while others could be early warning signs of a decline in brain function.
This raises the possibility that diet and treatments that change our oral bacteria could one day play a role in helping to preserve brain health as we age.
For our investigation, we analysed saliva samples from 115 adults over 50 years old. Among these people, 52% had healthy brain function, and the other 48% had early signs of decline in memory and other brain functions.
We examined the bacteria in these samples and showed that people who had large numbers of two groups of bacteria called Neisseria and Haemophilus performed better in brain health tests. In particular, people with these bacteria had better memory, and better ability to pay attention and perform complex tasks.
These people also had higher levels of the ion nitrite in their mouths. Nitrite is made by bacteria when they break down nitrate, which is a natural part of a vegetable-rich diet.
Bacteria can also break down nitrite to produce nitric oxide, which improves circulation, including blood flow to the brain. This suggests that eating lots of nitrate-rich vegetables, such as leafy green spinach and rocket, could boost levels of healthy bacteria and help improve brain health, which might be especially important as people age.
We are now investigating whether nitrate-rich beetroot juice can improve brain function in older adults by hijacking bacteria in the mouth.
On the other hand, a different group of bacteria may be causing more harm than good. Our study found two groups of bacteria that are potentially linked to worse brain health.
One group called Porphyromonas, which is often associated with gum disease, was more common in people with memory problems than people who were healthy.
A second group called Prevotella was linked to low nitrite, which in turn could mean poorer brain health. Prevotella was also more common in people who carry the gene APOE4, which is associated with an increased risk of Alzheimer’s.
These findings suggest that some bacteria might play a detrimental role in changes in brain health as people age. It also raises the question of whether routine tests to measure levels of these bacteria could be used to detect very early signs of declining brain health as part of dental checkups in the future.
Profound implications
The implications of this research are profound. If certain bacteria support brain health while others contribute to decline, then treatments to change the balance of bacteria in the mouth could be part of a solution to prevent dementia.
Encouraging the growth of nitrite-producing bacteria like Neisseria, while reducing Prevotella and Porphyromonas, could help maintain brain function as we age. This could be achieved through dietary changes, probiotics, oral hygiene routines, or even targeted treatments that reshape the microbiome.
While we’re still in the early stages of understanding the intricate links between the mouth bacteria and the brain, our findings provide a strong rationale for further research.
If future studies confirm that the oral microbiome plays a role in maintaining a healthy brain, then by paying closer attention to the bacteria in our mouths we may unlock new possibilities for detecting and potentially delaying dementia.
In the meantime, the best advice is to keep your teeth clean, see the dentist regularly and eat food with lots of nitrate, like leafy green vegetables, to keep feeding the good bacteria in your mouth.
More Nurses: Removing Red Tape for Record Numbers of Nurses Moving to Australia
The Australian government announced on January 27 2025 A record number of nurses are joining the Australian health workforce from overseas, with 16,622 internationally qualified nurses registering to practise here in the past financial year – three times more than the 5,610 nurses that joined in the final year before COVID (2018/19).
Of the 27,810 nurses that registered to practise in Australia from overseas in the past two years, 70 per cent have come via New Zealand under a Trans-Tasman agreement, the government stated.
Sixteen per cent, or 4,476 nurses, have qualifications from a group of comparable countries that includes Canada, Ireland, Singapore, Spain, the United Kingdom and United States of America.
''Starting in March 2025, Australia’s health workforce is set to receive a major boost by ensuring that internationally qualified nurses from these comparable countries are fast-tracked to register and work in Australia, instead of spending months tied up in needless red tape while waiting for their application to be approved.'' the statement reads
''As a result of these changes, assessment and registration will be streamlined, with the time reduced by up to 6-12 months.''
Nurses with relevant qualifications and experience in these comparable countries will no longer need to sit additional examinations or upgrade qualifications in order to gain registration.
The new standard will apply to internationally qualified registered nurses who have practised for at least 1,800 hours since 2017 in comparable countries including Ireland, Singapore, Spain, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, and the Canadian provinces of British Columbia and Ontario.
To ensure that high standards of patient safety and quality of care are maintained, all internationally qualified registered nurses must still meet the same regulatory requirements as Australian-trained nurses when applying for registration.
The new registration process supports implementation of the Kruk Review, which recommended changes to make it simpler, quicker and cheaper for internationally qualified health practitioners to work in Australia.
In the 2024-25 Budget, the Albanese Government allocated $90 million to implement the recommendations of the Kruk Review to grow and support the nation’s health workforce.
This reform represents a collaborative effort between the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia, the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency, and all Australian governments to address unprecedented workforce shortages while maintaining Australia’s rigorous safety and quality standards for healthcare.
A fast-track pathway for general practitioners from New Zealand, the UK and Ireland began in October 2024. Since then, AHPRA has been receiving an average of around 11 applications a week from GPs looking to join the Australian health system. Similar pathways for other specialist medical practitioners will get underway this year.
Health Minister, The Hon. Mark Butler stated:
“For too long highly-educated nurses with experience from countries like the UK, Canada and Ireland are left waiting on red tape approvals before they are able to work in our hospitals, aged care facilities and general practices.
“From March, internationally qualified registered nurses who have practised for at least 1,800 hours in these comparable countries will be fast-tracked, cutting the application time by up to 6-12 months, in some cases.
“Australian patients will ultimately benefit from these changes, since these highly educated nurses can start working and providing care to Australians sooner, without waiting needlessly on red tape.”
Assistant Minister for Health and Aged Care Ged Kearney said:
“As a former nurse, I know all too well that Australia’s healthcare system is powered by the sweat, hearts and expertise of nurses.
“Streamlining the application process for the thousands of highly experienced nurses from comparable countries overseas will go a long way to ensuring Australians can get the best quality care, soonest.
“Combined with the many scholarships, placements and other programs the Australian Government provides to support our home-grown nurses, this will improve the availability of nurses in health settings around the country.”
$18.4 million to support nursing students with clinical placements in aged care
The Australian Government announced on January 30 2025 it is investing $18.4 million to support thousands of nursing students through the Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program.
This funding will support up to 8,000 nursing students to develop practical skills in the care of older people to manage their unique clinical care needs.
The program provides students an opportunity to experience the benefits of working in the care and support sector early in their career with the aim of increasing the supply of skilled and dedicated nurses in aged care.
The program is available to Bachelor of Nursing and Master of Nursing students and is now also open to Diploma of Nursing students, allowing more students to gain practical skills.
Students are supported by trained clinical facilitators and have access to an online resource hub throughout their placement. These dedicated resources enable students to further enhance their skills in gerontological care.
The following organisations are being funded to deliver this program nationally until 30 June 2027:
Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association (APNA)
Pop-Up Health
University of Canberra
Hunter Primary Care
Brightwater Care Group
Aged care clinical placements available to nursing students
February 6, 2025
High-quality clinical placements in the aged care sector are now available to nursing students through the Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program.
The Aged Care Nursing Clinical Placements Program provides nursing students with high-quality clinical placements in aged care.
The program:
enables students to meet their clinical placement requirement
gives students the opportunity to experience working in aged care early in their career.
Trained clinical facilitators provide specialist support to students in the program.
Free online resources and tools are also available for students, workers and providers on the Aged Care Knowledge Hub.
2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.
Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!
A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year.
The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area. The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.
Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.
If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on.
The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.
Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee
Sweeping reform of the electoral laws puts democracy at risk. They shouldn’t be changed on a whim
The Albanese government is trying once more to legislate wide-ranging changes to the way federal elections are administered.
The 200-page Electoral Reform Bill, if passed, would transform the electoral donation rules by imposing donation and spending caps, increasing public funding, and improving transparency.
As noble as it sounds, the bill in its current form would undermine Australian democracy by favouring established parties over independent candidates and other new players.
Donors could give A$20,000 per year, per recipient, to a branch of a party or candidate for electioneering purposes. In practice, that means donors could give no more than $20,000 per year to an independent but could contribute $180,000 to the Labor Party via each of its state and federal branches, or $160,000 to the Liberal Party (which has one less branch than the ALP).
The donation cap would reset annually and after each federal election, allowing a single donor to give $720,000 to the Labor Party in one election cycle or $640,000 to the Liberals, but no more than $20,000 to an independent who declares their candidacy in the year of an election.
Avoiding the American road
There are welcome components in the bill. Faster disclosure and lower donation thresholds would make the system more transparent. Given the large amount of undisclosed funding – “dark money ” – currently propping up political parties, this would be a significant improvement.
But democracy is not cheap.
Last year, the Financial Times reported Donald Trump and Kamala Harris spent a combined US$3.5 billion (A$5.6 billion) on their presidential races. This kind of money helps to sustain an American two-party system largely immune to challengers.
Australian campaigns look nothing like this, but there has been increased interest in the money spent in particular seats in recent years.
Former Labor minister Kim Carr revealed in his recent book Labor spent $1 million to defeat the Greens in the Melbourne electorate of Batman in 2018, while the LNP reportedly spent $600,000 campaigning to retain the affluent electorate of Fadden in 2023.
The bill before Parliament would cap election spending at $800,000 in each lower house seat. But the major parties could promote their generic party brand or a frontbench MP (in a seat other than their own) without affecting their capped spending.
These unfair discrepancies would reward the major parties while kneecapping independents whose first hurdle is to get their name “out there”.
Haunted by billionaires
The government argues its bill limits the influence of “big money” in politics, namely mining boss Clive Palmer, who spent $117 million at the last election.
For the Coalition, it is the community independents and their Climate 200 supporters who represent a kind of money “without precedent in the Australian political system” according to departing MP Paul Fletcher.
Rather than getting big money out of politics, this bill would make the major parties’ own funding pipelines the only money that matters.
The bill recognises “nominated entities” whose payments to associated political parties would not be limited by donation caps. Independents would not have this privilege.
Meanwhile, the long delay before the commencement of the bill in 2026 would give wealthy donors time to get their ducks in order. They could amass their own war chests before the new laws are due to come in to force and then register them as nominated entities at a later date.
Who pays? The taxpayer, of course!
Parties and candidates with more than 4% of the primary vote currently receive public election funding. The Hawke government introduced this measure as a “small insurance” against corruption.
The bill would raise the return to $5 per vote, which would mean an extra $41 million in funding, on top of the $71 million handed over after the 2022 election. Most of this money would go to the major parties.
The windfall would come with no extra guardrails or guidelines about how those funds could be spent. There are no laws to guarantee truth in political advertising at the federal level. Voters may well be paying for more political advertising that lies to them.
Closed consultations
Labor’s current strategy is to seek Coalition support for these changes to the rules of democracy.
Special Minister of State Don Farrell claims to have consulted widely on the design of the bill, but that came as news to independents David Pocock and Kate Chaney when asked about it last week.
The government’s haste and secrecy suggest it wants neither the bill nor its motives closely scrutinised.
Australians care about the quality of their democracy. Polling research by the Australia Institute last November showed four in five Australians expect electoral changes to be reviewed by a multi-party committee.
That’s what is needed for this bill. To do otherwise would threaten the integrity of Australian elections – or invite a High Court challenge that may overturn the entire system if the court rules freedom of political expression is at stake.
Democracy matters. The rules must not be changed on a whim.
History has repeated in the rock category at this week’s 67th Grammy Awards. Best rock performance was awarded to the Beatles for their song Now and Then, while the Rolling Stones took home best rock album for Hackney Diamonds.
The Beatles’ track, finished and released by the fab four’s remaining members with the assistance of artificial intelligence, has been recognised by the Recording Academy 55 years after the band broke up. This comes as their eighth Grammy win and 27th nomination since their 1962 debut.
The Beatles’ long time rivals, the Rolling Stones, have received many accolades over their six decade career, including five Grammys. Their 24th studio album includes cameos from other legacy artists like Elton John and Stevie Wonder.
These victories are historic – but they also reveal a broader truth about rock music’s biggest institutions. The same artists who defined the genre decades ago continue to dominate its highest honours, leaving little space for contemporary acts to break through.
This renewed enthusiasm toward rock has brought newcomers to the genre, including an emergence of new popular talent.
Newer rock talent was present at the Grammys, with St Vincent (who broke out in 2006) winning Best rock song and Fontaines D.C. receiving their first best rock album nomination since their debut in 2014.
Both of these artists have been recognised for breathing new life into the rock genre. With a willingness to confront discomfort and vulnerability coupled with distinctive guitar work and production choices, St. Vincent has been positioned as a trailblazer in modern rock.
Fontaines D.C’s nominated album Romance has been praised by critics for its energetic embrace of a diverse musical palette with compelling lyrics, a sound which has grabbed the attention of those outside and within the rock audience.
But they were up against a nominee pool largely composed of long career legacy acts such as Green Day, Pearl Jam, Jack White and the Black Crowes, who all broke out in the last millennium.
Along with the Beatles’ and the Rolling Stones’ wins, this reflects a trend in rock’s institutional recognition, where industry awards, hall of fame inductions, and media retrospectives continue to reaffirm the same monumental figures – often to the exclusion of artists shaping rock today. This phenomenon is a symptom of the rock canon, otherwise known as “the best of all time”.
The old canon
The rock canon is a set of artists, albums and songs that have been collectively deemed as the genre’s greatest.
This canon was solidified by the late 1960s and 1970s and is sustained predominantly by media outlets and awards organisations like the Grammys. Publications that rank “the best” also help shape the rock canon by repeatedly spotlighting the same classic albums and artists.
To be considered “the best” in rock, artists typically need to meet an (often unwritten) criteria of long-term critical acclaim, commercial success and influence on future generations. Artists like the Beatles and the Rolling Stones meet this criteria, frequently appearing in the top ranks of “best of” lists and maintaining their position at the top of the rock hierarchy.
But the Grammy wins for the Beatles and the Rolling Stones raise concerns about how rigid this canon remains. Artists who enter the rock canon rarely leave it, making it difficult for newcomers to garner the same levels of critical and commercial success. It has also been criticised for its preferential treatment towards whiteness and masculinity.
If the canon represents the highest levels of artistic quality in rock, its inability to change poses concerns for the future of the genre.
Australia has not remained untouched by these issues. While the Grammys are an American institution, the rock canon’s influence extends globally.
Australian institutions such as Triple J’s Hottest 100 of All Time have demonstrated this influence, showing us that the canon plays a role in shaping Australian music culture. Artists like the Beatles, the Rolling Stones and Led Zeppelin often appear on these lists, voted on by Australian listeners. Local audiences overwhelmingly favour a more standard, mainstream canon of older international rock acts over our own Australian talent.
The preference towards artists who have long been in the canon in today’s “best of” lists makes it harder for local artists – particularly those from marginalised backgrounds – to gain widespread recognition.
Crafting a vital genre
The Grammy success of the Beatles and the Rolling Stones reflects both the strength and the stagnation of rock’s institutional gate-keeping.
On one hand, these wins celebrate artists whose influence has endured for generations. On the other, they reveal how difficult it is for new acts to gain recognition when institutions continue looking backward rather than forward.
As rock continues its resurgence, the vitality of the genre may rely on expanding a more inclusive definition of greatness: one that makes room for innovation and diversity, not just nostalgia.
Will future Grammy ceremonies still be awarding the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, or will we finally see rock’s institutions evolve?
The view of Battersea Bridge includes Chelsea Church and the then newly constructed Albert Bridge. The lights of Cremorne Pleasure Gardens twinkle in the distance, while fireworks explode in the pale sky above.
The painting is remarkable for its intense, light blue tonality suggestive of evening, the time of day sometimes known as “the blue hour”. Painting from memory, Whistler thinned his paint with copal (a tree resin), turpentine and linseed oil. This created what he called a “sauce”, which he applied in thin, transparent layers, wiping it away until he was satisfied. He left areas of the dark preparatory layer unpainted to create the illusion of the bridge. Inspired by Japanese woodblock prints, he exaggerated its height.
This article is part of Rethinking the Classics. The stories in this series offer insightful new ways to think about and interpret classic books, films and artworks. This is the canon – with a twist.
All this was lost on the critics, however. The author Oscar Wilde reviewed the exhibition and wrote that the Battersea Bridge Nocturne was “worth looking at for about as long as one looks at a real rocket, that is, for somewhat less than a quarter of a minute”.
A few years earlier Whistler had exhibited another view of the Thames, Nocturne: Blue and Silver – Chelsea (1871), at the Dudley Gallery in London. The critic for The Times summed up Whistler’s intention, observing that the painting was:
So closely akin to music that the colours of the one may and should be used, like the ordered sounds of the other; that painting should not aim at expressing dramatic emotions, depicting incidents of history or recording facts of nature, but should be content with moulding our moods and stirring our imaginations, by subtle combinations of colour.
Whistler’s paintings were first compared to music as early as 1863 when the French critic Paul Manz described his haunting portrait, The White Girl (1872), as a “symphony in white”. Whistler adopted the title retrospectively, creating a series of three aesthetic mood paintings or “symphonies”, featuring young women in flowing white dresses.
Press and public alike were puzzled by the artist’s insistence that his paintings lacked any specific narrative or moral message.
When he witnessed the abstraction of Whistler’s latest Nocturnes at the Grosvenor Gallery, the leading English art critic John Ruskin published a venomous review. “I have seen, and heard much of Cockney impudence before now,” he wrote, “but never expected to hear a coxcomb ask 200 guineas for flinging a pot of paint in the public’s face.”
Whistler’s retort
Whistler sued Ruskin for libel and used the ensuing two-day trial to defend his views on art. He referred to his paintings throughout proceedings in musical terms, as “arrangements”, “symphonies” or “nocturnes”. When asked what the Battersea Bridge painting was intended to represent, he replied:
I did not intend it to be a ‘correct’ portrait of the bridge. It is only a moonlight scene … As to what the picture represents, that depends upon who looks at it. To some persons it may represent all that is intended; to others it may represent nothing.
Whistler won the court case, but was awarded only a farthing in damages, resulting in his bankruptcy. Undaunted, the following year (1878) he published The Red Rag, in which he articulated his aesthetic theory:
Art should be independent of all clap-trap – should stand alone, and appeal to the artistic sense of eye or ear, without confounding this with emotions entirely foreign to it, as devotion, pity, love, patriotism, and the like. All these have no kind of concern with it, and that is why I insist on calling my works “arrangements” and “harmonies”.
Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.
In 1885 he delivered his, now famous, 10 o’clock Lecture. In it reiterated his aesthetic theory. “Nature,” he wrote, “contains the elements, in colour and form, of all pictures, as the keyboard contains the notes of all music”. He urged artists not to copy nature slavishly, as Ruskin had recommended, but to approach it more like a musician, waiting for that moment when:
The evening mist clothes the riverside with poetry, as with a veil, and the poor buildings lose themselves in the dim sky, and the tall chimneys become campanili and the warehouses are palaces in the night, and the whole city hangs in the heavens, and fairy-land is before us.
It is then, he argued, that nature “sings her exquisite song to the artist alone”.
Beyond the canon
As part of the Rethinking the Classics series, we’re asking our experts to recommend a book or artwork that tackles similar themes to the canonical work in question, but isn’t (yet) considered a classic itself. Here is Frances Fowles’ suggestion:
Whistler was not the only artist of this period to view his art as the equivalent of music. His work anticipated symbolism, a literary and artistic movement that rejected naturalistic representation in favour of more abstract concerns, such as the connections between words, colours and musical notes.
Mikalojus Čiurlionis and his 1908 painting, Stellar Sonata.Wiki Commons
The relationship between colour, rhythm and sound was central to the work of French artist Paul Signac (1863-1935), who worked in a pointillist technique (applying dots of colour), and assigned his paintings opus numbers and tempos. The Lithuanian painter and composer Mikalojus Čiurlionis (1875-1911), too, fused music and colour and gave his artworks musical titles.
The Albanese government is trying once more to legislate wide-ranging changes to the way federal elections are administered.
The 200-page Electoral Reform Bill, if passed, would transform the electoral donation rules by imposing donation and spending caps, increasing public funding, and improving transparency.
As noble as it sounds, the bill in its current form would undermine Australian democracy by favouring established parties over independent candidates and other new players.
Donors could give A$20,000 per year, per recipient, to a branch of a party or candidate for electioneering purposes. In practice, that means donors could give no more than $20,000 per year to an independent but could contribute $180,000 to the Labor Party via each of its state and federal branches, or $160,000 to the Liberal Party (which has one less branch than the ALP).
The donation cap would reset annually and after each federal election, allowing a single donor to give $720,000 to the Labor Party in one election cycle or $640,000 to the Liberals, but no more than $20,000 to an independent who declares their candidacy in the year of an election.
Avoiding the American road
There are welcome components in the bill. Faster disclosure and lower donation thresholds would make the system more transparent. Given the large amount of undisclosed funding – “dark money ” – currently propping up political parties, this would be a significant improvement.
But democracy is not cheap.
Last year, the Financial Times reported Donald Trump and Kamala Harris spent a combined US$3.5 billion (A$5.6 billion) on their presidential races. This kind of money helps to sustain an American two-party system largely immune to challengers.
Australian campaigns look nothing like this, but there has been increased interest in the money spent in particular seats in recent years.
Former Labor minister Kim Carr revealed in his recent book Labor spent $1 million to defeat the Greens in the Melbourne electorate of Batman in 2018, while the LNP reportedly spent $600,000 campaigning to retain the affluent electorate of Fadden in 2023.
The bill before Parliament would cap election spending at $800,000 in each lower house seat. But the major parties could promote their generic party brand or a frontbench MP (in a seat other than their own) without affecting their capped spending.
These unfair discrepancies would reward the major parties while kneecapping independents whose first hurdle is to get their name “out there”.
Haunted by billionaires
The government argues its bill limits the influence of “big money” in politics, namely mining boss Clive Palmer, who spent $117 million at the last election.
For the Coalition, it is the community independents and their Climate 200 supporters who represent a kind of money “without precedent in the Australian political system” according to departing MP Paul Fletcher.
Rather than getting big money out of politics, this bill would make the major parties’ own funding pipelines the only money that matters.
The bill recognises “nominated entities” whose payments to associated political parties would not be limited by donation caps. Independents would not have this privilege.
Meanwhile, the long delay before the commencement of the bill in 2026 would give wealthy donors time to get their ducks in order. They could amass their own war chests before the new laws are due to come in to force and then register them as nominated entities at a later date.
Who pays? The taxpayer, of course!
Parties and candidates with more than 4% of the primary vote currently receive public election funding. The Hawke government introduced this measure as a “small insurance” against corruption.
The bill would raise the return to $5 per vote, which would mean an extra $41 million in funding, on top of the $71 million handed over after the 2022 election. Most of this money would go to the major parties.
The windfall would come with no extra guardrails or guidelines about how those funds could be spent. There are no laws to guarantee truth in political advertising at the federal level. Voters may well be paying for more political advertising that lies to them.
Closed consultations
Labor’s current strategy is to seek Coalition support for these changes to the rules of democracy.
Special Minister of State Don Farrell claims to have consulted widely on the design of the bill, but that came as news to independents David Pocock and Kate Chaney when asked about it last week.
The government’s haste and secrecy suggest it wants neither the bill nor its motives closely scrutinised.
Australians care about the quality of their democracy. Polling research by the Australia Institute last November showed four in five Australians expect electoral changes to be reviewed by a multi-party committee.
That’s what is needed for this bill. To do otherwise would threaten the integrity of Australian elections – or invite a High Court challenge that may overturn the entire system if the court rules freedom of political expression is at stake.
Democracy matters. The rules must not be changed on a whim.
The highly pertinent case of a little-known independent candidate in the Victorian seat of Wannon has exposed a gaping hole in Australia’s electoral laws, which allow for misleading political advertisements in the lead-up to an election campaign. It’s all entirely legal and is already being exploited to try to shape the outcome of the coming federal election.
Conservative activist group Advance Australia has widely distributed digitally altered flyers attacking independent Alex Dyson, who is challenging senior frontbencher Dan Tehan.
It’s part of a campaign to damage Dyson’s electoral prospects after he helped slash the Liberal Party’s margin in the seat at the last election to less than 4%.
The material depicts Dyson ripping open his shirt in a “Superman” pose, to reveal a t-shirt bearing the official Greens party logo.
Dyson is not a Greens candidate. So why are the ads permissible? And what does it tell us about the urgent need for truth in political advertising laws to prohibit material that lies to voters?
Why are misleading ads allowed?
Section 329 of the Electoral Act prohibits the publication of material likely to mislead or deceive an elector in casting their vote.
But in a narrow interpretation by the Electoral Commission, the ban only applies after an election has been called by the prime minister.
That means the Wannon ad, and maybe countless others like them from across the political spectrum, could be distributed for months without repercussion.
Advance Australia has form when it comes to misleading material.
At the 2022 election, it displayed placards that falsely depicted independents David Pocock and Zali Steggall as Greens candidates.
In that case, the Electoral Commission ruled that because the corflutes were deployed during the campaign proper, they breached the electoral laws.
It is absurd and dangerous to democracy to have a law that only bans ads that mislead voters in casting their vote during the official election period, and allows them to proliferate unchecked at other times.
It should not be permissible to lie to voters just because of a technicality. In an era of permanent campaigning, voters can be influenced by political messages received well before a campaign officially starts.
Furthermore, there is little justification for allowing political parties to mislead while banning corporations from engaging in misleading and deceptive conduct. If consumers and shareholders are protected from fraudulent and dishonest claims, why not electors, who have the solemn task of deciding who runs the country?
How can the electoral laws be fixed?
There are available remedies to the problem, starting with reforming the Electoral Act. It should be clearly specified that the provision on misleading electors applies to any material calculated to affect the result of an election, regardless of when it is distributed.
Broader truth in political advertising provisions should also be introduced. This would cover a wider range of factually misleading ads beyond the existing narrow ambit of misleading a voter in the casting of their vote.
If the Electoral Commission determines the material is false or misleading to a material extent, it would order a withdrawal and a retraction.
Importantly, the laws would be confined to false or misleading statements of fact. Parties and other political players would still be free to express their opinions. Freedom of speech would not be impeded.
Parliamentary stalemate
The Albanese government has taken tentative steps to fix the problem. Truth in advertising laws introduced to parliament last year would have forced Advance Australia to retract and correct its dishonest flyers in Wannon.
However, the bill was pulled due to a lack of support.
Any doubters on the opposition benches should look to the experience in South Australia and the ACT, which have both enacted truth in advertising laws.
My research has shown these laws operate effectively in both jurisdictions.
What’s at stake
Spreading political lies has the potential to cause harm on multiple fronts.
The first is the damage to the candidate or political party in terms of their reputation and electoral prospects.
The second danger is to the integrity of the electoral process if lies cause people to switch their votes to such an extent that it changes election outcomes.
The spread of disinformation has become prevalent in an era of “fake news” and “alternative facts”, exacerbated by the rise of social media.
In 2024, the World Economic Forum’s Global Risks Report ranked misinformation and disinformation as the most severe risk facing the world over the next two years.
False information can alter elections, affect voting participation, silence minorities, and polarise the electorate. It is time to reform our electoral laws to mitigate the significant dangers to our democratic system.
Galleries and art museums can be intimidating and alienating even for adults. Imagine it from a child’s point of view. Stern security guards in uniforms stationed the doors, bags checked, snacks banned and people hushed. It’s no wonder that kids groan when an excursion to the gallery comes up.
An increasing number of galleries are rethinking their approach, asking what it takes to be welcoming and engaging for the younger generation. Children should be welcomed and visible in gallery spaces. Their experiences now shape the citizens they will become in the future. Viewing art helps develop their identity and creativity, and a more nuanced understanding of the world.
The first step in making change is to recognise that children are current and active cultural citizens who can offer valuable perspectives, ideas and youthful energy. Through thoughtful design and programming, the younger generation is told their presence in the gallery is valued.
Here are some ways galleries are rising to the challenge and making children more welcome – and more valued – in our cultural spaces.
Setting the tone
The entrance to a gallery sets the tone for a young visitor. Are they greeted warmly and made to feel welcome, or does their arrival feel like an intrusion?
Some simple adjustments such as less intimidating bag checks, clear signage, and designated stroller parking create a more welcoming environment. Replacing uniformed security guards with friendly guides and training reception staff to acknowledge and engage with young visitors make a huge difference.
Inciting curiosity and interaction at the front door is another way to invite children into the space. Displaying eye-catching and intriguing sculptural works at the entry or in the foyer builds a sense of anticipation and interest.
The iconic water wall at the National Gallery of Victoria signals to children that there are wonders to touch and explore inside.
Children don’t come alone
Children come to galleries with parents, siblings, schools or community groups. Galleries that consider how these varied age groups move through the space can greatly enhance the overall experience.
Programming designed with the whole family in mind means parents and kids can share cultural experiences. Well designed workshops, interactive exhibits and events appeal to mixed aged groups.
The Art Gallery of New South Wales regularly stages all-ages concerts with popular DJs and live music, building positive associations with the gallery for the whole family.
Incorporating a variety of spaces and experiences extend the duration and frequency of family visits. Some children need low sensory sessions with reduced stimuli to enjoy their visit. Others can use adjacent outdoor spaces and robust sculpture gardens to burn off excess energy, share lunch or even splash in some pink water.
These spaces are designed with kids in mind, engaging the senses and creating participatory ways of experiencing art. The way children encounter the work helps young children learn about the diverse and creative approaches and perspectives of artists in an engaging context.
The interactive experiences and programming mean children can explore their imagination and creativity and form a personal connections with the arts.
What about the older kids? Can they see themselves in the gallery? Teens need to connect, collaborate and to be included in cultural narratives in ways that are relevant to them.
Programs tailored for teens, such as workshops or art-making sessions, move beyond passive observation and encourage self expression and participation.
Installation view of Top Arts 2024 on display at The Ian Potter Centre: NGV Australia from 14 March to 14 July.Photo: Kate Shanasy
Ambitious teen programs, like the out-of-hours teen parties in the National Gallery of Victoria or the youth council at the National Gallery of Australia, empower young people to interact with art and the institution in ways that are meaningful for them.
Exhibiting the best artwork from the year 12 graduating students is another effective way to demonstrate to teens their perspectives and presence matters. Seeing creative work by their age group displayed in a gallery builds confidence and demonstrates to older adults how much the younger generation have to contribute.
Growing lifelong learners
Galleries are unique learning environments, able to engage with and activate the school curriculum and develop essential skills like social and emotional capabilities and creative and critical thinking skills.
New institutions can consider how to meaningfully engage with children in the design phase, but even existing galleries can reconfigure and retrofit their spaces and exhibitions to enable kids to learn.
Neo at the Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide.Photo: Sam Roberts
Specifically designed studios, creative technology, classrooms and presentation areas open the doors to cultural exploration. Positive exposure fosters a sense of stewardship ensuring that future generations value and support the arts.
Intentionally designed spaces and programming ensure that children are not only welcomed but inspired to return – again and again – throughout their lives.
Central Coast program benefits breast cancer patients across NSW
February 4, 2025
Patients who have surgery for breast cancer across NSW are benefiting from an innovative, patient-centred program developed by a team on the Central Coast which is detecting and preventing chronic lymphoedema.
Patients who undergo surgery for breast cancer and have their lymph nodes removed are at heightened risk of developing chronic lymphoedema, a condition which involves painful swelling of the limbs and trunk and requires lifelong treatment.
A team of physiotherapists at Central Coast Local Health District saw an opportunity to prevent or halt the progression of lymphoedema through early detection. The program enrols patients at the time of their cancer diagnosis and provides ongoing monitoring, education, and intervention throughout their cancer treatment and for up to two years after surgery.
Traditionally up to 30 per cent of patients will develop lymphoedema after breast cancer surgery however under this new model of care, CCLHD reduced chronic lymphoedema to less than five per cent of enrolled patients, paving the way for the program to be rolled out across NSW.
The program is available at 32 clinical sites across 13 local health districts in NSW. Since 2021, more than 6,500 patients have been part of the program. Evidence shows it has successfully prevented chronic lymphoedema in more than 700 patients, with only four per cent developing the condition.
As well as delivering life-changing benefits for patients, an economic evaluation of the program showed for every dollar invested in the prevention program, approximately $8 were saved in treatment costs for patients who would otherwise have developed chronic lymphoedema.
The program is funded through the Commonwealth Government's Lymphoedema Garments and Allied Health Therapy Program.
NSW Minister for Regional Health, Ryan Park stated:
“This proactive, early intervention program is a wonderful example of patient-centred care and it's great to see a project so successful at a local level, developed and rolled out and benefiting patients right across NSW.
“This is the first time an early monitoring and lymphoedema prevention program has been implemented on this scale anywhere in the world.
“It's really important on World Cancer Day to recognise this fantastic work, which is having a really positive impact on the lives of people who have been treated for breast cancer."
Minister for the Central Coast, David Harris said:
“This world leading early intervention program highlights the life changing work being done by healthcare professionals on the Central Coast.
“We have already seen how effective this program has been in detection and prevention, with statistics showing the number of patients developing chronic lymphoedema has reduced.
“This World Cancer Day it is important that we recognise the important work that is having a direct impact in our community."
Federal Assistant Minister for Rural and Regional Health, Emma McBride, stated:
“The Albanese Labor Government's Lymphoedema Garments and Allied Health Therapy Program is empowering this life-saving work in our community.
“A cancer diagnosis can be one of the most difficult times in a person's life.
“Earlier intervention better supports patients to properly understand their diagnosis and prepare for their journey ahead.
“I'm pleased this program is delivering better outcomes for patients on the Central Coast."
Federal Member for Robertson, Dr Gordon Reid MP stated:
“It is fantastic to see world leading intervention programs taking place right here on the Central Coast and then being rolled out across NSW.
“Our local health professionals are outstanding and I commend them on their work developing this program.
“I look forward to this program continuing to support patients across the Central Coast."
Central Coast Local Health District Senior Physiotherapist and Lymphoedema Practitioner, Courtney Clapham said:
“In the past, many patients had no knowledge of lymphoedema until they were told they had it.
“Our patients are supported and well-informed, with the program giving them the chance to take some control of their cancer journey and health outcomes going forward.
“I'm so proud that the program has not only improved outcomes for our patients here on the Central Coast, but across NSW."
Central Coast Local Health District patient Christine Walker said:
“Learning you have a cancer diagnosis is an anxiety-fuelled time, so when I learnt that I was at risk of developing lymphoedema after my surgery, I was extremely worried.
“I had an amazing experience with the early intervention program. My treatment is personalised, I have regular check ins and I have exercises to do at home. I believe the more information you have, the better, it means that I know what's next and how to deal with it. For me, the program has been very reassuring."
ACCC sweep uncovers concerning online shopping return policies and terms and conditions
February 4, 2025
The ACCC has conducted a sweep of more than two thousand Australian retail websites and has found some businesses using terms and conditions that may contravene the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).
As part of this sweep, business’ return policies and website terms and conditions were reviewed, some of which raised concerns as being potentially misleading for consumers.
“Our sweep has found numerous examples of practices that could potentially mislead or deceive consumers regarding their rights to exchange, refund or return a product,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.
“Under the Australian Consumer Law consumers have basic rights when buying products and services, known as consumer guarantees. These rights are separate from any warranties offered by a business and cannot be taken away by anything a business says or does.”
The sweep identified several potentially misleading statements in the terms and conditions of a number of the websites reviewed, including:
imposing time-limits for returning a faulty product;
imposing blanket ‘no refund’ conditions on sales or specialised items;
referring to manufacturer warranties as the only avenue for consumers to claim remedies for faulty goods, and;
placing restrictions on consumers’ right to a remedy, including stating that delivery fees paid for faulty items were non-refundable and charging restocking fees if customers returned faulty items.
Problematic statements found during the sweep included:
“Items that have been opened and used cannot be exchanged or refunded”;
“Made to order products cannot be returned”;
“Sale items cannot be returned, exchanged or refunded” and;
“In the unlikely event that your item arrives damaged or faulty, please notify the store within 30 days of delivery to receive a replacement”.
As a result of the sweep’s findings, the ACCC sent warning letters to several businesses whose returns policies or terms and conditions raised concerns under the ACL.
“Our action led to the majority of businesses changing or removing concerning statements from their websites and improving consumer guarantee messages to consumers,” Ms Lowe said.
“While we did identify some concerning practices during this sweep, we were pleased to find that many websites had information that advised consumers of their consumer guarantee rights under the Australian Consumer Law.”
Under the ACL, businesses should not be making statements, written or verbally, to the following effect about faulty products:
No refunds are permitted under any circumstances;
No refunds are provided for sale or specialised items;
To be eligible for a refund, the consumer has a limited timeframe, from receipt of the good, to return the product;
Returns will be subject to a processing, restocking or repair fee;
No refunds are provided for opened or used items under any circumstances;
Delivery fees are non-refundable;
Customers must pay for delivery for returned items.
“The ACCC is committed to improving business compliance with consumer guarantees and will continue to actively monitor this area, and where appropriate, take enforcement action,” Ms Lowe said.
“We encourage all businesses to review their return policies and terms and conditions to ensure they comply with the law.”
Consumers should report any potentially misleading or deceiving statements to the ACCC: Report a consumer issue
Around 3% of us will develop a brain aneurysm in our lives. So what is it and how do you treat it?
Australian radio host Kyle Sandilands announced on air yesterday that he has a brain aneurysm and needs urgent brain surgery.
Typically an aneurysm occurs when a part of the wall of an artery (a type of blood vessel) becomes stretched and bulges out.
You can get an aneurysm in any blood vessel, but they are most common in the brain’s arteries and the aorta, the large artery that leaves the heart.
Many people can have a brain aneurysm and never know. But a brain (or aortic) aneurysm that ruptures and bursts can be fatal.
So, what causes a brain aneurysm? And what’s the risk of rupture?
Weakness in the artery wall
Our arteries need strong walls because blood is constantly pumped through them and pushed against the walls.
An aneurysm can develop if there is a weak part of an artery wall.
The walls of arteries are made of three layers: an inner lining of cells, a middle layer of muscle and elastic fibres, and a tough outer layer of mostly collagen (a type of protein). Damage to any of these layers causes the wall to become thin and stretched. It can then balloon outward, leading to an aneurysm.
For all of us, our artery walls become weaker as we age, and brain aneurysms are more common as we get older. The average age for a brain aneurysm to be detected is 50 (Sandilands is 53).
Females have a higher risk of brain aneurysm than males after about age 50. Declining oestrogen around menopause reduces the collagen in the artery wall, causing it to become weaker.
A brain aneurysm occurs when a part of the wall of an artery balloons out.Alfmaler/Shutterstock
High blood pressure can increase the risk of a brain aneurysm. In someone with high blood pressure, blood inside the arteries is pushed against the walls with greater force. This can stretch and weaken the artery walls.
Another common condition called atherosclerosis can also cause brain aneurysms. In atherosclerosis, plaques made mostly of fat build up in arteries and stick to the artery walls. This directly damages the cell lining, and weakens the muscle and elastic fibres in the middle layer of the artery wall.
Several lifestyle factors increase risk
Anything that increases inflammation or causes atherosclerosis or high blood pressure in turn increases your risk of a brain aneurysm.
A study of more than 60,000 people found smoking and high blood pressure were the strongest risk factors for a brain aneurysm.
Is it always a medical emergency?
About three in 100 people will have a brain aneurysm, varying in size from less than 5mm to more than 25mm in diameter. The majority are only discovered while undergoing imaging for something else (for example, head trauma), because small aneurysms may not cause any symptoms.
Sandilands described “a lot of headache problems” leading up to his diagnosis. Headaches can be due to minor leaks of blood from the aneurysm. They indicate a risk of the aneurysm rupturing in subsequent days or weeks.
If it does occur, rupture of a brain aneurysm is life-threatening: nearly one in four people will die within 24 hours, and one in two within three months.
If someone’s brain aneurysm ruptures, they usually experience a sudden, severe headache, often described as a “thunderclap headache”. They may also have other symptoms of a stroke such as changes in vision, loss of movement, nausea, vomiting and loss of consciousness.
Whether surgery will be used to treat a brain aneurysm depends on its size and location, as well as the age and health of the patient. The medical team will balance the potential benefits with the risks of the surgery.
A small aneurysm with low risk of rupture will usually just be monitored.
However, once a brain aneurysm reaches 7mm or more, surgery is generally needed.
In surgery to repair a brain aneurysm, the surgeon will temporarily remove a small part of the skull, then cut through the coverings of the brain to place a tiny metal clip to close off the bulging part of the aneurysm.
Another option is endovascular (meaning within the vessel) coiling. A surgeon can pass a catheter into the femoral artery in the thigh, through the aorta to the brain. They can then place a coil inside the aneurysm which forms a clot to close off the aneurysm sac.
After either surgery, usually the person will stay in hospital for up to a week. It can take 6–8 weeks for full recovery, though doctors may continue monitoring with annual imaging tests for a few years afterwards.
You can lower your risk of a brain aneurysm by not smoking, moderating alcohol intake, eating a healthy diet, exercising regularly and maintaining a healthy weight.
You wake up exhausted from yet another hot night of tossing and turning, with very little sleep.
So you might be tempted to buy a “cooling blanket” after reading rave reviews on social media. Or you might have read online articles with taglines such as:
Stop waking up in a puddle of sweat with our roundup of the best cooling blankets – including a top-rated option from Amazon that ‘actually works’.
But what are cooling blankets? And can they help you get a restful night?
We know a cooler bedroom is best
First, let’s look at why a cooler environment helps us sleep better at night.
Our body’s internal temperature has a circadian rhythm, meaning it fluctuates throughout the day. A couple of hours before bed, it drops about 0.31°C to help you fall asleep. It will drop about another 2°C across the night to help you stay asleep.
During sleep, your internal temperature and skin work together to achieve a balance between losing and producing heat. Your skin has sensors that pick-up changes in the environment around you. If it gets too warm, these sensors let your body know, which may cause you to kick-off blankets or bed clothes and wake more often leading to poorer sleep quality.
Sleep quality is an important component of sleep health ensuring you get the physical, mental and emotional benefits that come from a good night’s sleep.
The ideal temperature for sleep varies depending on the season and type of bedding you have but falls between 17°C and 28°C. Keeping your sleeping environment within this range will help you to get the best night’s rest.
So what are cooling blankets?
Cooling blankets are designed to help regulate your body temperature while you sleep.
Different technologies and materials are used in their design and construction.
We’re not talking about hospital-grade cooling blankets that are used to reduce fever and prevent injury to the nervous system. These use gel pads with circulating water, or air-cooling systems, connected to automatic thermostats to monitor someone’s temperature.
Instead, the type of consumer-grade cooling blankets you might see advertised use a blend of lightweight, breathable materials that draw moisture away from the skin to help you stay cool and dry through the night. They look like regular blankets.
Common materials include cotton, bamboo, silk or the fibre Lyocell, all of which absorb moisture.
Manufacturers typically use a thread count of 300-500, creating air pockets that enhance airflow and moisture evaporation.
Some blankets feature a Q-Max rating, which indicates how cool the fabric feels against your skin. The higher the value, the cooler the fabric feels.
Others feature phase change materials. These materials were developed by NASA for space suits to keep astronauts comfortable during a spacewalk where temperatures are from roughly -157°C to 121°C. Phase change materials in cooling blankets absorb and hold heat producing a cooling effect.
If you believe online reviews, yes, cooling blankets can cool you down and help you sleep better in warmer weather or if you get too hot using normal sheets and blankets.
However, there is little scientific research to see if these consumer-grade products work.
In a 2021 study exploring sleep quality, 20 participants slept for three nights under two different conditions.
First, they slept with regular bed sheets in an air-conditioned room with the temperature set to their preference. Then, they used cooling bed sheets in an air-conditioned room where the temperature was set 3°C higher than their preference.
Participants reported good sleep quality in both conditions but preferred the warmer room with its cooling sheets.
This may suggest the use of cooling bedding may help provide a more comfortable night’s sleep.
But everyone’s cooling needs varies depending on things like age, health, body temperature, the space you sleep in, and personal preferences.
So while these products may work for some people who may be motivated to leave a good review, they may not necessarily work for you.
Are they worth it?
There’s a wide variety of cooling blankets available at different prices to suit various budgets. Positive customer reviews might encourage a purchase, especially for individuals experiencing disrupted sleep at night due to heat.
Yet, these cooling blankets have limited scientific research to show they work and to say if they’re worth it. So it’s up to you.
If a cooling blanket isn’t for you, there are other things you can do to stay cool at night, such as:
using air conditioning or a fan
placing a damp towel under or over you
wearing lightweight or minimal sleepwear and avoiding thick or synthetic fabrics, such as nylon, that can trap heat
if you usually share a bed, on hot nights, consider sleeping by yourself to avoid excess body heat from your partner.
On a final note, if you often struggle with hot, disturbed sleep, you can check in with your health-care provider. They can see if there is a medical explanation for your disturbed sleep and advise what to try next.
Have you ever wondered how Australia’s many Indigenous languages relate to one another and how far back the connections go?
The Australian continent has been settled by Indigenous people for at least 50,000 years, but just how old are the languages spoken today and where did they originate? Our research provides some answers to these questions – and the answers throw up new and interesting puzzles.
There is a long-standing proposal that all the Indigenous languages of continental Australia come from one language, called Proto-Australian. This hypothesis is based on observations, going back to the 19th century, that many Indigenous languages show similarities in grammar and vocabulary.
However, without proper testing, it is not possible to know whether these similarities are best explained as inheritances from a single ancestor language or in some other way, such as borrowing, which would not require a single ancestor language.
Our recent research – the first evaluation of the Proto-Australian hypothesis – shows it is supported. Proto-Australian was most likely spoken about 6,000 years ago in the Top End of the Northern Territory. When it spread across mainland Australia it displaced all the other languages spoken before.
One big question is how this spread took place. Language spread is usually associated with population movements or economic and technological change. But there is no clear evidence for population movement or economic and technological change in the past 10,000 years.
This suggests we need to develop new models of how language spreads, and of Australian prehistory.
Language families
Relationships between languages are established by finding similar or shared words. Languages that share similar forms are members of a language family; languages that do not share those forms are not part of that family.
Language families can be grouped into hierarchies of mother and daughter language families. Within Australia, Proto-Pama-Nyungan (PPN), one of the daughter families of Proto-Australian is much more widespread than the others. It occupies 90% of the continent, the lighter area on Map 1.
The other daughter languages of Proto-Australian are called Non-Pama-Nyungan (NPN). Some of these form small families. Others, with no close relatives, are isolates, the white areas on Map 2.
The area with the most isolates has the greatest diversity. Within Australia, that area is the Top End. As a general principle, the area with the greatest diversity is the most likely homeland for a proto-language. Therefore, the Top End is the most likely homeland for Proto-Australian.
Though there is considerable diversity, we find similar words across both Proto-Pama-Nyungan and Non-Pama-Nyungan. In Proto-Pama-Nyungan, for example, the word for hand is marla. In Non-Pama-Nyungan languages, we find several variations:
Amurdak: mara
Bardi: marla
Gajirrabeng: marla
Ganggalida: marl
Gija: marla
Gooniyandi: marla
Kayardild: marl
Lardil: marl
Ngandi: mar
Nyulnyul: marl
Yawuru: marla
Finding similarities does not provide exact timelines for when the proto-language was spoken as a single language, but there are no reliable examples dating back more than 10,000 years.
Diversification is an inherent feature of language. With sufficient time all similarities will be lost. Given that the continent has been continuously occupied for at least 50,000 years, the prediction is that there would be many unrelated languages across Australia.
This prediction is borne out in two critical cases: Tasmania, which separated from the mainland 14,000 years ago, and the Tiwi Islands, which separated 6,000 years ago, thereby preventing language spread to either of these islands after these dates.
Neither the Tasmanian nor Tiwi languages are related to the mainland languages. This accords with the prediction from standard rates of language diversification that similarities should be lost.
Standard rates of diversification predict there should be many unrelated languages on the mainland. But this is not the case. This means that Proto-Australian must have spread continent-wide after the separation of the Tiwi Islands.
A big question
Why and how one language spread with such a success is a big question. Accompanying language spread, there would usually be evidence of social change. This social change might be population increase or movement; it might be economic or technological change. But there is no direct evidence for this.
Hypotheses about population movements can be evaluated against genetic studies, while hypotheses about population increase or economic and technological change can be evaluated against the archaeological record.
There is considerable variation in the genetics literature, but no suggestion of significant changes in the last 10,000 years.
One theory is that there was a single founding population, which differentiated between 33,000 and 10,000 years ago, with gene flow from the north-east to much of the rest of the continent during the last 10,000 years.
Another theory proposes a founding group at 50,000 years ago, which spread rapidly to all coastal areas by 45,000 years ago. This rapid spread was followed by ongoing in-situ diversification, with no evidence for significant population movements.
Yet another theory proposes divergence 26,000-35,000 years ago, with little evidence of migration.
There are also differing interpretations of the archaeological record. Variation in climate may have had effects on population levels, with significant increases during the last 10,000 years. But while the evidence supports significant fluctuations in land use over the last 10,000 years in various regions, it has also been argued that the evidence does not generally support either synchronised continent-wide fluctuations or unidirectional change.
The one example of a continent-wide change that offered an economic advantage was the introduction of the dingo 4,000-8,000 years ago. But it is very unlikely that one economic change would lead to continent-wide language replacement. Further, dingoes are native to the Tiwi Islands, suggesting that the spread of the dingo does not correlate with the spread of Proto-Australian.
A final puzzle is that language spread does not automatically lead to a total eclipse of pre-existing languages. In Europe, where Indo-European languages spread through trade and military might, some languages from before that time are still around – Basque and Sámi, for example. There are also traces of older languages in words and place names.
But in mainland Australia, there are only languages that are daughter languages of Proto-Australian. That is quite unusual. Therefore, we have a good question, but no good answers, which means our models need revision.
Western diets – high in processed foods and low in fibre – are associated with obesity, diabetes and heart disease. These diets don’t only harm our bodies, they also harm our gut microbiomes, the complex community of bacteria, fungi and viruses found in our intestinal tract that are important for our health.
Scientists, including my colleagues and me, are actively searching for ways to create healthy microbiomes to prevent chronic diseases. And my search has taken me to Papua New Guinea.
I have long been fascinated by this country, with its remote valleys almost untouched by the modern world until 1930, more than 800 languages, an ancient system of sustenance agriculture and entire communities living a non-industrialised lifestyle. This fascination kicked off a thrilling nine-year research project involving researchers from eight countries, which led to a paper published in the scientific journal Cell.
In previous research, my team studied the gut microbiomes of rural Papua New Guineans. We discovered microbiomes that are more diverse than their westernised counterparts, enriched in bacteria that thrive on dietary fibre, and with lower levels of inflammation-causing bacteria that are typically found in people who eat highly processed foods.
This information provided hints on how to perhaps redress the damage caused to our gut microbiomes.
The traditional diet in rural Papua New Guinea is rich in unprocessed plant-based foods that are full of fibre but low in sugar and calories, something I was able to see for myself on a field trip to Papua New Guinea. Determined to create something everyone could use to benefit their health, our team took what we saw in Papua New Guinea and other non-industrialised societies to create a new diet we call the NiMe (non-industrialised microbiome restore) diet.
What sets NiMe apart from other diets is that it is dominated by vegetables (such as leafy greens) and legumes (such as beans) and fruit. It only contains one small serving of animal protein per day (salmon, chicken or pork), and it avoids highly processed foods.
Dairy, beef and wheat were excluded from the human trial because they are not part of the traditional diet in rural Papua New Guinea. The other characteristic distinction of the diet is a substantial dietary fibre content. In our trial, we went for around 45g of fibre a day, which exceeds the recommendations in dietary guidelines.
One of my PhD students got creative in the kitchen designing recipes that would appeal to a person used to typical western dishes. These meals allowed us to develop a meal plan that could be tested in a strictly controlled study in healthy Canadian adults.
Remarkable results
We saw remarkable results including weight loss (although participants didn’t change their regular calorie intake), a drop in bad cholesterol by 17%, decreased blood sugar by 6%, and a 14% reduction in a marker for inflammation and heart disease called C-reactive protein. These benefits were directly linked to improvements in the participants’ gut microbiome, specifically, microbiome features damaged by industrialisation.
On a western diet low in dietary fibre, the gut microbiome degrades the mucus layer in the gut, which leads to inflammation. The NiMe diet prevented this process, which was linked to a reduction in inflammation.
The diet also increased beneficial bacterial metabolites (byproducts) in the gut, such as short-chain fatty acids, and in the blood, such as indole-3-propionic acid – a metabolite that has been shown to protect against type 2 diabetes and nerve damage.
Research also shows that low dietary fibre leads to gut microbes ramping up protein fermentation, which generates harmful byproducts that may contribute to colon cancer.
In fact, there is a worrying trend of increased colon cancer in younger people, which may be caused by recent trends towards high-protein diets or supplements. The NiMe diet increased carbohydrate fermentation at the expense of protein fermentation, and it reduced bacterial molecules in the participants’ blood that are linked to cancer.
The findings from our research show that a dietary intervention targeted towards restoring the gut microbiome can improve health and reduce disease risk. The NiMe diet offers a practical roadmap to achieve this, by providing recipes that were used in our study. It allows anyone interested in healthy eating to improve their diet to feed their human cells and their microbiome.
This week the World Health Organization (WHO) released new guidelines recommending people switch the regular salt they use at home for substitutes containing less sodium.
But what exactly are these salt alternatives? And why is the WHO recommending this? Let’s take a look.
A new solution to an old problem
Advice to eat less salt (sodium chloride) is not new. It has been part of international and Australian guidelines for decades. This is because evidence clearly shows the sodium in salt can harm our health when we eat too much of it.
Excess sodium increases the risk of high blood pressure, which affects millions of Australians (around one in three adults). High blood pressure (hypertension) in turn increases the risk of heart disease, stroke and kidney disease, among other conditions.
The WHO estimates 1.9 million deaths globally each year can be attributed to eating too much salt.
The WHO recommends consuming no more than 2g of sodium daily. However people eat on average more than double this, around 4.3g a day.
In 2013, WHO member states committed to reducing population sodium intake by 30% by 2025. But cutting salt intake has proved very hard. Most countries, including Australia, will not meet the WHO’s goal for reducing sodium intake by 2025. The WHO has since set the same target for 2030.
The difficulty is that eating less salt means accepting a less salty taste. It also requires changes to established ways of preparing food. This has proved too much to ask of people making food at home, and too much for the food industry.
The main lower-sodium salt substitute is called potassium-enriched salt. This is salt where some of the sodium chloride has been replaced with potassium chloride.
Potassium is an essential mineral, playing a key role in all the body’s functions. The high potassium content of fresh fruit and vegetables is one of the main reasons they’re so good for you. While people are eating more sodium than they should, many don’t get enough potassium.
The WHO recommends a daily potassium intake of 3.5g, but on the whole, people in most countries consume significantly less than this.
Potassium-enriched salt benefits our health by cutting the amount of sodium we consume, and increasing the amount of potassium in our diets. Both help to lower blood pressure.
Switching regular salt for potassium-enriched salt has been shown to reduce the risk of heart disease, stroke and premature death in large trials around the world.
Modelling studies have projected that population-wide switches to potassium-enriched salt use would prevent hundreds of thousands of deaths from cardiovascular disease (such as heart attack and stroke) each year in China and India alone.
The key advantage of switching rather than cutting salt intake is that potassium-enriched salt can be used as a direct one-for-one swap for regular salt. It looks the same, works for seasoning and in recipes, and most people don’t notice any important difference in taste.
In the largest trial of potassium-enriched salt to date, more than 90% of people were still using the product after five years.
If fully implemented, this could be one of the most consequential pieces of advice the WHO has ever provided.
Millions of strokes and heart attacks could be prevented worldwide each year with a simple switch to the way we prepare foods. But there are some obstacles to overcome before we get to this point.
First, it will be important to balance the benefits and the risks. For example, people with advanced kidney disease don’t handle potassium well and so these products are not suitable for them. This is only a small proportion of the population, but we need to ensure potassium-enriched salt products are labelled with appropriate warnings.
A key challenge will be making potassium-enriched salt more affordable and accessible. Potassium chloride is more expensive to produce than sodium chloride, and at present, potassium-enriched salt is mostly sold as a niche health product at a premium price.
If you’re looking for it, salt substitutes may also be called low-sodium salt, potassium salt, heart salt, mineral salt, or sodium-reduced salt.
A review published in 2021 found low sodium salts were marketed in only 47 countries, mostly high-income ones. Prices ranged from the same as regular salt to almost 15 times higher.
An expanded supply chain that produces much more food-grade potassium chloride will be needed to enable wider availability of the product. And we’ll need to see potassium-enriched salt on the shelves next to regular salt so it’s easy for people to find.
In countries like Australia, about 80% of the salt we eat comes from processed foods. The WHO guideline falls short by not explicitly prioritising a switch for the salt used in food manufacturing.
Stakeholders working with government to encourage food industry uptake will be essential for maximising the health benefits.
Mastercard has announced plans to remove the 16-digit number from their credit and debit cards by 2030 in a move designed to stamp out identity theft and fraudulent use of cards.
In 2022, Mastercard added biometric options enabling payments to be made with a smile or wave of the hand.
Tokenisation converts the 16-digit card number into a different number – or token – stored on your device, so card information is never shared when you tap your card or phone or make payments online.
The first rollout of these numberless cards will be through a partnership with AMP Bank, but it is expected other banks will follow in the coming 12 months.
Why card security is important
There is nothing quite like the sinking feeling after receiving a call or text from your bank asking about the legitimacy of a card transaction.
In 2023-2024 the total value of card fraud in Australia was A$868 million, up from $677.5 million the previous financial year.
Credit card numbers and payment details are often exposed in major data breaches affecting large and small businesses.
The cost of credit card fraud in Australia rose by almost $200 million last financial year.CC7/Shutterstock
Late last year, the US Federal Trade Commission took action against the Marriott and Starwood Hotels for lax data security. More than 300 million customers worldwide were affected.
Event ticketing company Ticketmaster was also hacked last year. The details of several hundred million customers, including names, addresses, credit card numbers, phone numbers and payment details were illegally accessed.
So-called “card-not-present fraud”, where an offender processes an unauthorised transaction without having the card in their physical possession, accounts for 92% of all card fraud in Australia. This rose 29% in the last financial year.
The Card Verification Value (CVV) (or three-digit number on the back of a credit card) aimed to ensure the person making the transaction had the physical card in their hands. But it is clearly ineffective.
Benefits of removing credit card numbers
Removing the credit card number is the latest attempt to curb fraud. Removing numbers stops fraudsters processing unauthorised card-not-present transactions.
It also reduces the potential for financial damage of victims exposed in data breaches, if organisations are no longer able to store these payment details.
Companies will no longer be able to store card data, reducing the risk of data breaches.ESBProfessional/Shutterstock
The storage of personal information is a contested issue. For example, the 2022 Optus data breach exposed information from customers who had previously held accounts with the telco back in 2018.
Removing the ability of organisations to store payment details in the first place, removes the risk of this information being exposed in any future attack.
While any efforts to reduce fraud are welcome, this new approach raises some new issues to consider.
Potential problems with the new system
Mastercard has said customers will use tokens generated by the customer’s banking app or biometric authentication instead of card numbers.
This is likely to be an easy transition for customers who use mobile banking.
However, the use of digital banking is not universal. Many senior consumers and those with a disability don’t use digital banking services. They would be excluded from the new protections.
While strengthening the security attached to credit cards, removing numbers shifts the vulnerability to mobile phones and telecommunication providers.
Offenders already access victims’ phones through mobile porting and impersonation scams. These attacks are likely to escalate as new ways to exploit potential vulnerabilities are found.
There are also concerns about biometrics. Unlike credit card details, which can be replaced when exposed in a data breach, biometrics are fixed. Shifting a focus to biometrics will increase the attractiveness of this data, and potentially opens victims up to ongoing, irreversible damage.
While not as common, breaches of biometric data do occur.
For example, web-based security platform BioStar 2 in the UK exposed the fingerprints and facial recognition details of over one million people. Closer to home, IT provider to entertainment companies Outabox is alleged to have exposed facial recognition data of more than one million Australians.
Will we really need cards in the future?
While removing the numbers may reduce credit card fraud, emerging smart retail technologies may remove the need for cards all together.
Smartphone payments are already becoming the norm, removing the need for physical cards. GlobalData revealed a 58% growth in mobile wallet payments in Australia in 2023, to $146.9 billion. In October 2024, 44% of payments were “device-present” transactions.
Amazon’s innovative “Just-Walk-Out” technology has also removed the need for consumers to bring a physical credit or debit card all together.
Amazon Go and the world’s most advanced shopping technology.
This technology is available at more than 70 Amazon-owned stores, and at more than 85 third-party locations across the US, UK, and Australia. These include sports stadiums, airports, grocery stores, convenience stores and college campuses.
The technology uses cameras, weight sensors and a combination of advanced AI technologies to enable shoppers in physical stores make purchases without having to swipe or tap their cards at the checkout line.
Such technology is now being offered by a variety of other vendors including Trigo, Cognizant and Grabango. It is also being trialled across other international retailers, including supermarket chains Tesco and ALDI.
While Just-Walk-Out removes the need to carry a physical card, at some point consumers still need to enter their cards details into an app. So, to avoid cards and numbers completely, smart retail tech providers are moving to biometric alternatives, like facial recognition payments.
Considering the speed at which smart retail and payment technology is entering the marketplace, it is likely physical credit cards, numberless or not, will soon become redundant, replaced by biometric payment options.
Around 350 million people globally use dating apps, and they amass an estimated annual revenue of more than US$5 billion. In Australia, 49% of adults report using at least one online dating app or website, with a further 27% having done so in the past.
But while dating apps have helped many people find romantic partners, they’re not all good news.
In a recent review, my colleagues and I found using dating apps may be linked to poorer body image, mental health and wellbeing.
We collated the evidence
Our study was a systematic review, where we collated the results of 45 studies that looked at dating app use and how this was linked to body image, mental health or wellbeing.
Body image refers to the perceptions or feelings a person has towards their own appearance, often relating to body size, shape and attractiveness.
Most of the studies we included were published in 2020 onwards. The majority were carried out in Western countries (such as the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia). Just under half of studies included participants of all genders. Interestingly, 44% of studies observed men exclusively, while only 7% included just women.
Of the 45 studies, 29 looked at the impact of dating apps on mental health and wellbeing and 22 considered the impact on body image (some looked at both). Some studies examined differences between users and non-users of dating apps, while others looked at whether intensity of dating app use (how often they’re used, how many apps are used, and so on) makes a difference.
More than 85% of studies (19 of 22) looking at body image found significant negative relationships between dating app use and body image. Just under half of studies (14 of 29) observed negative relationships with mental health and wellbeing.
The studies noted links with problems including body dissatisfaction, disordered eating, depression, anxiety and low self-esteem.
It’s important to note our research has a few limitations. For example, almost all studies included in the review were cross-sectional – studies that analyse data at a particular point in time.
This means researchers were unable to discern whether dating apps actually cause body image, mental health and wellbeing concerns over time, or whether there is simply a correlation. They can’t rule out that in some cases the relationship may go the other way, meaning poor mental health or body image increases a person’s likelihood of using dating apps.
Also, the studies included in the review were mostly conducted in Western regions with predominantly white participants, limiting our ability to generalise the findings to all populations.
Why are dating apps linked to poor body image and mental health?
Despite these limitations, there are plausible reasons to expect there may be a link between dating apps and poorer body image, mental health and wellbeing.
Like a lot of social media, dating apps are overwhelmingly image-centric, meaning they have an emphasis on pictures or videos. Dating app users are initially exposed primarily to photos when browsing, with information such as interests or hobbies accessible only after manually clicking through to profiles.
Because of this, users often evaluate profiles based primarily on the photos attached. Even when a user does click through to another person’s profile, whether or not they “like” someone may still often be determined primarily on the basis of physical appearance.
This emphasis on visual content on dating apps can, in turn, cause users to view their appearance as more important than who they are as a person. This process is called self-objectification.
People who experience self-objectification are more likely to scrutinise their appearance, potentially leading to body dissatisfaction, body shame, or other issues pertaining to body image.
There could be several reasons why mental health and wellbeing may be impacted by dating apps, many of which may centre around rejection.
Rejection can come in many forms on dating apps. It can be implied, such as having a lack of matches, or it can be explicit, such as discrimination or abuse. Users who encounter rejection frequently on dating apps may be more likely to experience poorer self-esteem, depressive symptoms or anxiety.
And if rejection is perceived to be based on appearance, this could lead again to body image concerns.
What’s more, the convenience and game-like nature of dating apps may lead people who could benefit from taking a break to keep swiping.
What can app developers do? What can you do?
Developers of dating apps should be seeking ways to protect users against these possible harms. This could, for example, include reducing the prominence of photos on user profiles, and increasing the moderation of discrimination and abuse on their platforms.
The Australian government has developed a code of conduct – to be enforced from April 1 this year – to help moderate and reduce discrimination and abuse on online dating platforms. This is a positive step.
Despite the possible negatives, research has also found dating apps can help build confidence and help users meet new people.
If you use dating apps, my colleagues and I recommend choosing profile images you feel display your personality or interests, or photos with friends, rather than semi-clothed images and selfies. Engage in positive conversations with other users, and block and report anyone who is abusive or discriminatory.
It’s also sensible to take breaks from the apps, particularly if you’re feeling overwhelmed or dejected.
If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14. The Butterfly Foundation provides support for eating disorders and body image issues, and can be reached on 1800 334 673.
Many people looking to improve their health try to boost fibre intake by eating more vegetables.
But while all veggies offer health benefits, not all are particularly high in fibre. You can eat loads of salads and vegetables and still fall short of your recommended daily fibre intake.
So, which vegetables pack the biggest fibre punch? Here’s what you need to know.
What is fibre and how much am I supposed to be getting?
Fibre, or dietary fibre, refers to the parts of plant foods that our bodies cannot digest or absorb.
It passes mostly unchanged through our stomach and intestines, then gets removed from the body through our stool.
There are two types of fibre which have different functions and health benefits: soluble and insoluble.
Soluble fibre dissolves in water and can help lower blood cholesterol levels. Food sources include fruit, vegetables and legumes.
Insoluble fibre adds bulk to the stool which helps move food through the bowels. Food sources include nuts, seeds and wholegrains.
Both types are beneficial.
Australia’s healthy eating guidelines recommend women consume 25 grams of fibre a day and men consume 30 grams a day.
However, research shows most people do not eat enough fibre. Most adults get about 21 grams a day.
4 big reasons to increase fibre
Boosting fibre intake is a manageable and effective way to improve your overall health.
Making small changes to eat more fibrous vegetables can lead to:
1. Better digestion
Fibre helps maintain regular bowel movements and can alleviate constipation.
2. Better heart health
Increasing soluble fibre (by eating foods such as fruit and vegetables) can help lower cholesterol levels, which can reduce your risk of heart disease.
3. Weight management
High-fibre foods are filling, which can help people feel fuller for longer and prevent overeating.
Recent research published in prestigious medical journal The Lancet provided some eye-opening stats on why fibre matters.
The researchers, who combined evidence from clinical trials, found people who ate 25–29 grams of fibre per day had a 15–30% lower risk of life-threatening conditions like heart disease, stroke, high blood pressure, and type 2 diabetes compared to those who consumed fewer than 15 grams of fibre per day.
Vegetables are excellent sources of both soluble and insoluble fibre, along with essential vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants.
The following veggies are some of the highest in fibre:
green peas
avocado
artichokes
parsnips
brussels sprouts
kale
sweet potatoes
beetroot
carrots
broccoli
pumpkin
Which vegetables are low in fibre?
Comparatively lower fibre veggies include:
asparagus
spinach (raw)
cauliflower
mushrooms
capsicum
tomato
lettuce
cucumber
These vegetables have lots of health benefits. But if meeting a fibre goal is your aim then don’t forget to complement these veggies with other higher-fibre ones, too.
Vegetables are excellent sources of both soluble and insoluble fibre – but some have more fibre than others.anna.q/Shutterstock
Does it matter how I prepare or cook the vegetables?
Yes.
The way we prepare vegetables can impact their fibre content, as cooking can cause structural changes in the dietary fibre components.
Some research has shown pressure cooking reduces fibre levels more greatly than roasting or microwave cooking.
For optimal health, it’s important to include a mix of both cooked and raw vegetables in your diet.
It’s worth noting that juicing removes most of the fibre from vegetables, leaving mostly sugars and water.
For improved fibre intake, it’s better to eat whole vegetables rather than relying on juices.
What about other, non-vegetable sources of fibre?
To meet your fibre recommendations each day, you can chose from a variety of fibre-rich foods (not only vegetables) including:
legumes and pulses (such as kidney beans and chickpeas)
wholegrain flour and bread
fruits
wholegrains (such oats, brown rice, quinoa, barley)
nuts and seeds (such as flaxseeds and chia seeds)
A fibre-rich day that meets a recommended 30 grams would include:
breakfast: 1⁄2 cup of rolled oats with milk and 1⁄2 cup of berries = about 6 grams of fibre
snack: one banana = about 2 grams
lunch: two cups of salad vegetables, 1⁄2 cup of four-bean mix, and canned tuna = about 9 grams
snack: 30 grams of almonds = about 3 grams
dinner: 1.5 cups of stir-fried vegetables with tofu or chicken, one cup of cooked brown rice = about 10 grams
supper: 1⁄2 a punnet of strawberries with some yoghurt = about 3 grams.
Bringing it all together
Vegetables are a key part of a healthy, balanced diet, packed with fibre that supports digestion, blood glucose control, weight management, and reduces risk of chronic disease.
However, the nutritional value of them can vary depending on the type and the cooking method used.
By understanding the fibre content in different veggies and how preparation methods affect it, we can make informed dietary choices to improve our overall health.
Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.
Week One February 2025 (January 27 - February 2)
Off To School In 2025 A Bit Quicker Than A Hundred Years Ago
Section from Panorama of Mona Vale, New South Wales, [picture] / EB Studios National Library of Australia PIC P865/125 circa between 1917 and 1946] and sections from made larger to show detail.
The sight of traffic around school drop off time that will happen later this week, on the first full day back to school for everyone, brings to mind stories my grandmother used to tell of her horse and riding to school in the days before there were school buses or boats to bring children across the water to school.
Granny's eyes would light up as she spoke about how her horse was her best friend, about playing hide and seek with her brothers when she and her horse would gallop ahead and then both of them crouch down hiding behind a green bank, my young grandmother giggling and her horse snuffling (giggling too?) as those boys rode past - unable to see them.
"She was a very smart horse." my grandmother used to say.
Of course in Pittwater school was often reached by a long walk ('Shank's Pony' - your feet! ) or on horseback in the days before there were good roads or school buses. There are people among us still who recall riding all the way from Palm Beach to St. Ives as weekend 'fun' and people who still enjoy riding their horses now - the Ingleside Riders Group for example.
The traffic and Gran's anecdote also reminded us of a little insight we ran for you a few years back on how four boys used to share one horse to get to school and a page we put together for you on how Pittwater once had Australia's First School Launch. Children who live on Scotland Island and our Western Shores still get to school via the water - only today it's a Church Point Ferry that brings them to school - some to Newport Public School, some to Pittwater High School. Must be a lovely way to start the day.
Today you all get to school on a bus or on your bike or someone drops you off in a car or you're big enough to walk all the way there and back again.
Most students attending Pittwater schools live within a short distance of their school - but imagine of you had to get up with the dawn and ride a horse 15 miles over bush tracks to get to school and then do the same to get home again. This would be a wonderful adventure of course - imagine all you would see along the way each day - but it would mean you could spend as much time travelling to and from school as you would spend at your desk, learning how to write or add things up.
This Issue, apart from wishing you all a great first term back at school, those insights run below showing the few hours you may now spend having a surf, having a sail, doing your homework or simply strolling home at leisure were, just over a hundred years ago, time spent simply getting to and from school.
As so many ask for a re-run of these insights, people who love horses and people who like mucking about on boats we suspect, we run it again for you all this year too.
An additional LONG version of another Pittwater school, that began at Church Point, runs as this week's History feature too. We'll return to the 'Summer in Pittwater' theme next Sunday.
The school launch started picking up children at 7.15 am and took almost two hours to call into all the little bays and wharves between Barrenjoey Lighthouse (where children lived with their Lighthouse Keeper parents) to get to school.
Must have given them all a great time to have a daydream in - or perhaps join in singing the same song.
ON THE ROAD TO SCHOOL.
To ride a long distance every day to school is not at all peculiar' to Australia, but there is no doubt that it is sometimes done here under conditions that are essentially local. A rather singular case of this kind has furnished our artist with an illustration, which will not be viewed with less interest on account of the circumstance it depicts having ah actual foundation in fact, and being chronicled in a Victorian newspaper.
Four young boys in a bush locality live no less than 15 miles from the nearest school. This is a condition that would damp the ardour for knowledge of most youthful aspirants to learning, and would be looked upon by many parents as satisfactorily exempting them from the operation of the compulsory clause of the Education Act. Not so with the youngsters in question. Their father has an old horse, which would appear to possess the sailor's great point of merit in a horse, 'a long back and good, carrying capacity.' They all mount this highly domestic quadruped, sitting one after the other on the bare and somewhat razor-shaped back, the eldest in front to 'steer,' and trot off to the distant school in the morning, returning at night.
The patient horse, who is entirely uninterested in such matters as educational standards, has, nevertheless, to render his services towards this object, and jogs oft' with the juvenile family on his back to the school, where nothing but a not very luxuriant grass paddock awaits him. In the afternoon, school over, he is again caught, the old cart 'winkers.'-are slipped over his somewhat elongated head, the passengers climb up to their not too comfortable seat, and the steady-going old steed readily gets up the steam for a swinging trot 'homeward. In a school at Tasmania, on a recent occasion, one pupil, a girl, was distinguished with a prize on account of the immense number of miles that she had to travel on foot in a year for the education she was acquiring. If not only results, but also the labour of getting them, were taken into consideration, our young Victorians might perhaps be thought deserving of some other form of recognition in addition to that of having their daily journey made the subject of a picture in The Sketcher.
Sketches. (1874, October 31). The Australasian Sketcher with Pen and Pencil (Melbourne, Vic. : 1873 - 1889), p. 116. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article60605611
Off to School in 1874 - The original runs below from (1874, October 31). The Australasian Sketcher with Pen and Pencil (Melbourne, Vic. : 1873 - 1889), p. 117. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-page5985651
Children on horseback off to school, photo by C. H. Kerry, 1880's; photo courtesy National Library of Australia, nla.cat-vn6099952
WITH THE CHILDREN. HOMEWARD BOUND.
Some few years ago in and around Pittwater were found many children who could neither write nor spell their own names. The nearest school was miles away, and quite inaccessible to the children living at-the mouth of the bay. Directly the attention of the department was called to this matter it set itself to remedy so great an evil. A trim little-oil launch was requisitioned, subsidised by the Government, and now the visitor to Newport, Bayview, Clareville, or Kurring-gai Chase, may see the unique spectacle of a launch full of children going- to or from the public school at Church Point.
It starts on its way at 7.15 a.m., and gathers the children from the many little bays and inlets that make beautiful that fine stretch of water to the left of Barrenjoey. At 9.30 the pupils are all seated at their desks.
Afternoon is the best time for the visitor to take a trip with the launchman, and see how the State caters for the children.
The launch leaves Newport on the home-ward journey about 3.15 p.m. It heads straight for the point, where the children, some 25 or 30 of them, having left the pretty schoolhouse half a mile distant, have assembled themselves on the jetty. A pretty picture they make, too, as they stand on the steps, white-pinafored, dark coated, rosy-cheeked, with bag in hand or slung over shoulder. The launch draws alongside. The bigger boys and girls step in, carefully watched by the assistant, who lifts the smaller ones and sets them quickly but gently on the deck of the boat. Another moment and away she goes with her cargo of little souls. A quick steam along the right shore, and a stop is made at one of the pretty bays for which Pittwater is renowned. A curly-headed little girl, some 6 years old, and her bigger brother are landed. They shout a merry "Good-bye" to the other youngsters, and off they go to the big house, where their parents are. Another stop, and three others are landed, along with sundry loaves of bread, and what looks uncommonly like a leg of mutton. Further on a halt is made to deliver the day's paper, a tin of biscuits, three loaves of bread, and two more children.
The launch is slowing down. This landing is not so easy as the last. There is no wharf here. The fisherman pulls out in his boat, draws alongside, and the children step in. A few loaves of bread, a letter, and sundry parcels accompany them.
Many stoppages are made before Barrenjoey is reached. The largest number of children are delivered to here, along with a larger supply of provisions.
It is said that boys and girls of 1-7 living in this lonely, out-of-the-way place had no means of education until the department provided this means of conveyance, and carried them free of charge to the school at the head of the bay. The launch turns homeward, but it is a long run before the four remaining children are landed.
It grows colder. They huddle closer together. The launchman suggests a song. Their willingness to comply proves it to be the usual way they pass the time down the bay after losing their companions. Four shrill little voices pipe "When the Empire Calls," "Three' Blind Mice," and "The Canadian Boat Song." "God Save the King" gives the visitors timely warning that they are nearing home, though there is no sight or sound of habitation. They are landed at last. Their day is a long one. They are the first passengers and the last. They must make an early start, for their home lies three-quarters of a mile from the water. Away they go, each carrying a loaf of broad and their schoolbags. They are a wee bit timid of the walk just yet. An evening or two previous they were in sight of home when two native cats jumped down on the narrow bush track. With one accord they dropped everything, turned themselves round, and never stopped running till they reached the water where 15 minutes previously they had been landed.
A quick run of half an hour with one or two stoppages for the delivery of provisions to the lonely fisherman or selector brings the launch back to its moorings.
Truly we live in wondrous times when the education of the children of the solitary fisherman, the lighthouse keeper, or the caretaker is thought of so much importance that means are found to bring them to the in to whom that education can be obtained.-"Herald." ZAVA.
Small launch built by Gordon Beattie, perhaps the Coral circa 1910, courtesy Gosford Library images.
Bayview School Launch.
(See Illustration on this page.)
The Patonga is a motor launch, engaged, morning and evening, of every school day, to convoy children residing at Barrenjoey, Careel Bay, and the adjoining district, to the Bayview (Central) School. Pittwater, although one of the most beautiful, interesting, and picturesque of Nature's gems, is by tho very reason of its loveliness, a difficult place to provide with schools. Until Quite recently the only way those children could get-to either Bayview or Newport Public Schools, was by rowing boat, the distance in some cases being nearly eight miles. It will be seen that only in very fine weather was it possible to attend school, and the result, unfortunately, was that the people, by the peculiarity of their location, were practically debarred the advantage of our Public Instruction Act.
Numerous requests were made to have more convenient school accommodation for these children (29 in number), but there was this difficulty--That to give all these families anything like equal opportunities, would have necessitated two or three small schools. Early in the present year, the Hon John Perry, then Minister for Education, Instructed Mr. Senior Inspector Lobban to take the matter in hand, and ascertain the best way in which the request could be treated.
After exhaustive inquiries had been made by that able officer; assisted by Mr. S. Morrison, teacher Bayview Public School, it was proposed to gather together all the children, and take them by launch to Bayview Public School. This idea commended itself to Mr. Perry, and arrangements were made with Mr. William Sykes, the owner of the Patonga, to give the scheme a fair trial. The service was inaugurated in April, and has been running nearly four months.
As this was one of the last administrative acts of Mr.Perry, he may feel proud of the result, which is described in departmental reports as "an .unqualified success".
This, launch, is the first and only school launch in Australia. The boat is a distinct departure from the style usually adopted for motor launches. She is 30ftlong and 8ft beam, the motive power being supplied by a 5 h.p. Hercules engine. She was built specially strong to withstand the rough sea sometimes experienced in the bay, and it is a source of gratification to the department that all through :the recent heavy weather the timetable has been carried out. She is in charge of her owner, and presents an interesting appearance as she comes each morning, with 20 to 30 children, to Church Point Wharf. The Bayview (Pittwater) Public School Launch.
The Bayview (Pittwater) Public School Launch. Bayview School Launch. (1904, August 3).Australian Town and Country Journal (Sydney, NSW : 1870 - 1907), , p. 37. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article71512651
Images is from a Newspaper cutting held by the State Library of Western Australia:
'This image is part of a collection of 69 albums of pictures, postcards, and newspaper cuttings donated to the State Library of Western Australia in July 1961 by the family of the late Mr Miller. Jack Edward Miller was employed as a boatman and cook by the Harbour and Lights Department in February 1902 and spent some time at Breaksea Island lighthouse near Albany.' Call Number U15g.
Pittwater School ferry – the Patonga Launch was built by E. Fisk at Penrith in 1903.;
A NEW MODEL LAUNCH
This reminds us of the model oil launch referred to in the heading, and which we were invited to inspect. There is nothing so calculated to push a country forward as private enterprize (although our present Government is not of that opinion), and did we but have more of it, things would soon hum in Australasia as loud as in America. A step or two up the ladder of private enterprize has just been taken in Penrith in connection with water traffic and the result—a splendid launch, built on perfectly modern scientific principles, with all latest contrivances for speed, convenience and comfort. The enterprising proprietor is Mr William Sykes, architect, and the builder Mr E Fisk, well known as a thoroughly efficient and -reliable ship-builder, having served his apprenticeship in Sydney.
Unfortunately for the district this handsome modern launch is not being perfected and expensively finished to float on and grace our deserted waters, but is intended by the owner for service on the Hawkesbury River. Whether this is through the unwillingness of the public to patronise and encourage such undertakings, or whether the proprietor has in view a much more profitable scheme in the locality chosen, is not in our province to say. Anyway, it is clear at-the present time our river has no attraction for its owners, and the cause remains a knotty problem to solve.
The new launch is being built at the rear of Mr Sykes residence in High-street, and is 30ft in length—the beam being 8ft- has a depth of 4ft 6in. and a draught of about 2ft. She is being built especially strong, having 3 lots of frames, and for greater protection is double-planked all over. The engine-house, which is placed centrally, is very neatly constructed and well lighted, the upper part, which is glazed with very thick glass, standing about 2ft above the deck. The motive power will be supplied by a powerful oil engine of latest design. The boat is beautifully fitted up for the accommodation of 16 people, sleeping arrangements being made for 8. For the safety of passengers the floor of the cock-pit and all seats are constituted so as to float in case of necessity, and so be the means of saving life. All this is being done in compliance with the Navigation Department's regulations. The fore cabin is also conveniently arranged and fitted up, and there is a hat oh way on the deck above for the storage of the anchor, &c. The lower parts of the launch are securely covered with copper sheeting, to water mark, the whole of the work being splendidly executed. The boat will have a single screw. Above deck she will be fitted with awnings which may be made entirely water and wind proof when necessary. The launch, when finished, will be a handsome structure, fit to face either a rough sea or smoother waters. The proprietor informs us the boat will be run by his son. A Model New Launch. (1903, May 23). Nepean Times (Penrith, NSW : 1882 - 1962), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article100916017
*Shanks' (or shanks's) mare (or nag or pony) derives from the name of the lower part of the leg between the knee and ankle - the shank, nowadays more often known as the shin-bone or tibia. This was alluded to in the early form of this term - shank's nag and originated in Scotland in the 18th century. There are several early citations in Scottish literature, as here in Robert Fergusson's Poems on Various Subjects, 1774:
"He took shanks-naig, but fient may care."
Church Point Ferry Amelia K on the to Newport School Ferry Run
MANLY TO NEWPORT AND PITTWATER. Boulton's Royal Mail Coaches leave Manly every SATURDAY, at 3.30p.m., returning Mondays at 5 a.m. WILLIAM BOULTON, Newport Hotel, Newport. Advertising. (1883, June 15). The Sydney Morning Herald(NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13537010
Joseph Black at Newport with passengers and the mail - courtesy Mr Black's family
3. Dee Why Hill.
4. At Narrabeen.
THE MANLY-PITTWATER CYCLE PATHS. (1901, August 24). The Sydney Mail and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1871 - 1912), p. 479. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article165234777
Narrabeen Hotel, licensee Robert Norris, [before 1905] , from Album; Box 14: Royal Australian Historical Society : photonegatives, ca. 1900-1925. Image No.: c16401_0051_c - courtesy State Library of NSW
CHURCH POINT IN 1904.
Image No.: c071860047 From Box 21: Glass negatives including views of New Zealand farms, Sydney Harbour, Narrabeen (Warriewood), ca 1890-1910, Photographs of William Joseph Macpherson, courtesy State Library of NSW.
CUTTING OUT BALLAST FOR THE NEW TRAMLINE AT CABLE'S QUARRY, AT THE TOP OF DEE WHY HILL.
'PRINCE,' A GOVERNMENT HORSE EMPLOYED IN THE NARRABEEN TRAMWAY WORK, PULLING SIX TONS OF RAILS UP A GRADE OF 1 IN 19,
A PANORAMA OF NARRABEEN AND THE LAKE FROM THE TOP OF THE HILL NEAR COLLAROY.
TRAMWAY CONNECTION WITH NARRABEEN. (1912, March 6). The Sydney Mail and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1871 - 1912), p. 35. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article164295089
One of the few women "posties" in NSW, 18 year old Josephine Griptock, of Bayview, delivers the mail on horseback to people living along the shores of Pittwater. Although she is neyer footsore, Josephine says she often feels shaken to pieces and utterly weary by the time she has finished her day's work. Josephine came from England nearly four years ago' with her mother, Mrs. S. L. Gristock, and her brother George. She has worked with the PMG since her arrival, first at Mona Vale post Office as a telegram girl, and now as official Post-woman at Bayview.' Housewives prefer a ters and packages, she believes. "They chat to me about their children' and their household worries and often get me to pick up messages for them from the local store," Josephine said. "A. postwoman has a chance to help them as no one else could."
Horses earn keep
Her work at the' post office keeps Josephine's two horses in good condition as well as providing the money to keep them. She takes special care to see that they are well groomed while on the mail round, and is delighted if one of the householders comments on their smooth appearance. Both horses, a white and a chestnut, have won prizes in local gymkhanas and will be entered for the Royal Easter Show this year. Before she came to Australia, Josephine lived in Kent, where she did not keep any pets. Now she has three cats, two cockatoos, a cow, two horses, ducks and fowls to look after. At Christmas Josephine received presents for the pets as well as for herself from grateful customers.
MISS JOSEPHINE GRISTOCK saddles her horse, Johnnie, ready for the morning mail delivery.
EB Studios (Sydney, N.S.W.). 1917, Panorama of Palm Beach, New South Wales, 14 , PIC P865/6/1 LOC Nitrate store, (zoomable at http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-162567120 ) and sections from – courtesy National Library of Australia
School Traffic Jam on the First Day Back to School in 2019 - at North Avalon
Out Front 2025 Opens this February at the Manly Art Gallery & Museum
Audrey Allan, Silent Echoes In Monochrome, Gouache painting, Pittwater High School. Photo: Audrey Allan.
Council is proud to announce its annual Out Front 2025 exhibition will be held at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (MAG&M) from 21 February 2025.
Now in its 31st year, Out Front features 25 selected artistic works created by Year 12 students across 21 Northern Beaches secondary schools for their HSC submission. It celebrates the creativity, talent and hard work of the region’s emerging young artists.
Northern Beaches Mayor Sue Heins commended the students for their achievements and dedication.
“Each year this exhibition highlights the extraordinary talent and creativity of our local students. It highlights the importance of fostering the arts in our youth and encouraging self-expression.
“It is inspiring to see how art education in our schools encourages students to push boundaries and to think critically about the world around them.
“It is a testament to the commitment of these talented artists, their teachers and their schools.
“We are immensely proud to support this important milestone for our young artists and to provide a platform for their work to shine,” Mayor Heins said.
Tilda Brownlow, Footloose and Fancy Free, painting, Stella Maris College. Photo: Tilda Brownlow.
The curated collection reflects a broad range of themes and techniques, demonstrating the depth and diversity of talent across the Northern Beaches. The exhibition features a variety of works spanning painting, video, sculpture, drawing, photography and ceramics.
Several awards are granted to participants: the Theo Batten Bequest Youth Art Award, valued at $5000, helps support talented young artists pursue art studies at a tertiary level; and the KALOF People’s Choice Award, valued at $500.
MAG&M is also offering a mentorship session to support one young artists’ transition to a professional level.
PROGRAM
Out Front 2025
21 February – 6 April 2025 Manly Art Gallery & Museum West Esplanade Reserve, Manly Open Tuesday to Sunday, 10am – 5pm Free entry
Exhibition opening night Friday 21 February, 6–8pm To be opened by UNSW Associate Professor Lizzie Muller RSVP link
MAG&M members and volunteers’ preview Friday 21 February, 10-11am RSVP link
Zahara Spring, Effervescent, Interconnection, Instinct-Love, St. Lukes. Photo: Zahara Spring.
Northern Beaches Youth Theatre Romeo and Juliet Production Opportunity
Northern Beaches Youth Theatre's June performance of “Romeo & Juliet” will be a load of fun and they want you to be part of it!
''Calling all 12-17 year olds to register for our Feb 7th auditions at bit.ly/NBYTRandJ''
Applications to join the DOVES Council are open for 2025
Applications for the DOVES Minister’s Student Council are open for 2025.
The Minister's Student Council, known as the Department of Student Voices in Education and Schools (DOVES), is an initiative of the NSW Government to ensure student voices are heard in developing education policy and addressing matters of concern to students.
In October 2020 a student steering committee was formed to help co-design the council.
The result is DOVES a 27-member council representing students from all Operational Directorates across NSW, including Connected Communities, who advocate on behalf of their school communities.
There are three students representing each operational directorate who bring their wider student community into the policy process by holding regular DOVES forums, where they hear from special interest groups.
The number of positions available is listed below by directorate, 15 in total.
Regional South 2
Connected Communities 0
Regional North & West 2
Regional North 3
Rural North 1
Rural South & West 3
Metro North 1
Metro South & West 1
Metro South 2
Students initial expressions of interest can be submitted via a video of up to 90 seconds or less in length and showcase you:
1. Tell us about yourself
2. Why would you be a good advocate and member of the DOVES Council?
3. Why are you passionate about helping NSW public education students?
4. What is an initiative you have implemented in your school?
Applications are open for students currently in Year 6 to Year 9.
Each student will sit on the council for a 2-year term
There are no Year 12 students on the council due to HSC commitments.
If you are in Year 10 or Year 11 now you will be ineligible as your second year on the council will be in Year 12.
A selection panel will review all submissions and invite shortlisted applicants to join a short online video interview. The panel includes students currently on the DOVES Council and department representatives.
All students submitting their applications will be contacted.
Applications close 8 February 2025 (Week 2, Term 1)
TAFE Fee-free* courses - semester 1 2025 enrol now
NSW Fee-free* TAFE is a joint initiative of the Australian Commonwealth and New South Wales Governments, providing tuition-free training places for eligible students wanting to train, retrain or upskill.
Places are limited and not guaranteed. Enrolling or applying early with all required documentation is recommended. The number of funded NSW Fee-free* TAFE places is determined by the terms of the skills agreement between the Australian Commonwealth and New South Wales Governments.
Semester 1 2025 Fee Free* TAFE Certificates and Diplomas.
Enrol Now in:
Aboriginal Studies and Mentoring
Agriculture
Animal Care and Horse Industry
Automotive
Aviation
Building and Construction Trades
Business and Marketing
Civil Construction and Surveying
Community and Youth Services
Education and Training
Electrotechnology
Engineering
Farming and Primary Production
Fashion
Food and Hospitality
Healthcare
Horticulture and Landscaping
Information Technology
Mining and Resources
Music and Production
Screen and Media
Sport and Recreation
Travel and Tourism
Water Industry Operations
Who is Eligible for NSW Fee-free TAFE?
To be eligible, you must at the time of enrolment:
Live or work in New South Wales.
Be an Australian or New Zealand citizen, permanent Australian resident, or a humanitarian visa holder.
Be aged 15 years or over, and not enrolled at any school.
Be enrolling in a course for the first time for Semester 1 2025 and your studies must commence between 1 January 2025 and 30 June 2025.
You are strongly encouraged to apply if you fall under one or more of these categories:
First Nations people
LGBTIQ+ community
Veterans
Job seekers
Young people
Unpaid carers
Women interested in non-traditional fields
People living with a disability
People from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.
Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.
We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.
There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.
School Leavers Information Service
Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).
SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.
Our information officers will help you:
navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.
You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.
This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.
Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.
Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix.
Adjective
1. (of a substance) allowing light, but not detailed shapes, to pass through; semi-transparent.
From: late 16th century (in the Latin sense): from Latin translucent- ‘shining through’, from the verb translucere, from trans- ‘through’ + lucere ‘to shine’.
Compare:
Aurora Australis At Mawson Station: August 2023
photos by and courtesy Jess Condon Antarctica, taken on Saturday August 19 2023
''Aurora over an Emperor penguin rookery. Emperor's are only found in Antarctica, and are about the size of a 6 year old child, 19/8/23 Mawson Station, Antarctica.'' - Jess
Jess arrived there in February with 19 others and will be getting collected Feb. next year. She is there for 12 months helping to keep a research station running through the Winter.
Luminescent!!
Bioluminescence at Station Beach, Palm Beach in the early hours of Sunday-Monday morning August 20 to 21 2023 from midnight until around 1am.
Photos: by and courtesy Jarvis Liu - Artist: jarvisliu559
Jarvis specialises in Street Photography. He was based in Chengdu, China and is now in Sydney, Australia.
Palm Beach Longboarders Inc states there was bioluminescence at Avalon beach on the evening Thursday August 24. People can witness this natural phenomenon when there is lots of bioluminescence in the water, usually from an algae bloom of plankton. The bioluminescent sea or estuary will glow when it's disturbed by a wave breaking or a splash in the water at night. Algae bloom sea sparkle events occur in calm and warm sea conditions.
Swimming in the sweet spot: how marine animals save energy on long journeys
Competitive swimmers know that swimming underwater causes less drag resistance than swimming at the surface. Splashing around making waves isn’t the most efficient way to swim. Any energy spent creating waves is essentially wasted, as water is moved without providing forward thrust for the swimmer.
New research by my colleagues and I has found evidence that many air-breathing marine animals know this too – or rather they have evolved swimming behaviour that minimises wasted energy on long journeys.
We know a lot about how birds save energy on their migrations, such as flying in V formations, riding updrafts, or timing their departure for favourable winds. But it has been challenging to study these kinds of adaptations in marine animals, which are largely hidden from view, particularly during long-distance travel.
Whales and sea turtles, for example, often travel thousands of miles to breed or feed. These animals have evolved to minimise the energy costs of such long journeys, allowing them to conserve energy for reproduction and survival.
Using Fitbit-style accelerometer data, depth-loggers and video footage from animal-borne cameras, we collected detailed swim-depth measurements in free-living little penguins and loggerhead turtles. We compared these with satellite-tracking depth data for green turtles on long-distance migrations, and published data from whales, other species of penguins and migrating sea turtles from other populations.
Optimal depths
What we discovered was a remarkable similarity in relative swim depth across sea turtles, penguins and whales. When these air-breathing animals are travelling rather than feeding or evading predators, they swim at near-optimal depths to minimise energy waste. They swim just deep enough to avoid creating waves at the surface but not so deep that they expend extra energy travelling up and down to breathe.
This sweet spot for energy efficiency has long been established in physics. Experiments show that “wave drag” – additional drag from wave creation – is minimised once an object is at a depth of three times its diameter. For swimming animals, this diameter refers to their body thickness from back to chest.
Our research revealed that many marine animals, from little penguins (about 30cm long) to pygmy blue whales (nearly 20m long), travel at depths of around three body thicknesses under the surface. This shared strategy helps them save energy on their epic journeys across the oceans.
These findings are especially exciting because they span such a wide range of species, from birds to mammals and reptiles. They also have important implications for conservation. Knowing where animals travel and at what depths can help us design better conservation measures to protect them.
For example, understanding typical swim depths could help reduce the risk of boat strikes, which are a major threat to whales, or decrease accidental captures in fishing gear. Tracking animals to find out where they live and travel has become a key part of designing effective conservation measures. For marine animals, considering swim depth – essentially adding a third dimension – can also help to inform strategies to provide better protection.
Many marine animals travel at a depth of around 3x their body depth (dotted lines).Kimberley Stokes, CC BY
Of course, not all swim depths are determined by energy efficiency alone. Animals may dive deeper to hunt for prey or avoid predators. But during long-distance migrations or shorter “commutes” to feeding areas, this energy-saving pattern emerges across many air-breathing species.
Collecting depth-tracking data from migrating animals has been notoriously difficult, but advances in technology are making it easier. We are thrilled that our work has contributed to uncovering this widespread adaptation, and we believe there will be much more to learn as tracking tools improve.
Historically, depth-tracking tags have prioritised recording the deepest and longest dives. They are often seen as the most dramatic or impressive aspects of animal dive behaviour. Our research highlights the importance of near-surface tracking too. This “ordinary” behaviour of swimming at just the right depth is no less impressive, given the energy savings it enables over vast distances.
I’m at the park with my daughter, who is jumping in and out of puddles, splashing, shrieking at me (Mum! Look what I can do!), as I read frantically, taking one-handed notes on my phone (Mum! Look at this!). Part of me wishes I could enjoy with her this moment of pleasure in movement. The other, more insistent part is thinking about this essay: where to start, what to say, how to sum up the extraordinary legacy of the book I’m re-reading, Virginia Woolf’s Mrs Dalloway, which this year marks 100 years since its first publication in 1925. How am I supposed to write about this book?
If you were to read a synopsis, it might seem like a book purely for an academic specialist (which, admittedly, I am). One day in London in June 1923, an ageing rich woman, Clarissa Dalloway, prepares to give a party. Across town, a shell-shocked Great War veteran, Septimus Warren Smith, loses his grip on sanity. Between them oscillate other characters: Clarissa’s former lover Peter Walsh, Clarissa’s husband Richard and daughter Elizabeth, Elizabeth’s tutor Doris Kilman, Septimus’s wife Rezia, and his doctors Holmes and Bradshaw.
Like that other modernist monument, James Joyce’s Ulysses (1922), Mrs Dalloway is explicitly quotidian. It follows ordinary people through ordinary activities on an ordinary day – shopping, walking in the park, riding the bus, going to appointments, mending a dress. As Woolf’s characters go about their day, scenes and impressions are filtered through their individual consciousnesses, threaded together with language, images and memories.
The novel opens with the famous line “Mrs Dalloway said she would buy the flowers herself”, a sentence remarkable for its banality, as well as for its commitment to the in medias res plunge into life that Woolf was so keen on. The iconic status of the line is demonstrated by the number of online parodies it inspires, perhaps only surpassed by William Carlos Williams’s poem This Is Just To Say, which has become a verified meme.
A new seam
On Good Friday 1924, Woolf wrote on a page of the manuscript she was drafting – then called “The Hours” – that “I will write whatever I want to write.” She could write whatever she wanted to write because she owned her own publishing house, The Hogarth Press. The actual press was in the basement of her suburban Richmond home.
Mrs Dalloway was the second of Woolf’s novels to be self-published in this way. Being a small-press publisher allowed her to experiment formally in ways that would have been impossible if she was working with a mainstream publisher. In A Writer’s Diary, she describes her process as both exploratory and technical. On August 30, 1923, she wrote: “I dig out beautiful caves behind my characters”. Later, in October 1924: “I practise writing; do my scales”.
I recently co-hosted a conference here in Hobart, which included a panel on contemporary Tasmanian experimental writing. The writers who spoke that day talked of the struggle to place work that pushed the boundaries of form and genre. A hundred years after Woolf’s efforts to unearth what she called a new “seam”, commercial imperatives continue to constrain writers and their work.
Despite Woolf’s refusal to compromise with mainstream tastes, Mrs Dalloway was well received. Her contemporaries recognised the novel’s importance immediately. “An intellectual triumph”, proclaimed P.C. Kennedy in the New Statesman; “a cathedral”, pronounced E.M. Forster in the New Criterion.
It sold moderately well: 1,500 copies within about a month of its publication on May 14 – more than her prior novel, Jacob’s Room, had sold in a year. Her biographer Hermione Lee records that in 1926 income from writing allowed Woolf and her husband Leonard to install a hot water range and toilet at their country home.
Woolf’s novel was revolutionary for its depiction of same-sex attraction and mental illness, as well as for its challenge to the novel form and representation of time. Clarissa remembers the jolt of desire she felt as an 18-year-old for her friend Sally Seton, who kisses her on the terrace of her house at Bourton:
the most exquisite moment of her whole life passing a stone urn with flowers in it. Sally stopped; picked a flower; kissed her on the lips. The whole world might have turned upside down! The others disappeared; there she was alone with Sally. And she felt that she had been given a present, wrapped up, and told just to keep it, not to look at it – a diamond, something infinitely precious, wrapped up, which, as they walked (up and down, up and down), she uncovered, or the radiance burnt through, the revelation, the religious feeling!
Clarissa, made “virginal” in middle age by illness and marital boredom, is surprised by this irrupting memory. She connects it to her sense of joy in life itself: “the moment of this June morning on which was the pressure of all the other mornings […] collecting the whole of her at one point”.
Clarissa and Septimus Smith – though they never meet – are shadow versions of each other. Both have beaky noses, thin pale birdlike bodies, and histories of illness.
Septimus, so capable as a soldier in the Great War, buries the trauma of seeing his commanding officer Evans killed, only to have it resurface in visual and aural hallucinations, of Evans behind the trees, and birds singing in Greek. He perceives, as Clarissa does, the burden of the past upon the present, and he suffers as a result of the coercion of the social system – what Woolf’s narrator ironises as the sister goddesses Conversion and Proportion.
“Worshipping proportion […] made England prosper”, because proportion forbids despair, illness, and emotional extremes. Conversion, the strong arm of Empire, “offers help, but desires power; smites out of her way roughly the dissentient, the dissatisfied”. Conversion “loves blood better than brick, and feasts most subtly on the human will”. Together, they suck the life from those who cannot or will not comply with them.
For Septimus, who has witnessed the dreadful disproportion of the war, ordinary social life becomes a torturous pressure cooker, a “gradual drawing together of everything to one centre before his eyes, as if some horror had come almost to the surface and was about to burst into flames”. A reviewer for the Times Literary Supplement emphasised this aspect of its experimentalism:
Watching Mrs Woolf’s experiment, certainly one of the hardest and very subtly planned, one reckons up its cost. To get the whole value of the present you must enhance it, perhaps, with the past.
Watching my daughter lark about is shadowed by the two surgeries she had in early childhood to correct her developmental hip dysplasia. I hear her screech with joy in the park, rocketing about freely; I hear her scream in pain in the hospital, encased in plaster from the midsection down. As Woolf knew, the past and the present are experienced within us simultaneously.
Doubled experience
“In this book I have almost too many ideas,” Woolf wrote in her diary on June 19, 1923. “I want to give life and death, sanity and insanity; I want to criticise the social system, and to show it at work, at its most intense.”
Woolf’s ideas have inspired scores of interpretations, focusing on time, space, reality, psychology, domesticity, history, sexual relations, politics, fashion, the environment, health and illness. She is now probably the most written-about 20th century English author. I can remember vividly first reading this novel as an undergraduate, after which I devoured Woolf’s revolutionary 1929 essay A Room of One’s Own, which criticised the educational, economic and social constraints that prevented women, in many instances, from writing anything at all.
Cover of the first edition of A Room of One’s Own (1929).Public domain.
Woolf, of course, could and did write. This was a function, as she knew, of her financial and class privilege. Feminist politics has progressed beyond Woolf, but she laid one of the foundation stones. In her fiction, she modelled a method of writing that critiques patriarchal thinking. She focuses our attention on overlooked individuals and their inner lives, and she splendidly undoes the Victorian conception of plot.
The same year Woolf published Mrs Dalloway, she also published her important collection of essays, The Common Reader. The first piece in that book, on the medieval letters of the Paston family, describes the illumination cast by these ordinary, non-literary pieces of writing:
Like all collections of letters, they seem to hint that we need not care overmuch for the fortunes of individuals. The family will go on, whether Sir John lives or dies. It is their method to heap up in mounds of insignificant and often dismal dust the innumerable trivialities of daily life, as it grinds itself out, year after year. And then suddenly they blaze up; the day shines out, complete, alive, before our eyes.
Mrs Dalloway encompasses this doubled experience of insignificance and blazing life. Woolf writes of the past emerging into the present day and the present’s capacity to reshape the past. In her diary, she called this her “tunnelling process, by which I tell the past in instalments, as I have need of it”.
In tunnelling through narrative, digging out caves behind her characters, Woolf flung out a lot of what seems to be dust – buying flowers, ogling girls, table manners and weight gain, advertising, letter writing, doctor’s appointments, eating eclairs in a department store cafe. The novel reminds us of these moments’ triviality, and their significance, through repeated reference to the bells and clocks of London striking the hour.
This is why the opening line – and the novel as a whole – is so remarkable. It catches drops of shimmering reality from moments that can so easily go unremarked. This, Woolf knew, was what writing needed to do: to stop time. As she wrote of the Pastons’ letters: “There is the ancient day, spread out before us, hour by hour.”
Her metaphor shows that Woolf’s thinking about time also had a spatial dimension. These two dimensions of space and time structure Mrs Dalloway’s theme and method, As David Daiches explained in his 1939 book The Novel and the Modern World, Woolf first links a series of different perspectives through a single shared moment in time – marked by the sound of the bells – then switches to an individual perspective, anchored in space, and moves through that individual’s memories.
Woolf wrote in her diary that “the caves shall connect and each comes to daylight at the present moment.” Daiches diagrammed these relations in time and space as a series of connected trees, arguing that they illustrated the novel’s concern with “the importance of contact and at the same time the necessity of keeping the self inviolable, of the extremes of isolation and domination”.
A legacy of inspiration
Since its publication, Mrs Dalloway has continued to inspire. For second-wave feminism, Woolf was a touchstone. Since the 1970s, she has enjoyed an unparalleled position in the history of 20th century letters, inspiring the recovery of other contemporaneous women writers connected with the Bloomsbury group.
Michael Cunningham’s The Hours, Robin Lippincott’s Mr Dalloway and John Lanchester’s Mr Phillips all appeared in the three years between 1998 and 2000, all of them reflecting Woolf’s legacy, tacitly or explicitly.
Because of the Oscar-winning film adaptation by Stephen Daldry, Cunningham’s novel is the most recognisable of these three. The Hours revises Mrs Dalloway through the stories of three women: Virginia Woolf herself; Laura Brown, a 1950s housewife who reads Mrs Dalloway; and Clarissa Vaughan, nicknamed Mrs Dalloway by her former lover Richard, for whom she throws a literary party.
Cunningham’s novel counterpoints, as Woolf did, the work of living with the work of art. The homemaker Laura Brown tries to bake a cake to equal a work of art, hoping “to be as satisfied and as filled with anticipation as a writer putting down the first sentence, a builder beginning to draw the plans.” Later, her delirious dying son Richard regrets what he views as the failure of his art to compete with simply living:
I wanted to create something alive and shocking enough that it could stand beside a morning in somebody’s life. The most ordinary morning. Imagine trying to do that. What foolishness.
More recently, Michelle Cahill’s Daisy & Woolf (2023) and Miranda Darling’s Thunderhead (2024) have wrestled with Mrs Dalloway the character, and with Woolf’s legacy. Darling’s novel revives a new “Mrs” Dalloway, Winona, a wealthy Sydney suburban writer, wife and mother, who struggles to break through “to something more real” than the constraint of middle class domestication.
Cahill’s Daisy & Woolf explores a minor character from Mrs Dalloway, whom Woolf failed to make properly live: Daisy Simmons, Peter Walsh’s Anglo-Indian fiancee. In Woolf’s novel, Daisy exists entirely offstage. She is a romantic memory of Peter’s, “dark, adorably pretty”. Daisy, writes Cahill, is
trapped in the past, in a moment, a vignette, but not the kind that would enter a room, open a window, to a life inside, a life in the mind, as it does for Clarissa with a squeak of hinges on the very first page of Mrs Dalloway! Not a real girl, Daisy, too arch perhaps, the air not stirring for her, seeing as she has no present tense.
Cahill’s present-day narrator Mina, writing back to Woolf, sees Daisy as a fully fleshed character: a mixed-race woman living in Calcutta in the twilight of Empire, as the Indian independence movement grows in strength. In recovering Daisy’s rich personal and political history, narrated through letters to Peter, Cahill reclaims interiority for this marginalised character.
In her 1937 essay Craftsmanship, the BBC broadcast of which is the only surviving recording of her voice, Woolf wrote: “Words, English words, are full of echoes, of memories, of associations.”
Mrs Dalloway shows us the ways that words can both connect and sever. Characters pass each other on the street, muse on a shared past, or witness the same event from different vantage points and through different filters of personality and psyche. As Hermione Lee explained, for Woolf “the really important life was ‘within’”.
Peter remembers Clarissa’s theory of life, which is expounded on top of a bus going down Shaftesbury Avenue:
She felt herself everywhere; not here here here; […] but everywhere. […] so that to know her, or any one, one must seek out the people who completed them; even the places […] since our apparitions, the part of us which appears, are so momentary compared with the other, the unseen part of us, which spreads wide, the unseen might survive, be recovered somehow attached to this person or that, or even haunting certain places, after death.
Late in the book, Septimus’s suicide is reported to Clarissa at the party. “Oh,” she thinks, “in the middle of my party, here’s death”. And in the middle of her party, Clarissa feels not only the disaster of death – “her disaster, her disgrace […] and she forced to stand here in her evening dress” – but the deep pulsing joy of life. “Nothing could be slow enough; nothing last too long.”
In certain lights – to paraphrase Michael Cunningham – Mrs Dalloway might look like the book of one’s own life, a book that will locate you, parent you, arm you for life’s changes. As an undergraduate, I was mesmerised by Woolf’s language and her grasp on the inner life.
Though Clarissa Dalloway is 52, Woolf turned 43 the year her novel was published. I’m turning 43 this year, too. Woolf, ravaged by long periods of illness and partially toothless, thought of herself as elderly. I do not, though I am no longer young. But to re-read this novel at this age reminds me to relish these long hours and short years: to sniff flowers, feel the lift of the gusting wind, jump and splash with my children, read the patterns made by the clouds. To seize the day.
The sound of a skateboard trick communicates a world of sensory information to skateboarders. The power of “skatesound” – the noises of the board and the environment it comes into contact with – is so distinct because it relates to an experience that is both heard and felt.
Despite the sound of skateboarding frequently being an issue of public complaint, many skaters find it therapeutic, calming and a source of joy.
The visually spectacular activity of skateboarding is often presented as an exciting, iconoclastic pursuit. Despite its inclusion in the last two summer Olympics, it remains sub-culturally distinct. Some skateboarding practices are perhaps even arcane and cult-like in their reverence for banal concrete steps and metal benches.
Research my colleagues and I conducted argues that the niche world of skateboarding endures because of its dense sensory culture – one that is heard and felt by skateboarders.
Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.
For skateboarders, skatesound is an augmented experience of the world multilayered with insights about the body, movement and the texture of the city.
Imagine the skateboard itself as an amplifying tool, one that gives fine and detailed information about terrain, efficacy and possibility. It is as if the skateboard is an extended sensory appendage, to feel and hear the world at large.
Our research in skateboarding highlights new areas of consideration. One of the most distinct issues relates to how skateboarders have a dynamic understanding of skateable urban spaces that are unknown to other street denizens.
‘Relaxing’ skateboarding sounds videos rack up thousands of views on YouTube.
What skateboarders hear is also what they feel – the sound of the pavements or office plazas becomes part of their sensory world. Skateboarders can hear the sound of a skateboard and be aware of not just the environment it is being ridden through, but also the embodied experience, “the feel” of it for the rider.
One middle-aged Canadian skateboarder told us that when she heard the sound of someone skateboarding it both gave her joy and a sense of connection to the rider. Sound might therefore tell us something of the shared community and bond skaters report. They connect with each other because they share such a wealth of specialised knowledge.
Skaters say they feel excited when they hear the sound of someone else skateboarding.Tanner Vote/Unsplash
The paradox of skatesound is that skateboarders are able to hold both opposing notions simultaneously. We collected numerous accounts of skateboarders deliberately avoiding certain locations and times so as not to disturb, startle and annoy other city users. Yet, their own experience of hearing skatesound unexpectedly while at work, or in the street below at home, was always met with excitement.
A universal among skateboarders is what we have termed the “head whip” – the immediate instinctual turn of the head to seek out the origin of skatesound. The association of this sound was reported as an invitation to adventure, a feeling of fraternity with an unseen but clearly heard member of the tribe.
A surprising feature of our research was that several participants reported some form of neurodiversity, either being on the autism spectrum or having ADHD. The sensory experience of skateboarding, of feeling what you see and hear, was reported in positive terms as a way to calm sometimes overpowering senses.
For these skaters, skatesound has become part of a full-body connecting experience engaging the physical, mental and emotional with the board and the world at large. It represents some form of craft and mastery of the chaos of everyday life.
For the past 15 years, the A-Skate foundation provided skateboarding opportunities for children on the autism spectrum in recognition of these therapeutic processes. A range of therapists worldwide are incorporating elements of skateboarding into their support of people’s needs, spanning anxiety to learning disabilities.
The art of skateboarding
Bridging the gap between skateboarder and non-skateboarder, artist Max Boutin’s Texturologies art installation (2022) enables those curious about the sensory world to get a no-risk taster.
Using dynamic sound, large visual screens and static boards that pulse with the skatesound being played underneath, Boutin’s art offers a sensory experience of the skateboarder’s unique relationship to urban space. As a consequence, hearing like a skateboarder becomes one of the simplest ways to feel like a skateboarder.
Boutin’s work advocates for the specific knowledge embedded in the act of skateboarding. It speaks of those who find joy and revelry in often neglected and unloved urban realms that have lost their enchantment to a public chaperoned endlessly into spaces of consumption.
As contempt for the city deepens, skatesound can allow us to feel our urban spaces in new ways.
Marianne Faithfull, the London-born singer with an inimitable voice, has passed away at the age of 78. She was known for many things: she was a pop star, an actress and a muse. But she was probably best known for her voice.
When she first entered the world of pop in 1964, her high-pitched tones rang with mellifluous vibrato. As she grew older and lived an increasingly excessive lifestyle, she developed a rasp – a quality borne of her unique experiences.
Faithfull’s final musical releases were works that incorporated Romantic poetry in different ways. She Walks in Beauty (2021) is a spoken-word album of canonical Romantic poetry by the likes of Lord Byron, Percy Shelley and John Keats. Songs of Innocence and Experience 1965-1995 (2022) is a chronological retrospective of her career which uses the name of William Blake’s poetry collection (1789) as its title.
As a PhD student focused on the legacy of Romanticism in 1960s and 1970s popular music, I’ve closely examined Faithfull’s engagement with Romantic literature throughout her career. These final two albums represent a beautiful culmination of her artistic journey, and are a testament to her unique voice and strong poetic influences.
Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.
Songs of Innocence and Experience 1965-1995, like Blake’s poetry collection, is broken up into the sections Innocence and Experience.
The Innocence portion of the album covers Faithfull’s youth, featuring early hits such as This Little Bird. Her early sound incorporated baroque pop instrumentation, including harps, harpsichord and horn arrangements (Come and Stay with Me), as well as folk styles with the acoustic guitar at the centre of the sound (Cockleshells).
Faithfull’s voice in this section portrays her as an “innocent” girl in pop stardom, as its high pitch and pure tone embody a sense of naivete that is also reflected in her lyrics about young love, such as in Come and Stay With Me:
We’ll live a life no one has ever known But I know you’re thinking that I’m hardly grown But oh thank God, at last and finally I can see you’re gonna stay with me
There is a noticeable shift in the Innocence section of the album with the song Sister Morphine. As the song was made in collaboration with her then-boyfriend, Mick Jagger, it features a noticeably more rock sound in contrast to her previous pop productions. You can also hear subtle changes in Faithfull’s voice: it cracks and sounds strained in places.
The song’s lyrics (“Please, Sister Morphine, turn my nightmares into dreams”) reflect the darker side of the mythologised “swinging sixties” lifestyle and its drug culture, which Faithfull has come to symbolise.
Blake’s Songs of Innocence features a piper as the presiding narrator over the poems. In contrast, Songs of Experience is meant to be heard through the voice of an ancient bard, as established in Introduction to the Songs of Experience:
Hear the voice of the Bard! Who Present, Past, & Future sees Whose ears have heard, The Holy Word That walk’d among the ancient trees.
The Experience section of Faithfull’s album features music from Broken English (1979) and her re-recording of As Tears Go By, from Strange Weather (1987). The songs in this portion of the album exhibit her completely transformed voice: from piper to bard, it is deeper, raw and more weathered as a result of her struggles with addiction and bouts of illness. This brought a distinct edge to her music, marking a new phase in her career.
Beyond the qualities of her voice, Faithfull’s song selection reflects Blake’s notions of Experience. Strange Weather (“Will you take me across the Channel / London Bridge is falling down”) aligns with Blake’s London geographically and thematically, as both explore entrapment and decay. Faithfull’s depiction of societal monotony, as in “Strangers talk only about the weather / All over the world / It’s the same …” echo Blake’s “charter’d street(s)” and “mind-forg’d manacles”.
Faithfull’s connection to Romantic poetry is most overt in She Walks in Beauty, which she made with Warren Ellis (Australian composer and member of Nick Cave and the Bad Seeds). In this album, she recites Romantic poetry set to Ellis’s music.
The poems she selected to recite are all by male poets and many feature voiceless female subjects, such as Byron’s She Walks in Beauty or Thomas Hood’s The Bridge of Sighs. On the album’s liner notes, Faithfull described how she related with these women, particularly Alfred, Lord Tennyson’s Lady of Shalott.
The Lady of Shalott is a woman cursed to live alone in a tower near Camelot – unable to look directly at the world, forced to weave what she sees in the mirror. Faithfull uses the Lady to reflect on the pressure she felt to conform to the expectations imposed on her by the press and music industry. There is a parallel between the Lady’s forced isolation and her struggles with being controlled and defined by external forces, as she explained:
Do I identify with the Lady? Oh yeah, always. I’m nothing like the Lady of Shalott, but I guess I wanted to be … When Mick Jagger wrote the lyrics for As Tears Go By, he knew this poem. There’s a bit he always said he used from here, the thing about ‘it was the closing of the day’.
In the liner notes, Faithfull also mentioned that her love of poetry was thanks to her English teacher at St Joseph’s Convent in Reading, Mrs Simpson, and to Palgrave’s Golden Treasury, an anthology of English poetry, which she had bought as a teenager.
Faithfull’s lifelong interest in literature came to fruition in her two final projects. They exemplify how she was a pop star, muse and chanteuse – and also a Romantic.
As night falls over Australia’s forests, grasslands and backyards, the hidden world of nocturnal insects stirs to life. In many ecosystems, overall insect activity actually peaks at night, especially in warmer regions of the world.
These nighttime creatures play essential roles in ecosystems, providing services such as pollination, waste decomposition, and pest control. Here are some of the remarkable insects that come out after dark – and why they matter.
Moths: the stars of the night shift
While their flashier daytime relatives, the butterflies, often steal the spotlight, moths are the hidden stars of the night shift.
An estimated 22,000 species of moth call Australia home, and most are nocturnal, although some are diurnal (day active) or crepuscular (active at dawn and dusk).
Many species feed on flower nectar using their long, straw-like mouthparts, transferring pollen between flowers as they go.
In the Snowy Mountains, for instance, scientists found moths carry pollen from 19 different plant species.
While some moths feed on a wide variety of plants, others have evolved highly specialised relationships with specific flowers.
For instance, more than 500 species of leaf flower trees (Phyllanthus) across tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, and the Pacific are dependent on tiny leaf flower moths (Epicephala) for their pollination.
The trees’ flowers attract moths by producing nectar at night, when the moths are most active.
The larvae of moths, caterpillars, also play a vital role in ecosystems. For example, the larvae of Mallee moths (Oecophoridae) feed on dry leaves in the leaf litter, making them essential for the decomposition of tough, dry plant material.
Without their tireless work breaking down organic matter, leaf litter can accumulate to problematic levels.
Although most caterpillars feed on plant material, some have unusual diets. Trisyntopa neossophila caterpillars, for example, feeds on the faeces of parrots nesting in termite mounds.
Some caterpillars are even predators. The larvae of the brown scale moth (Mataeomera coccophaga), for instance, eats scale insects.
Once so abundant they famously blanketed the 2000 Sydney Olympics, large bogong swarms have become increasingly rare, putting at risk species that depend on them for essential nutrients.
Busy night beetles
Seeing the tiny, flashing lights of fireflies dancing through the darkness on a summer night is a magical experience.
Fireflies are actually beetles in the family Lampyridae, and 25 species call Australia home.
Each firefly species uses its own distinctive flash pattern to communicate with potential mates.
When large numbers of the same species gather, they can synchronise their light pulses, creating a breathtaking light show.
The fireflies’ distinctive light is produced through a biochemical reaction involving a molecule called luciferin and an enzyme called luciferase. When these interact in the presence of oxygen, they emit light.
Adult fireflies do not eat but firefly larvae mostly eat snails, which helps keep snail populations under control.
Beetles in the scarab family are often active at night. Large numbers of Christmas beetles (Anoplognathus spp) flying around porch lights used to be a common sight, but numbers appear to be in decline.
Some native dung beetles, such as the five-horned dung beetle (Onthophagus pentacanthus), are also nocturnal. Hardworking dung beetles play a vital role by breaking down animal dung, helping to recycle nutrients and improve soil health.
Lacewings and mantisflies
Lacewings belong to an ancient group of insects (Neuroptera) named for the delicate, lace-like net pattern of veins on their wings.
Most adult lacewings are nocturnal predators, feeding on smaller insects using their hollow, scissor-shaped mouthparts to catch and suck the nutrients from their prey.
Several lacewing species are effective pest controllers and are used in agriculture to manage pests such as aphids and mealybugs.
Mantid lacewings, also known as mantisflies, resemble a strange hybrid between a mantis and a fly but are actually in the same group as lacewings.
The larvae of mantisflies are poorly studied, but most species are believed to be predators of insects, although some are predators of spider eggs. By eating other insects, mantisflies may play a role in controlling pest populations.
Protecting these night shift workers
Artificial lights at night are causing serious disruption to insects on the night shift.
Insects often become disoriented, flying in endless circles around bright lights, burning energy they cannot afford to lose. This confusion can lead to exhaustion or death.
Artificial lighting at night can also disrupt nocturnal insect reproduction. And, predators such as owls and bats may learn to hunt around artificial lights where prey becomes more concentrated and vulnerable.
The exact reasons why nocturnal insects are drawn to light remain unclear, but recent research suggests that some nocturnal insects use light to maintain stable, level flight by orienting their bodies so light hits their upper surface.
This system works well when the only lights present at night are the Moon and stars, but fails when artificial lights disrupt the night.
We can help protect nocturnal insects by:
turning off unnecessary outdoor lights at night, especially during summer when many insects are breeding
using motion-activated lights to reduce light pollution
reducing or eliminating the use of insecticides in our gardens.
Small changes can make a big difference to help protect the insects working hard overnight to keep our ecosystems healthy.
Gaming is no longer a niche activity reserved for a select few – it’s a global pastime enjoyed by people of all ages, backgrounds and interests. In fact, studies show 81% of Australians engage in some form of gaming.
But for those who don’t consider themselves “gamers”, it can be hard to know where to start. The idea of picking up a complex, console-focused title might feel intimidating.
But fear not. Whether you’re looking for a game that’s mentally stimulating, addictive enough to help kill time, or simply something everyone can enjoy, there are plenty of options. Here are our top picks for beginners.
1. Real Bird Fake Bird
Since Wordle’s meteoric rise in 2022, we’ve seen a wave of daily browser games, including Tradle, Vulture’s Cinematrix and the New York Times’ Connections.
The Melbourne-based developers behind the critically acclaimed Scrabble-esque Gubbins have created the newest addition to this list: Real Bird Fake Bird.
The premise is simple. Each day you’re given a topic, and are supposed to guess whether seven different things are “real” or “fake” examples of that topic. For instance, Adele is a real example of a Grammy winner, but “sun condemnation” is a fake example of a yoga pose.
Sounds simple, right? It’s harder than it seems. The lists often have devilish examples of fakes that seem real, and real things that seem fake, leaving you second-guessing.
And just like with Wordle, you can share your score with friends once you’ve made all seven guesses. It’s a great way to spend a minute of your day.
You can share your Real Bird Fake Bird score with your friends.Studio Folly
Then there’s a hypnotic re-imagining of the card game poker, Balatro, (playable everywhere).
Each round involves playing poker hands to hit a points target, but these hands can be upgraded and augmented by a deck of “jokers” that favour particular poker hands or combinations of cards. Hands swiftly ascend to scoring tens of thousands (if not millions) of points per hand, in a near-perfect gameplay loop that combines card-game logic with the immersive flow of games like Tetris.
Balatro, largely developed by a single, anonymous developer, was one of 2024’s biggest hits. It sold more than 3,500,000 copies, won best indie game and best mobile game at the Game Awards 2024, and even secured a surprise nomination for game of the year.
This is the gaming equivalent of an anonymous independent filmmaker getting a nod for Best Picture at the Oscars.
3. The Case/Rise of the Golden Idol
This recommendation is targeted at mystery lovers. If you, or someone you know, can’t get enough of films like Knives Out (2019) or mystery books like The Thursday Murder Club, then the Golden Idol series (2022 and 2024) may be the perfect fit.
Each level shows the moment of a crime and it’s up to the player to interact with the characters and environment to fill in the blanks on a file explaining what happened.
With simple controls and a retro art style recalling the classic LucasArts adventure games, much of the joy in the Golden Idol games comes from the devious logic puzzles the cases provide.
One case revolves around placing the locations of all the house guests at an estate party, while another involves interpreting an entire language made out of dance moves. Combine these puzzles with a delightful sense of humour and a slightly mystical meta-narrative and these games will keep your inner detective occupied for hours.
The original and sequel are both Netflix games, and are available through Netflix on mobile and tablet.
4. Mouthwashing
Heavily inspired by the films Alien (1979) and The Shining (1980) – and not for the faint-of-heart – Mouthwashing (2024) is perfect for horror fans who want to dip their toes into the gaming world.
The cargo spaceship Tulpar is deliberately crashed by its captain mid-voyage. Unable to call for help, its five crew members can do nothing but wait for rescue. They open the hold in search of food or medicine, but instead find millions of bottles of mouthwash. Lost in space with minimal supplies, the crew begin to turn on each other – and wonder why their beloved captain crashed the ship in the first place.
A haunting story of human fallibility, Mouthwashing tells its tale through “walking sim” gameplay: the player simply wanders around the wreck of the Tulpar, interacting with objects and characters, without any complicated controls.
With a compelling cast, gorgeously surreal art direction and a focus on dread and despair (rather than jump scares), Mouthwashing is a wonderful introduction to the renaissance happening in horror games right now.
For those who have endless bird facts on hand, can identify a bird at a glance and look forward to the Aussie Bird Count each year, Wingspan is the perfect game.
The goal of this competitive, card-driven board game (which also has a videogame version) is to attract the best birds to various habitats by gathering food and laying eggs. Each player also has a randomly determined individual goal, which they can use to score extra points, making Wingspan very re-playable.
The best aspects of the game include the beautiful art and the delightful facts on each bird card. There is even an Oceania expansion, so you can gather and admire Australian birds, too!
Wingspan is a relaxing and captivating strategy card game about birds.Steam
Although Wingspan was released in 2018, last year its publisher, Stonemaier Games, also released Wyrmspan – a spiritual successor which focuses on hatching dragons instead of birds. Wyrmspan is more complex than Wingspan, though, and offers a steeper learning curve for less-experienced board game players.
Acknowledgement: we would like to acknowledge the contributions of Mads Mackenzie to this article, director of the upcoming game Drăculești and co-director of the Freeplay Independent Games Festival.
In December 1972, the same month the Whitlam government was first elected, the United Nations General Assembly proclaimed 1975 as International Women’s Year (IWY). This set in train a series of world-changing events, in which Australia was to play a significant part.
The aim of IWY was to end discrimination against women and enable them to participate fully in economic, social and political life. Fifty years later, such participation has become an indicator of development and good governance. But the full promise of International Women’s year has yet to be fulfilled, hampered by pushback and the scourge of gender-based violence.
‘The greatest consciousness-raising event in history’
Dubbed “the greatest consciousness-raising event in history”, the UN’s first World Conference on Women took place in Mexico City in June 1975. Consciousness-raising had been part of the repertoire of women’s liberation. Now it was taken up by government and intergovernmental bodies.
The Mexico City conference was agenda-setting in many ways. The Australian government delegation, led by Elizabeth Reid, helped introduce the world of multilateral diplomacy to the language of the women’s movement. As Reid said:
We argued that, whenever the words “racism”, “colonialism” and “neo-colonialism” occurred in documents of the conference, so too should “sexism”, a term that had not to that date appeared in United Nations documents or debates.
Reid held the position of women’s adviser to the prime minister. In this pioneering role, she had been able to obtain government commitment and funding for Australia’s own national consciousness-raising exercise during IWY.
A wide range of small grants promoted attitudinal change – “the revolution in our heads” – whether in traditional women’s organisations, churches and unions, or through providing help such as Gestetner machines to the new women’s centres.
IWY grants explicitly did not include the new women’s services, including refuges, women’s health centres and rape crisis centres. Their funding was now regarded as an ongoing responsibility for government, rather than suitable for one-off grants.
IWY began in Australia with a televised conversation on New Year’s Day between Reid and Governor-General John Kerr on hopes and aspirations for the year. On International Women’s Day (March 8), Prime Minister Gough Whitlam’s speech emphasised the need for attitudinal change:
Both men and women must be made aware of our habitual patterns of prejudice which we often do not see as such but whose existence manifests itself in our language and our behaviour.
The Australian postal service celebrated the day by releasing a stamp featuring the IWY symbol, showing the spirit of women breaking free of their traditional bonds. At Reid’s suggestion, IWY materials, including the symbol, were printed in the purple, green and white first adopted by Emmeline Pankhurst in 1908 and now known as the suffragette colours.
Author supplied
Policy power
Inside government, Reid had introduced the idea that all Cabinet submissions needed to be analysed for gender impact. After the Mexico City conference, this idea became part of new international norms of governance.
Following the adoption at the conference of the World Plan of Action, the idea that governments needed specialised policy machinery to promote gender equality was disseminated around the world.
Given the amount of ground to be covered, IWY was expanded to a UN Decade for Women (1976–85). By the end of it, 127 countries had established some form of government machinery to advance the status of women. Each of the successive UN world conferences (Copenhagen 1980, Nairobi 1985, Beijing 1995) generated new plans of action and strengthened systems of reporting by governments.
The Fourth World Conference on Women in Beijing was a high point. Its “platform for action” provided further impetus for what was now called “gender mainstreaming”. By 2018, every country recognised by the UN except North Korea had established government machinery for this purpose.
The global diffusion of this policy innovation was unprecedented in its rapidity. At the same time, Australia took the lead in another best-practice innovation. In 1984, the Commonwealth government pioneered what became known as “gender budgeting”. This required departments to disaggregate the ways particular budgetary decisions affected men and women.
As feminist economists pointed out, when the economic and social division of labour was taken into account, no budgetary decision could be assumed to be gender-neutral. Governments had emphasised special programs for women, a relatively small part of annual budgets, rather than the more substantial impact on women of macro-economic policy.
Standard-setting bodies such as the OECD helped promote gender budgeting as the best way to ensure such decisions did not inadvertently increase rather than reduce gender gaps.
By 2022, gender budgeting had been taken up around the world, including in 61% of OECD countries. Now that it had become an international marker of good governance, Australian governments were also reintroducing it after a period of abeyance.
Momentum builds
In addition to such policy transfer, new frameworks were being adopted internationally. Following IWY, the UN Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) was adopted in 1979. CEDAW became known as the international bill of rights for women, and has been ratified by 189 countries. This is more than any other UN Convention except that on the rights of the child.
All state parties to CEDAW were required to submit periodic reports to the UN on its implementation. Non-government organisations were encouraged to provide shadow reports to inform the questioning of government representatives. This oversight and dialogue relating to gender equality became part of the norm-building work of the UN.
However, this very success at international and regional levels helped fuel “anti-gender movements” that gathered strength after 1995. No more world conferences on women were held, for fear there would be slippage from the standards achieved in Beijing.
In Australia, the leveraging of international standards to promote gender equality has been muted in deference to populist politics. It became common to present the business case rather than the social justice case for gender-equality policy, even the cost to the economy of gender-based violence (estimated by KPMG to be $26 billion in 2015–16).
The battle continues
Fifty years after IWY, Australia is making up some lost ground in areas such as paid parental leave, work value in the care economy, and recognition of the ways economic policy affects women differently from men.
However, all of this remains precarious, with issues of gender equality too readily rejected as part of a “woke agenda”.
The world has become a different place from when the Australian government delegation set out to introduce the UN to the concept of sexism. In Western democracies, women have surged into male domains such as parliaments. Australia now has an almost equal number of women and men in its Cabinet (11 out of 23 members).
But along with very different expectations has come the resentment too often being mobilised by the kind of populist politics we will likely see more of in this election year.
It all begins innocently – a late-night peek at your favourite social media site before bed. You catch a headline that grabs your attention with “breaking news” you can’t afford to miss.
Like following digital breadcrumbs, one click leads to another. Before you know it, you’re tumbling down a rabbit hole of endless updates and emotionally charged social media posts. Two hours later, your shoulders are tense, your stomach is in knots, but you can’t put your phone down.
This endless scrolling through bad news – known as “doomscrolling” – sneaks up on us.
It’s important to stay in touch with what’s happening in the world. Being informed helps us make better decisions, engage meaningfully in our communities, and respond effectively to changes that affect our lives and those around us.
But just like a healthy diet, we must be smart about our news consumption to avoid it taking a toll on our health.
The good news is there are proven ways to stay informed without letting it take over your life. Research shows setting clear boundaries around your news consumption can make a huge difference. So, how can you strike the right balance?
How to set boundaries with news consumption
It’s worth considering why you feel compelled to stay constantly informed. Ask yourself: “will this information change what I can do about it?”.
Research shows scrolling through negative news can disrupt your sleep and increase anxiety. To make sure your media consumption is intentional, there are a few steps you can take.
Be picky with the news sources you read. Choose a few trusted outlets instead of letting social media algorithms decide what you see. It’s like sticking to a balanced meal plan, but for your mind.
While engaging with the news, pay close attention to how you’re feeling. When you notice physical signs of anxiety or emotional distress, that is your cue to take a break.
Set aside time earlier in the day with clear boundaries around your news consumption: maybe with your morning coffee or during your lunch break, whatever works for your schedule. Consider implementing a “digital sunset”, too. This is a cut-off time for news and social media, ideally an hour or two before bedtime, to give your mind time to process what you have learned without disrupting your sleep.
The world will always be there, but you will be in a better head space to process what is happening.
You don’t have to feel helpless
Taking breaks from consuming news is not burying your head in the sand – it’s practising self care. Studies have shown that people who set healthy boundaries around news consumption are often better equipped to engage meaningfully on important issues and take constructive action when needed.
When you check the news, be an active consumer. Instead of endless scrolling:
choose one or two in-depth articles to read thoroughly
discuss the news with colleagues, friends and family to process your feelings
look for solution-focused news stories that highlight positive change
take meaningful action on issues you care about.
There are also various apps and tools that can help you form healthier digital habits. Productivity apps use various approaches to help you stay focused, providing ways to snap you out of mindless scrolling.
News curation apps and apps that allow you to save articles to read later can help you establish a balanced news diet, and remove the urgent need to read everything immediately.
Many smartphones now come equipped with screen time management features, such as Apple’s Screen Time or Android’s Digital Wellbeing. You can use these to monitor your scrolling habits and to manage how much time you spend on social media or news apps.
One useful feature is to block apps from use during certain times of day or after you’ve used them for a set amount of time.
Screen time management features allow you to pause or block apps from use.The Conversation
Stay mindful, stay engaged
Staying informed doesn’t mean staying constantly connected. By mindfully setting boundaries and using supportive tools, you can keep up with important events while protecting your wellbeing.
If you’re trying productivity apps and other tools, start small. Choose one tool that resonates with you rather than trying everything at once. Set realistic goals that fit your life, and use these apps’ insights to understand your habits better.
Pay attention to what triggers your doomscrolling and adjust your settings accordingly. Remember, these tools work best when combined with offline activities you enjoy.
The goal isn’t to disconnect completely, but to find a sustainable balance between staying informed and maintaining peace of mind. With thoughtful boundaries and the right support tools, you can stay engaged with the world while keeping your mental health intact.
Shiyue Wu, a member of Francesco Perono Cacciafoco’s research team at Xi'an Jiaotong-Liverpool University (XJTLU), who is currently developing intensive fieldwork in Alor Island to document and preserve endangered languages, discovered and first documented Kape during a Language Documentation fieldwork in August 2024 and therefore actively contributed to this study.
As of 2025, more than 7000 languages are spoken across the world. However, only about half of them are properly documented, leaving the rest at risk of disappearing.
Parents today prefer their children learn widely-spoken languages. Meanwhile, indigenous languages, such as Copainalá Zoque in Mexico and Northern Ndebele in Zimbabwe, are not even consistently taught in schools.
Indigenous people generally did not use writing for centuries and, therefore, their languages do not have ancient written records. This has contributed to their gradual disappearance.
To prevent the loss of endangered languages, field linguists – or language documentarists – work to ensure that new generations have access to their cultural heritage. Their efforts reveal the vocabulary and structure of these languages and the stories and traditions embedded within them.
My research team and I have spent over 13 years documenting endangered Papuan languages in Southeast and East Indonesia, particularly in the Alor-Pantar Archipelago, near Timor, and the Maluku Islands. One of our significant and very recent discoveries is Kape, a previously undocumented and neglected language spoken by small coastal communities in Central-Northern Alor.
Not only is the discovery important for mapping the linguistic context of the island, but it also highlights the urgency of preserving endangered languages by employing Language Documentation methods.
The discovery of Kape
In August 2024, while working with our Abui consultants, Shiyue Wu, my Research Assistant at Xi'an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, discovered a previously-ignored, presumably undocumented Papuan language from Alor, ‘Kape’.
At the time, she was gathering information about the names and locations of ritual altars known as ‘maasang’ in the Abui area, with assistance from our main consultant and several native speakers. In Central Alor, every village has a ‘maasang’.
During conversations about the variants in altar names across Alor languages and Abui dialects, some speakers mentioned the name of the ‘maasang’ (‘mata’) in Kape—a language previously unrecorded and overlooked in linguistic documentation.
‘Kape’ translates to ‘rope’, symbolising how the language connects its speakers across the island, from the mountains to the sea. Geographically and linguistically, it is associated with Kabola in the east and Abui and Kamang in Central Alor.
At this stage, it is unclear whether Kape is a distinct language or a dialect of Kamang, as the two are mutually intelligible. Much of Kape’s basic lexicon (the collection of words in one language), indeed, shares cognates (related words among languages) with Kamang.
However, Kape is spoken as the primary (native) language by the whole Kape ethnic group of Alor, and the speakers consider themselves an independent linguistic and ethnic community. This could serve as an element for regarding Kape as a language.
Kape also shows connections with Suboo, Tiyei, and Adang, other Papuan languages from Alor Island. The speakers, known as ‘Kafel’ in Abui, are multilingual, fluent, to some extent, in Kape, Kamang, Bahasa Indonesia, Alor Malay, and, sometimes, Abui.
So far, no historical records have been found for Kape, though archival research may reveal more about its origins. Based on its typology and lexical characteristics, Kape appears as ancient as other languages spoken in Alor. Like many Papuan languages, it is critically endangered and requires urgent documentation to preserve its legacy.
Documenting languages: An ongoing challenge
Language Documentation aims to reconstruct the unwritten history of indigenous peoples and to guarantee the future of their cultures and languages. This is accomplished by preserving endangered, scarcely documented or entirely undocumented languages in disadvantaged and remote areas.
External sources, like diaries by missionaries and documentation produced by colonisers, can help reconstruct some historical events. However, they are insufficient for providing reliable linguistic data since the authors were not linguists.
My research team and I document endangered languages, starting with their lexicon and grammar. Eventually, we also explore the ancient traditions and ancestral wisdom of the native speakers we work with.
We have contributed to the documentation of several Papuan languages from Alor Island, especially Abui, Kula, and Sawila. These languages are spoken among small, sometimes dispersed communities of indigenous peoples belonging to different but related ethnic clusters.
They communicate with each other mostly in Bahasa Indonesia and Alor Malay. This is because their local languages are almost never taught in schools and are rarely used outside their groups.
Safeguarding Kape is not just linguistically relevant. Its preservation and documentation are not just about attesting its existence – they also contribute to revitalising the language, keeping it alive, and allowing the local community to rediscover its history, knowledge, and traditions to pass down to the next generations.
This journey has just begun, but my team and I – with the indispensable collaboration from our local consultants and native speakers – are prepared to go all the way towards its completion.
In 2024, researchers from the universities of Oxford and Birmingham excavated a huge expanse of a quarry floor in Oxfordshire filled with hundreds of dinosaur footprints.
Dating to the Middle Jurassic period (around 166 million years ago), the extensive trackways are part of what has been described as a huge “dinosaur highway”. They form the largest dinosaur tracksite in the UK today. It’s among the largest in the world.
The tracks were made as dinosaurs walked across mudflats surrounded by warm tropical lagoons. As the feet of the giant animals, some up to 10 tonnes, pressed on the mud, they left behind both an impression of the foot and in some cases a large rim of displaced mud around the track.
The surface was then rapidly flooded and the tracks were filled in and buried by a clay-rich mud, which acted to preserve them. Over time and further burial these sediments turned into rock. Unlike body fossils, tracks give us a glimpse into a moment in the life of the dinosaur.
The size, shape and position of the tracks can tell us how these dinosaurs moved, their body size and speed, where they lived, and how they interacted with their environment and with each other.
Smaller finds, including shells, teeth and plant matter, help to build a more complete picture of this lost environment of Middle Jurassic Oxfordshire.
How it began
Dinosaur science itself began with the discoveries of fossil bones in Oxfordshire and recognition that they belonged to new creatures. Megalosaurus, an apex predator in the Middle Jurassic, was the first dinosaur to be scientifically named and described in 1824 from fossils found in slate quarries in the village of Stonesfield.
Remains of three other dinosaurs are also known from sites in the county, including the 18m-long sauropod Cetiosaurus.
In 1997, extensive trackways were discovered in Ardley Quarry, north Oxfordshire, including those likely belonging to the large carnivorous dinosaur Megalosaurus – a member of a dinosaur grouping known as theropods – as well as numerous larger tracks made by sauropods. These trackways were recorded and then reburied for the construction of an energy recovery facility.
Further discoveries at the smaller Ardley North quarry led to the trackway’s surface being designated as a site of special scientific interest in 2010, in light of a planned extension of quarrying activity into the neighbouring Dewars Farm.
Early in 2022, quarry worker Gary Johnson felt “unusual bumps” as he was stripping back a layer of clay from the ground in his digger to expose the rocky quarry floor. On inspection he realised that these were regularly spaced and could be a trackway.
Dewars Farm and Duns Tew quarry manager, Mark Stanway, contacted the Oxford University Museum of Natural History. As more and more of the surface was exposed, the significance of the site became clear and, in collaboration with University of Birmingham and quarry operators Smiths Bletchington, a plan was formed for a major excavation.
In June 2024, together with Dr Emma Nicholls from the Oxford University Museum of Natural History and Professor Richard Butler from the University of Birmingham, we led a team of more than 100 staff, students and volunteers for a week long excavation of the quarry surface.
Together, we painstakingly uncovered and cleaned out the overlying clay from around 200 footprints, took more than 20,000 images of individual footprints for photogrammetry – a technique that uses photographs to create 3D models of objects and landscapes. Using computer software, we were then able to build detailed 3D models of the site using aerial drone photography – documenting the footprints in unprecedented detail for future research.
We identified at least five separate trackways. One of these was probably made by Megalosaurus and four by giant herbivorous sauropod dinosaurs. The longest trackway stretches for more than 150 metres.
Further excavations
Data analysis continues, but the trackways are already yielding insights into how these dinosaurs moved – including their speeds, how large they were and if and how they interacted. Each Megalosaurus track (a classic three-toed track) is around 65cm in length, with a stride length of about 2.7 metres and the dinosaur could have been up to 9 metres in length.
The sauropod tracks may have been made by a dinosaur called Cetiosaurus, reaching up to 18 metres in length, and weighing 10 tonnes or more. The longest sauropod trackway at Dewars Farm has tracks that are up to one metre long but the different trackways have tracks of different sizes indicating different species or different-sized individuals at the site. The spacing of the prints suggest that the sauropod and Megalosaurus were walking at similar speeds, about 5km per hour – roughly an average adult human walking speed.
Where trackways intersect, we can determine which animal passed through the area first. In this case, the theropod came after the sauropod, whether it was mere moments, days or weeks between these tracks, we don’t know.
Dewars Farm is still a working quarry with no public access and will remain so in the medium term. However, we are actively working with Smiths Bletchington and Natural England on options for preserving the site for the future. Perhaps most exciting is that the ongoing quarrying of the overlying limestone (for use as crushed and graded aggregate) will only uncover more of the trackway surface.
We are further planning exploratory visits and hope to return for another excavation in summer 2025. It is very likely that the number, length and extent of the trackways will only increase and there may well be unexpected discoveries still to come.
For anyone involved in architecture, it’s no surprise that a film focusing on a visionary architect and his profession demands the epic dimensions of cinematography, drama and 215-minute running time of Brady Corbet’s The Brutalist. This week the film was nominated in ten Oscar categories including best picture, best director and best actor.
Despite architects being present in film from the early stages of cinema, architecture’s role in society has rarely been at the epicentre of the narrative.
Notable exceptions are King Vidor’s The Fountainhead (1949), where the architect is a vessel for Ayn Rand’s hymn to individualism; Peter Greenaway’s The Belly of an Architect (1987), which looks at the political stance of architects; and last year’s Megalopolis, where the architect is the ultimate coordinator of everyday life. But I never felt these films grasped the reality of architecture’s complex obligations or the challenges beyond designing.
Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.
The Brutalist tells the story of the fictional Hungarian architect László Tóth (Adrian Brody) who, after surviving the Holocaust and forced separation from his wife (Felicity Jones), emigrates to Philadelphia to work in the furniture shop of his prosperous cousin (Alessandro Nivola).
Unexpectedly, Tóth is tasked with refurbishing the study of a wealthy industrialist Harrison Van Buren (Guy Pearce), who despite his initial negative reaction, hires him to design an enormous library in memory of his mother.
In the process, Van Buren takes Tóth under his wing and helps him bring his wife to the US. The commission of the building is a joyous moment, but as the process of design and construction throws up challenges, the tension escalates.
Epic films usually depict the rise and fall of their protagonist, but The Brutalist explores the interconnected fates of the architect and his buildings. Tóth is aware of what is at stake. Once at the top of his game in Hungary, he is ostracised for his modernism which is considered anti-German by the Nazis. He is also condemned for being a Jew.
But Van Buren gives Tóth a second chance after a news story praises the building and he discovers the Hungarian’s previous work and his connection to the radical German Bauhaus movement.
From that point onward, we would expect that Tóth has gained his client’s trust. His joy at getting the authorities’ approval for the building is soon punctured by the obsessive Van Buren hiring consultants to check his work and keep tabs on the budget. Soon Tóth is beset by other problems as a railway accident delays the arrival of materials causing a hiatus.
Restarting the project is accompanied by constant concerns for health and safety and the pressures of any other potential delays. Tóth is also experiencing problems in his personal life, but Corbet and Mona Fastvold’s screenplay is driven by the challenges of realising his vision for this new groundbreaking building.
The Brutalist demonstrates the intrinsic role the client plays and how the architect is beholden to them – in this case necessitating the negotiation of a tricky relationship with the demanding Van Buren. As Italian architect Aldo Rossi writes in his book The Architecture of the City, “the architecture that is going to be realised is always an expression of the dominant class”.
And the dominant class wants things done their way. Tóth is even ready to sacrifice his fee to realise his vision. He needs the building to make a name for himself at a time when capitalism is producing unprecedented opportunities for architectural expression.
A memorable scene in the cavernous marble quarries of Carrara in Italy is both magnificent and ominous. The sheer scale that renders humans the size of ants underscores the clash between nature and power, in the level of extraction required for materials, and the exploitation of people and planet to satisfy the egos of two competing masculinities.
In the past, “What does an architect do?” was a question I often was asked by clients who wanted me to justify my fee. This is a question I now ask my students to reveal their own perceptions and values.
Architecture is one of the three main fine arts of antiquity. However, beyond the artistry and the aesthetics, its role has been developing to meet the needs of its time. In a post-war world, architects were compelled to go beyond efficiency; they needed to create an identity and capture the public’s imagination, while creating buildings with market value.
Architects take many aspects into consideration. Tóth draws beautifully, has knowledge of materials and technology, reads the landscape and understands the environment. He also manages the budget and has to promote himself in a world that mocks his accent and others him as a foreigner – architecture has a long way to go when it comes to inclusivity.
US modernism is full of immigrant architects who either moved there very young like Estonian Louis Kahn and Finn Eero Saarinen, or by accepting teaching positions like Germans Walter Gropius and Mies Van der Rohe did after the closure of the Bauhaus.
So The Brutalist needs its three and half hours to tell the saga of an immigrant architect’s life and the long arduous years it takes to complete a cherished project. As an architect in a digital era, it made me nostalgic for paper, charcoal drawings and physical models. And wish that architects had a filmmaker’s power to complete the construction of a building like a speeded-up film montage.
Have you ever taken the time to stop and listen to nature? Deeply, quietly and patiently?
If not, don’t worry, there’s still time to learn. Deep listening is a skill that can be developed.
There’s much more to it than simply recognising the call or song of a particular species. To listen deeply to nature is to become aware of behaviours, relationships and patterns of interaction between multiple species, and to learn from what we hear.
This is what Indigenous people have been doing for many thousands of years, in Australia and overseas.
Under the supervision and guidance of Indigenous knowledge holders of Karulkiyalu Country, my PhD research, explores ways to embed this Indigenous approach to deep listening in Australia’s education system.
The project builds on previous work showing positive results for student and teacher wellbeing, as well as an increased understanding of and desire to care for the natural world.
The Rufous whistler is an Australian virtuoso.Andrew Skeoch
What is deep listening?
If you’d like to try deep listening, take some time to visit a natural place and find a quiet spot where you won’t be disturbed. Turn off your electronic devices.
Close your eyes, and extend your sense of hearing into the landscape around you. Try focusing your listening in each direction, then above and even below. How far you can hear?
At first you will hear the voices of individual creatures, perhaps one then another. After a while, you may begin to notice interactions and patterns of communication between them. Be curious. Does one respond to another? How, and why?
Hearing all the interconnected activity going on around you in that moment can help you comprehend the living system as a whole.
Acoustic ecologist Andrew Skeoch recording the sounds of nature in the Australian bush.Andrew Skeoch
What can we learn from nature by listening?
People often simplify complex relationships down to perceptions of either cooperation or competition.
But listening to nature affirms that cooperative partnerships play a far greater role than meets the eye. Relationships between species that accommodate each other’s needs are ubiquitous throughout the biosphere.
For instance, multiple species of birds forage efficiently and safely in mixed flocks, by communicating and alerting each other to information about food and threats. This practice of foraging collectively is so worthwhile it’s encountered the world over.
Listening to the animated twittering of these flocks – which continually communicates and affirms each bird’s location – reminds us how beneficial cooperation can be. More importantly, cooperation is most advantageous when it embraces diversity.
So there is an urgent need to embrace and celebrate our differences. Listening to mixed-species flocks reminds us that diversity can be a source of great strength.
Lessons about competition
Listening can also tell us about competitive interactions, particularly between members of the same species.
In the morning twilight of the breeding season, songbirds join the dawn chorus – singing with repertoire and behaviours not heard at other times of day or year. It’s also clear they are listening to each other.
At dawn, songbirds use formal vocal interactions to negotiate their most essential relationships. These include defining home ranges, establishing and maintaining pair bonds, acknowledging neighbours and affirming community identities.
In this way, the dawn chorus is a sonic expression of a widespread principle in nature: that while the potential for competition exists, life-threatening aggression is risky, inefficient and costly.
Many animals have developed specialised behaviours to sort out their relationships and status while minimising the risks of serious harm. For instance “boxing” kangaroos engage in scrapping or sparring rather than injurious fighting.
While these physical behaviours are found widely throughout the animal world, songbirds have evolved their own trick: they use song to negotiate their interactions. Listening to them singing at dawn reminds us that competitive behaviours and aggression are not advantageous. Negotiation, mutual acknowledgement and respect are more successful ways of living.
Learning through deep listening was integral to the education system in Australia for thousands of years. It allowed First Nations peoples to understand the ecological community around them and how to live with these groups of species.
In this education system, Country and Earth-Kin, (such as plants and animals) were both central knowledge holders and teachers. Humans (primarily grandparents) provided support for childrens’ learning from these knowledge holders. In this way children came to know, understand and care for land.
Research is demonstrating how this old teaching and learning method can work in modern schooling. More than 120 educators across the ACT are involved in the Country as Teacher project. Cultivating a practice of deep listening to Earth-Kin and Country helped teachers and students develop an improved sense of wellbeing, as well as knowledge and understanding of the places they live.
The research argues that teachers first need to cultivate their own practice of listening. Then they can embed this process in their approach to education. By slowing down, developing nuanced awareness, following curiosity, listening empathically to other beings and opening to being affected emotionally, teachers can cultivate their own deeper sense of care, appreciation and understanding. From their personal listening journey, educators can then facilitate these experiences for their students.
Deep listening to Earth-Kin or Country as Teacher offers an old and new pathway to return to a valuable and important way of being for our schools and society.
This path offers us the chance to come to appreciate and care for the ecological communities of the Earth. Through listening we can learn the ways in which species across the Earth adapt, survive and thrive, providing guidance for our own cultures as we confront increasing social and environmental uncertainty.
This article was written in collaboration with acoustic ecologist Andrew Skeoch.
Online lifestyle trial boosts cognition in older Australians: new study - CHeBA / UNSW
January 29, 2025
Cognitive decline can lead to dementia, making improving cognition as you age key to prevention.
An internet-delivered lifestyle intervention has resulted in significantly better cognition in older adults, a clinical trial has shown.
The team, led by Professor Henry Brodaty AO, Co-Director of UNSW’s Centre for Healthy Brain Ageing (CHeBA), calculated a global cognition score from online tests that measured memory, reasoning and speed of information processing, and published their findings in Nature Medicinetoday.
The landmark trial, known as Maintain Your Brain, is the largest internet-based trial ever conducted to attempt to prevent cognitive decline and dementia.
The researchers recruited over 6000 participants aged 55-77 for the trial through the Sax Institute’s 45 and up study, to target modifiable risk factors for dementia in general and Alzheimer’s disease in particular. Participants were without dementia but carried at least two of the major risk factors for dementia.
Half of the participants received an active intervention which included personalised coaching in two to four modules depending on their risk factors – physical activity, brain training, nutrition or depression/anxiety. The control group received publicly available information. A Mediterranean diet with limited meat and dairy, an increase in moderate-vigorous intensity exercises and specific types of computerised brain training were among the changes that led to an improved cognition score.
The trial directly or indirectly tackled several of the 14 modifiable risk factors, reported by the Lancet Commission, accounting for approximately 45% of the risk of dementia.
The researchers say the findings have international significance.
“This intervention is scalable with the potential for population-level roll out that may delay cognitive decline in the general community,” says Prof. Brodaty. “We could essentially reduce worldwide dementia prevalence if this trial were implemented to the wider population.”
Greatest benefit to date in preventing cognitive decline
The trial incorporated participants from metropolitan, rural and remote areas, and assessed an online lifestyle intervention to prevent cognitive decline over a three-year period, with follow-ups done at the end of each year. The team split participants into two groups.
The trial specifically tested whether improving lifestyle behaviours could slow cognitive decline.
“The outcome was a resounding yes – we can improve cognition over three years and therefore, likely enhance resilience to dementia,” says Prof. Brodaty.
“Both groups improved but the intervention group demonstrated the greatest benefit to date in a randomised control trial to prevent cognitive decline.”
Bowral resident Paddy Goldsmith, 82, who participated in Maintain Your Brain, believes the trial has significantly benefited her and her husband, Geoff. Together they have continued to adhere to the nutrition guidelines and found that the brain training improved their concentration.
“I continue to do weekly balance and strength training as well as online brain training, which I would never have done without the knowledge learned in the trial,” says Paddy.
Evidence to support a tailored prevention program
The findings recommend personalising prevention efforts and suggest that interventions focused on just one modifiable risk factor, for example physical inactivity, are less effective in preventing dementia.
“Previous trials have largely not tailored interventions to match dementia risk factors of individual participants,” says Prof. Brodaty. “Our findings suggest personalising interventions and targeting a broad range of lifestyle factors are important for success.”
Chair of CHeBA’s Advisory Committee, Ita Buttrose AC OBE, says this is a moment to be celebrated.
“We now have clear evidence to support a national dementia prevention program,” says Buttrose. “Previously Australia has been a leader in prevention, particularly with smoking, skin cancer and HIV minimisation, but we have dropped the ball. Dementia is a prime example of where we can and must act now.
“This evidence demonstrates significant benefits to improving cognition and potentially delaying the onset of dementia.
“It is now time for Australia to think seriously about long term goals, to acknowledge the evidence and embrace the need for investment in prevention,” says Buttrose.
We could essentially reduce worldwide dementia prevalence if this trial were implemented to the wider population. - Prof. Henry Brodaty
Findings may be even more significant
The estimate of the intervention effect is considered conservative, given the control group and the group that received personalised coaching both improved.
Through assessing self-reported change from baseline to the year three follow up, researchers also noted significant improvements in aerobic activity, strength training, diet and depression scores.
“If we were able to compare the intervention with a control group that received no information at all, we would likely find out that the benefits of this trial would be even greater,” says Prof. Brodaty. “Participants aged 55-65 showed greater benefit than those aged 66-77, suggesting we should consider starting prevention programs earlier.”
This trial has several strengths, particularly in terms of the large population sample size and methodology. Limitations exist, including that participants were more likely to have university education, better self-rated quality of life and a family history of Alzheimer’s disease. There was also a lack of ethno-racial diversity among participants.
Prof. Brodaty says this research offers new hope for prevention of dementia.
“Future developments could focus on cultural adaptation, particularly targeting groups from lower socio-economic backgrounds and those with less education.”
The study is available online:
Brodaty, H., Chau, T., Heffernan, M. et al. An online multidomain lifestyle intervention to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk older adults: a randomized controlled trial. Nat Med (2025). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-024-03351-6
The intervention modules were:
Physical activity steered by University of Sydney’s Professor Maria Fiatarone Singh – participants were advised to do 300 minutes of moderate intensity exercise or 150 minutes of vigorous intensity exercise per week as well as two days of moderate-vigorous intensity strength training per week, and daily balance training;
Nutrition steered by Professor Maria Fiatarone Singh – participants were advised to follow a Mediterranean diet by consuming unprocessed plant foods including vegetables, fruits, legumes, grains, nuts/seeds and extra virgin olive oil, moderate amounts of fish and shellfish, and low intake of meat, dairy, eggs and animal fats;
Brain training steered by UNSW’s Professor Michael Valenzuela – this training targeted seven cognitive domains (verbal executive, verbal memory, visual executive, visual memory, visual attention, speed and working memory) and allocated three 45-minute sessions each week across the first 10 weeks and then monthly sessions;
Peace of mind steered by Scientia Professor Gavin Andrews and Dr Michael Millard from the Clinical Research Unit for Anxiety and Depression (CRUfAD) at St Vincent’s Hospital – participants received training via ThisWayUp, a digital mental health program based on the principles of cognitive behavioural therapy aimed at reducing or preventing depression and anxiety.
AvPals Term 1 2025
Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps Seniors learn and improve their computer skills. It is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers.
Started in 2000 it now has 20+ trainers and many hundreds of students. At a really low cost (about $50 a school term) they can provide one-to-one training on most matters connected with computing and related technologies like mobile phones and digital cameras. From the smallest problem (how to hold the mouse!) to much more serious matters, there is a trainer who can help.
We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses in the training rooms under the Catholic Church in Avalon. Training is conducted Monday to Friday from 9am to 4pm. For more information visit AVPALS web site www.avpals.com or phone 02 8064 3574
2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.
Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!
A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year.
The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area. The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.
Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.
If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on.
The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.
Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee
Australia’s drama dilemma: how taxpayers foot the bill for content that ends up locked behind paywalls
Headlines about Screen Australia’s latest annual Drama Report have highlighted one particular figure: a 29% drop in total industry expenditure compared to the year before.
But a closer look suggests this isn’t the most concerning finding. The report also reveals a significant chunk (42%) of the A$803 million spent on producing Australian TV drama in 2023–24 was funded by taxpayers.
What’s more – watching half of the Australian TV drama hours broadcast in 2024 required a streaming subscription. Watching all of them required seven different subscriptions.
With Australians’ funding of this commercial, for-profit sector on the rise, we can’t help but ask: what do Australian viewers get in return?
Screen production challenged globally
Screen sectors globally are experiencing significant downturns because of changes in audience behaviour and advertiser spending. Various analyses suggest between 14% and 25% of all viewing is now comprised of videos from YouTube, TikTok, Facebook and Instagram.
Traditionally, commissions from the three commercial broadcasters have supported Australia’s drama production sector. However, in 2021 the government significantly watered-down their quota obligations. As a result, networks Seven, Nine and Ten commissioned just nine hours of new, non-soap drama in 2024.
The loss of commercial broadcasters from the production ecosystem has radically changed the sector’s dynamics. Streamers such as Netflix and Stan are now the largest investors in Australian drama, followed by the ABC.
Government subsidies for the sector have also grown considerably, partly due to rising production costs. Over the ten years leading up to 2023–24, federal spending on local TV drama production more than tripled, increasing by an average of 16.9% each year.
Yet, during that same period, the hours of TV drama produced fell by an average of 5.7% each year. In other words, we’re spending more on less. And as mentioned above, much of this declining TV drama slate – which is heavily subsidised by government money – is ending up behind streamer paywalls.
The problem with current policy
Too much of Australia’s current screen funding is going towards stories that can’t be watched without a paid subscription.
Also, many of these stories have little to no connection to Australia. For instance NBC Universal’s Young Rock, which was produced in Australia, is about the childhood of American celebrity Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson. Similarly, Nautilus, which Disney originally commissioned and which was made in Australia, is loosely based on Jules Verne’s maritime adventure novel, 20,000 Leagues Under The Sea.
Since the 2000s, our screen industry has become far more global than national. Current policy largely funds television projects through tax rebates on production budget. And any scripted production made in Australia (and with a certain minimum budget) is eligible for this funding.
These rebates, combined with a lack of local content quotas for broadcasters and streamers, mean our current policy risks generously funding titles made by global corporations for international viewers.
The 2024 Drama Report highlights a need to carefully consider whether Australia’s policy for the sector is delivering for Australians.
It’s time to update the conditions of support, which were designed back when commercial broadcasters reliably commissioned some 300 hours of Australian drama each year. This is no longer the case.
Solutions for more Australian stories
So what needs to change? For a start, policy must offer greater support for dramas that tell compelling Australian stories in all their diversity.
Such dramas, which deliver significant cultural value to audiences, should receive higher levels of rebates than international stories filmed in Australia. The ABC and the SBS could lead the way in commissioning this content, as per their charter obligations.
The 2021 changes to Australian content regulations left the ABC as the principal provider of free local drama and children’s programs – but the ABC has limited resources. Rather than supporting international productions, local audiences might be better served if the government increased the ABC’s funding to produce minimum amounts of drama and children’s programs.
We also have to bring Australian drama out from behind streamer paywalls if they receive any kind of government support. They should be made available to local audiences for free within two years of their release.
This could be done through free-to-air television services, like ABC iView or SBS On Demand, or on a free platform built specifically for local content.
Policymakers will need to define production sector sustainability in a 21st century context. Australia has historically had many small production companies. However, the steep decline in local drama being produced suggests only a few companies will remain viable in the long term.
The scale of disruption facing local broadcasters and production companies needs to be matched by policy that’s fit for purpose, and which returns value to Australian communities.
Researchers uncover new approach to predict pain sensitivity
In an international effort, researchers at Western University, the University of Maryland School of Dentistry (UMSOD) and Neuroscience Research Australia (NeuRA) uncovered how specific patterns in brain activity can predict an individual's sensitivity to pain, expanding opportunities for improved pain management strategies.
The new study was published Jan. 27 in JAMA Neurology. It found the combination of two biomarkers in the brain -- corticomotor excitability (CME), excitability in the region of the brain that controls movement, and peak alpha frequency (PAF), a neural marker associated with cognitive performance -- can accurately and reliably distinguish high- and low-pain sensitive individuals during prolonged pain.
"The burden of chronic pain is massive. Having objective biomarkers would greatly assist with decision making in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of chronic pain," said senior author and Schulich School of Medicine & Dentistry professor David Seminowicz, who started this study while he was a professor at UMSOD.
For people who suffer from prolonged or chronic pain, this means they could be more effectively treated according to their level of pain sensitivity.
According to recent data from the Global Burden of Disease study, approximately 1.7 billion people around the world live with musculoskeletal conditions, typically characterized by persistent pain, including pain in muscles, bones, joints, ligaments and tendons. Living with prolonged pain can be debilitating and affect a person's ability to work or socialize. Currently, there is a lack of effective treatments for chronic pain and a gap in understanding the transition from acute to chronic pain.
"For the first time we have something that looks like it could predict pain outcome for people," said Siobhan Schabrun, co-author and professor at Western's School of Physical Therapy.
The researchers looked specifically at jaw pain typically attributed to problems with the joint or muscles in the jaw, also known as temporomandibular disorders.
The study involved 150 participants in Australia, aged 18 to 44. PAF, the brain biomarker associated with cognitive performance, was measured using electroencephalography (EEG) recording, which records electrical activity in the brain using electrodes. CME, the biomarker related to excitability, was measured through transcranial magnetic stimulation, where nerve cells in the brain are stimulated using magnetic fields.
This research was a collaborative effort between Nahian Chowdhury, research fellow at NeuRA, who led the data collection; a statistical team led by University of Maryland School of Medicine postdoctoral fellow Chuan Bi and professor Shuo Chen; and principal investigator of the UMSOD site, assistant professor Joyce Teixeira Da Silva.
Slow PAF and low CME indicates higher pain sensitivity
"Our results suggest individuals who have slow PAF prior to a prolonged pain episode and reduced CME shortly after the onset of a prolonged pain episode are more likely to experience higher pain days or weeks later." explained Seminowicz.
Additional findings from complementary studies indicate individuals with low levels of CME during the acute stages of low back pain were more likely to develop chronic pain after six months.
The new research also shows potential to measure PAF and CME in pre-operative and post-injury settings to identify whether a patient has high- or low-pain sensitivity.
Based on previous literature that found higher acute pain can predict the development of chronic pain, the researchers suggest these biomarkers, PAF and CME, could potentially be used to gauge a person's likelihood of developing chronic pain after an experience with acute pain.
'A major leap forward'
"This study represents a major leap forward in the field of pain science. A biomarker that can predict pain sensitivity with 88 per cent accuracy has the potential to transform the treatment and prevention of pain in future," said Schabrun, who is also William and Lynne Gray Endowed Research Chair in Mobility and Activity at St. Joseph's Health Care London.
Backed by the high rates of accuracy, reproducibility and reliability of their study, the researchers are now working to validate the biomarker in clinical populations to explore clinical translation, including predicting the transition from acute to chronic clinical pain.
"This would allow us to target treatments toward people with acute pain who are likely to transition to chronic pain," said Schabrun. "If these brain biomarkers can predict that occurrence in future, we hope to be able to interfere with the transition to chronic pain to provide better patient outcomes."
Nahian S. Chowdhury, Chuan Bi, Andrew J. Furman, Alan K. I. Chiang, Patrick Skippen, Emily Si, Samantha K. Millard, Sarah M. Margerison, Darrah Spies, Michael L. Keaser, Joyce T. Da Silva, Shuo Chen, Siobhan M. Schabrun, David A. Seminowicz. Predicting Individual Pain Sensitivity Using a Novel Cortical Biomarker Signature. JAMA Neurology, 2025; DOI: 10.1001/jamaneurol.2024.4857
Sydney’s Museum of Contemporary Art is now charging for entry. It’s a sign our cultural sector needs help
From January 31, Sydney’s Museum of Contemporary Art (MCA) will reintroduce ticketed entry, charging adults $20 for general admission and $35 for combined special exhibitions and museum entry. Entry will remain free for Australian students and people under 18.
This decision, which reverses 24 years of free general entry to the museum, reflects broader challenges faced by museums globally.
Driven by philanthropy
The MCA was opened in 1991, established through the bequest of Australian expatriate artist John Power. As an independent, not-for-profit organisation, its administrative and financial structure is different from major cultural institutions in Sydney.
Unlike the Art Gallery of New South Wales and Australian Museum, which are statutory bodies of the NSW government, the MCA receives a far smaller proportion of state funding.
For 2023-2024, the NSW government delivered A$46.2 million in recurrent funding to the Art Gallery of NSW and $47.4 million to the Australian Museum. The MCA received $4.2 million, which represented just 16% of its total revenue.
This funding disparity has always required the MCA to secure the bulk of its budget through other revenue streams. Corporate and philanthropic partnerships have been vital.
In 2000, financial support from Telstra allowed the museum to offer free admission. In 2012, philanthropists including Simon and Catriona Mordant contributed greatly to fund the museum’s expansion.
The MCA has also been proactive in leveraging its venue to maximise income. In 2023, 41% of revenue was earned through commercial services including venue hire, retail and commercial leases.
Why there’s no more free entry
Despite reducing its opening hours to six days a week post-COVID and scaling back audience engagement, the MCA’s financial pressures continued. According to director Suzanne Cotter, the museum “didn’t have any choice” but to implement an admission fee.
While ticketed admission creates a financial barrier, it also provides visitors a way to invest directly in the museum’s future and sustainability.
The MCA has consistently demonstrated its value, generating impressive visitor numbers. In 2019, attendance surpassed one million visitors, setting the museum ahead of many international peers.
But the effects of the COVID pandemic have lingered. In 2022-23, the museum attracted 859,386 visitors – a 15% decline compared to 2019.
In comparison, the Art Gallery of NSW welcomed almost two million visitors to its expanded campus in 2023, representing a 51% increase from pre-COVID figures.
The MCA isn’t struggling alone
Internationally, there are clear signs of an industry under immense pressure.
Major US institutions such as The Metropolitan Museum of Art (The Met), The Museum of Modern Art (MoMA) and the Guggenheim and Whitney have all increased general adult admission fees to US$30.
The Met’s shift away from a pay-what-you-can model to fixed admission for most visitors in 2018 was driven by speculation of a US$40 million deficit. However, New York state residents and students, as well as New Jersey and Connecticut students, can still pay what they wish – even as little as one cent.
Similarly, at the Whitney, a US$2 million donation last year by Trustee and artist Julie Mehretu has helped enable free entry for under-25s.
These examples show how paying visitors can support a museum’s sustainability while preserving subsidised access for priority groups.
Across Europe, major museums including the Louvre and Uffizi are also increasingprices, though many retain periodic free days to ensure accessibility.
Meanwhile, commentators such as cultural historian Ben Lewis argue major institutions such as the British Museum should start charging general admission fees to supplement stagnant government funding and decrease dependence on potentially unethical corporate donors.
This would allow the museums to pay competitive wages and fund essential work, Lewis argues.
Lewis’s concerns about corporate donations accord with debates taking place internationally and in Australia around the role of big oil, mining and pharmaceutical companies that use the arts to “greenwash” their public brand.
Can Accessibility be prioritised in Australia?
The MCA’s situation, which reflects international trends, raises questions about arts funding and access.
Both the NSW and federal governments’ arts policies recognise the value of providing access to the arts. As the NSW government’s Creative Communities policy notes, “the right to participate in arts, cultural and creative activities is a fundamental human right.”
The MCA excelled in this regard under its free admission policy, attracting a diverse audience that other museums often struggled to reach. In 2023, about half of the museums on-site visitors were under 35, and 45% were from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.
The NSW government’s policy – along with its national counterpart Revive – also emphasises the importance of telling Australian stories. This is another area the MCA has excelled in.
The question then is: if the state and federal governments value equitable access to the arts and appreciates the platforming of Australian stories, will they commit to a more sustainable funding arrangement for organisations like the MCA?
Without such a commitment, the gap between those who can afford to attend museums and those who can’t will continue to widen – compromising the democratic ideal of an accessible cultural sector.
Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device!
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.
We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.
Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.
We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.
We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.
Seniors set for laughs during free NSW Seniors Festival Comedy Shows
Nine comedy geniuses will take to the stage for the NSW Seniors Festival Comedy Shows this March to entertain seniors in Sydney and Port Stephens.
The free events will deliver a day of laughs as comedians Bec Melrose, Rebecca De Unamuno, Simon Kennedy, Gary Eck, Anisa Nandaula, Mat Wakefield, Laura Hughes, Peter Berner, and Tommy Dean show off their talents at the Seniors Festival Comedy Shows.
Emcee Andrew Barnett, will host the fun-filled events at:
Sydney Town Hall on Tuesday 4 March at 11am
Soldiers Point Hall in Port Stephens on Thursday 6 March at 10:30am and 1:30pm
The line-up includes: MC - Andrew Barnett, Bec Melrose, Rebecca De Unamuno, Simon Kennedy, Gary Eck, Anisa Nandaula, Tommy Dean
The annual NSW Seniors Festival takes place from 3 to 16 March. The festival is the largest of its kind in the southern hemisphere, with more than 500,000 people participating in events held across NSW.
Highlights of the festival include the Expo with a range of activities and stalls for seniors to engage in, as well as the free Premier’s Gala Concerts, both of which will be held at Sydney’s International Convention Centre on Wednesday 12 and Thursday 13 March.
“It’s fantastic to see the comedy shows being held again – they always draw a great crowd and leave seniors in stitches.
“These events offer our seniors the opportunity to enjoy time out with friends, while watching comedians they know or discover new ones. It’s a popular event that helps keep seniors connected and feeling included. I’m looking forward to seeing them enjoy the shows.
“This is the NSW Government’s way of saying thank you for all the valuable contributions our older generation has made and continues to make to society. I encourage seniors to get their free tickets and attend these great shows in Sydney and Port Stephens.”
Great Australian artists to entertain NSW seniors at Premier’s Gala Concerts
Thousands of NSW Seniors are set to be entertained by Todd McKenney, Rob Mills, Tarryn Stokes and Prinnie Stevens at this year’s Premier’s Gala Concerts, with free tickets available early next month.
The Premier’s Gala Concerts will be held at the International Convention Centre (ICC) Darling Harbour on Wednesday 12 and Thursday 13 March 2025 with two performances each day and will be live-streamed for seniors who are unable to attend in person.
The 2025 Seniors Festival Expo, held at the ICC across the same dates, will feature more than 110 exhibitors providing a variety of opportunities for seniors to get involved and stay active and connected within the community.
The Premier’s Gala Concerts are a highlight of the annual NSW Seniors Festival, which runs from Monday 3 to Sunday 16 March 2025.
The festival is the NSW Government’s way of thanking seniors for their valuable contributions to society. The theme of this year’s festival is “Time to Shine” and it’s an opportunity for older people to get involved, and stay active and connected.
Last year, the Premier Gala Concerts sold out, with 32,000 seniors attending. Seniors also showed their strong support for events around NSW, with an estimated 500,000 attending various activities across the state over the whole festival fortnight.
“The NSW Seniors Festival embraces the diversity of seniors and celebrates the wonderful work they do for their communities.
“It’s the highlight of the year for many and this year is set to deliver with a fantastic range of entertainment and activities to suit everyone.
“Seeing our seniors thoroughly enjoy themselves at one of the biggest events of the year is always special, and I encourage our seniors to get in early for tickets to the Gala Concerts.”
Myth busted: Healthy habits take longer than 21 days to set in - University of South Australia
We're one month into 2025, but if you're struggling to hold onto your New Year's resolution, stay strong, as University of South Australia research shows that forming a healthy habit can take longer than you expect.
In the first systematic review of its kind, UniSA researchers found that new habits can begin forming within about two months (median of 59-66 days) but can take up to 335 days to establish.
It's an important finding that could inform health interventions to promote healthy behaviours and prevent chronic disease.
In Australia, chronic disease contributes to a large portion of the disease burden. Many conditions, including type 2 diabetes, heart disease, lung diseases and stroke, can be prevented by changing unhealthy habits or lifestyle factors.
University of South Australia researcher, Dr Ben Singh, says that contrary to popular belief, healthy habits take far longer than three weeks to lock down.
"Adopting healthy habits is essential for long-term well-being but forming these habits -- and breaking unhealthy ones -- can be challenging," Dr Singh says.
"At the beginning of the year, many of us are setting goals and making plans for the months ahead -things like being more active, cutting back on sugar, or making healthier food choices -- but while common wisdom suggests that it takes just 21 days to form such habits, these claims are not evidence-based.
"In our research, we've found that habit formation starts within around two months, but there is significant variability, with formation times ranging from four days to nearly a year.
"So, it's important for people who are hoping to make healthier habits not to give up at that mythical three-week mark."
The study of more than 2600 participants also found that certain factors can influence successful habit formation.
"When trying to establish a new healthy habit, success can be influenced by a range of things including how frequently we undertake the new activity, the timing of the practice, and whether we enjoy it or not," Dr Singh says.
"If you add a new practice to your morning routine, the data shows that you're more likely to achieve it. You're also more likely to stick to a new habit if you enjoy it.
"Planning and intending to complete a new behaviour can also help solidify a new habit, so make sure you continue to make time to include your new healthy habits into your everyday activities. This could be as easy as laying out your gym clothes the night before a morning walk or having a healthy lunch ready to go in the fridge.
"Tailoring habit-building strategies into our day and making plans on how we can achieve them, will put you in a position for success."
While more research is needed, researchers say that these findings can guide public health initiatives and personalised programs that support sustained and healthy behaviour change.
Additional stats:
Fruit and vegetables: 6/10 Australian adults do not eat enough fruit; only 1/15 Australian adults eat enough vegetables.
Physical activity: 83% of Australian teenagers, 37% of adults; and 57% of older adults (65+) do not meet physical activity guidelines.
Obesity: 14 million Australians (2 in 3 adults, and 1 in 4 children) are living with overweight or obesity.
Smoking and vaping: Tobacco is the second highest risk factor contributing to the burden of disease; More people are using e‑cigarettes in Australia, with nearly 20% people aged 14 and over reporting e‑cigarette use.
Ben Singh, Andrew Murphy, Carol Maher, Ashleigh E. Smith. Time to Form a Habit: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Health Behaviour Habit Formation and Its Determinants. Healthcare, 2024; 12 (23): 2488 DOI: 10.3390/healthcare12232488
Might xenon gas be useful for treating Alzheimer’s, as a new study suggests?
An inert and unreactive gas may not seem like an obvious candidate for treating Alzheimer’s disease, yet a new study in mice suggests that xenon might just be the breakthrough we need.
Xenon is one of the six noble gases. Its name derives from the Greek word for “strange”. In medicine, it has been used as an anaesthetic since the early 1950s and, more recently, to treat brain injuries. It is also being tested in clinical trials for several conditions including depression and panic disorder.
The new study from Washington University and Brigham and Women’s Hospital (the teaching hospital of Harvard Medical School) in the US, has investigated the potential of xenon to treat the brain changes associated with Alzheimer’s.
These changes, which can be found in all brains of people with dementia, include clumps of the proteins amyloid and tau. The connections between neurons, called synapses, are also lost in Alzheimer’s disease and it is these connections between neurons that allow us to think, feel, move and remember.
A final common feature found in the brains of people with Alzheimer’s is inflammation. This is the body’s response to injury or disease and triggers the immune response to heal the damaged tissue.
Usually, inflammation disappears once the tissue is healed. In Alzheimer’s, the inflammation does not go away and the immune responses triggered can then damage healthy brain cells.
All of the above changes give rise to the symptoms of Alzheimer’s, such as memory loss, confusion and mood swings.
We don’t know what causes Alzheimer’s disease, but a leading theory suggests that a build up of amyloid triggers the process that then gives rise to the subsequent changes. So targeting amyloid seems like an obvious approach to treating the disease.
Just over two years ago, we learned of the success of one of these treatments called lecanemab in slowing the rate of decline.
The increase in clumps of proteins and the loss of synapses occur over decades, and it remains to be seen if directly targeting a single protein (either amyloid or tau) would be able to halt disease progression or have a measurable effect on all the characteristic harms.
The brain has several types of cell that work together to support brain function. Neurons are the cells responsible for everything – walking, talking, thinking and breathing. Astrocytes provide energy to the neurons as well as structural support and protective functions.
Other important cells found in the brain are microglia. They are immune cells that help remove pathogens and dead cells, among other activities. However, if they are overactive, they can cause chronic inflammation in the brain.
Microglia explained.
Microglia have different states depending on the environment they find themselves in, from an inactive state through to an active state. The difference in these states can be determined both by their appearance and importantly by the functions they perform. For example, active microglia can help clear the accumulated debris, such as unwanted proteins, cells and infections.
The scientists in this latest study used mice that have the same brain changes seen in Alzheimer’s to investigate the role of microglia. A specific active state of microglia that was associated with inflammation was identified. The scientists gave the mice xenon gas to inhale, which changed the state of their microglia.
This altered state allowed the microglia to surround, engulf and destroy amyloid deposits. It also changed the function of these microglia so that they didn’t drive further inflammation.
The researchers also found a reduction in the number and size of amyloid deposits found. All these changes were associated with the altered microglial state.
But what of the other changes seen in the brains of people with Alzheimer’s? The study also suggested xenon inhalation could reduce brain shrinkage (a common feature of Alzheimer’s disease) and lead to an increase in support of the connections between neurons. And in all the mice studied, markers of the excessive inflammatory response were reduced.
So, overall, the research suggests that inhaling xenon triggers the active microglia to change from an Alzheimer’s disease-type active state to a pre-Alzheimer’s state. This pre-Alzheimer’s disease state promotes the clearance of amyloid deposits and reduces the cell messengers that cause excessive inflammation.
New hope
There are no drugs that target microglia in Alzheimer’s and inroads have been made in addressing amyloid accumulation. Current drugs aimed at reducing amyloid in the brain offer a modest reduction in amyloid deposits and rate of decline.
Amyloid treatment will improve over time, but what of the other changes that occur in the brain, such as the deposits of tau, brain shrinkage and loss of synapses?
The new research opens up the possibility of targeting a cell type that has the innate potential to affect all of these characteristic harms.
Clinical trials in healthy volunteers are expected to begin this year. If these findings hold up, xenon could offer a completely new approach to this mind-robbing disease. It would be a treatment that doesn’t directly target amyloid, but rather aims to reset the brain’s immune response to counteract all of the disease’s destructive changes. Stranger things have happened.
Archaeologists find 'lost' site depicted in the Bayeux Tapestry
January 27, 2025
Archaeologists have uncovered evidence that a house in England is the site of a lost residence of Harold, the last Anglo-Saxon King of England, and shown in the Bayeux Tapestry.
By reinterpreting previous excavations and conducting new surveys, the team from Newcastle University, UK, together with colleagues from the University of Exeter, believe they have located a power centre belonging to Harold Godwinson, who was killed in the Battle of Hastings in 1066.
Bosham, on the coast of West Sussex, is depicted twice in the Bayeux Tapestry, which famously narrates the Norman Conquest of England in 1066 when William, Duke of Normandy, challenged Harold for the throne. The Tapestry culminates in Williams's victory at Hastings, but earlier in the artwork Bosham is shown as the place where Harold enjoys a feast in an extravagant hall before setting sail for France, and again on his return.
The location of Harold's residence at Bosham has never been proved, although it has been suggested that a house in the village -- now a private home -- stands on the site.
Archaeological detective work
The team of archaeologists used a range of methods to unpick the early history of the property, including a geophysical survey of the surrounding area, assessment of standing remains, scrutiny of maps and records, and re-examination of evidence from excavations carried out in 2006 by West Sussex Archaeology.
This confirmed the existence of two previously unidentified Medieval buildings: one integrated into the current house and another in the garden. The crucial indication that the site had even earlier origins comes from the excavations in 2006, which identified a latrine within a large timber building. In the past decade or so archaeologists have begun to recognise a trend in England, beginning during the 10th century AD, for high-status houses to integrate toilets. The discovery of the latrine therefore indicated to the team that the timber building was of elite status, and almost certainly represents part of Harold's residence illustrated on the Bayeux Tapestry. The hall was one part of a more extensive complex, that also included a church, which still survives.
The research, which is published in The Antiquaries Journal, was led by Dr Duncan Wright, Senior Lecturer in Medieval Archaeology at Newcastle University, who said: "The realisation that the 2006 excavations had found, in effect, an Anglo-Saxon en-suite confirmed to us that this house sits on the site of an elite residence pre-dating the Norman Conquest. Looking at this vital clue, alongside all our other evidence, it is beyond all reasonable doubt that we have here the location of Harold Godwinson's private power centre, the one famously depicted on the Bayeux Tapestry."
Professor Oliver Creighton of the University of Exeter, and Co-Investigator of the project, added: "The Norman Conquest saw a new ruling class supplant an English aristocracy that has left little in the way of physical remains, which makes the discovery at Bosham hugely significant -- we have found an Anglo-Saxon show-home."
The research at Bosham was carried out as part of the wider Where Power Lies project, with a team drawn from Newcastle University and the University of Exeter, and funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council. The project aims to explore the origins and early development of aristocratic centres like Bosham, assessing for the first time the archaeological evidence for these sites across the entirety of England.
David Gould, Oliver Creighton, Scott Chaussée, Michael Shapland, Duncan W Wright. WHERE POWER LIES: LORDLY POWER CENTRES IN THE ENGLISH LANDSCAPE c. 800–1200. The Antiquaries Journal, 2025; 1 DOI: 10.1017/S0003581524000350
Babies as young as 4 months can tell how the sounds of different languages are made – new research
Babies are like little detectives, constantly piecing together clues about the world around them. If you’ve ever noticed your baby staring at you while you talk, it’s because they’re picking up on more than just sounds – they’re learning how those sounds are made.
Our recent study, published in Developmental Science, shows this amazing process starts as early as four months old, shaking up the old belief that babies learn these patterns only after tuning in to their native language between 6 and 12 months of age.
It also gives us an earlier window to help children who might be at risk of speech or language delays.
Sorting through a buffet of sounds
By their first birthday, babies are already fine-tuning their ears to the sounds of their native language in a process called perceptual attunement. Think of it like their brain sorting through a buffet of sounds to focus on the ones that matter most.
But in their first six months, babies can tell apart sounds from languages they’ve never even heard. For example, they might distinguish certain Hindi contrasts that are challenging for adult English speakers or identify unique tones in Mandarin, even if they’re growing up in an English-speaking household.
This incredible ability doesn’t last forever. Between six and 12 months, babies start narrowing their focus to the sounds they hear most often. For vowels, this fine-tuning kicks in at around six months while consonants follow at closer to ten months.
Think of it as babies zooming in on the sounds that matter, such as the difference between the “r” and “l” in English, while losing sensitivity to sounds they don’t hear regularly.
Until now, researchers thought this narrowing process was needed for babies to start learning more complex language skills, such as figuring out that the “b” in “bin” and the “d” in “din” differ because one is made with the lips and the other with the tongue tip.
But our study found babies as young as four months are already learning how sounds are physically made, long before this narrowing begins.
Here’s an example to picture this. Imagine you’re listening to someone speak a language you don’t know. Even if you don’t understand the words, you might notice how their lips or tongue move to make sounds. Four-month-old babies can do this too.
To demonstrate this, we conducted an experiment with 34 babies, aged four to six months, whose parents had provided consent to participate. We created a “match-the-pattern” game using two made up mini-languages.
One language had words with lip sounds like “b” and “v”, while the other used tongue-tip sounds like “d” and “z”. Each word, like “bivawo” or “dizalo”, was paired with a cartoon image – a jellyfish for lip words and a crab for tongue-tip words. A recording of a word was played at the same time its paired image was shown.
Why cartoons? Because babies can’t exactly tell us what they’re thinking, but they can form associations in their brains. These images helped us see if the babies could link each mini-language to the correct picture.
After the babies learned these mini-languages and their picture pairings, we mixed things up.
Instead of hearing the words, they watched silent videos of a person’s face saying new words from the same mini-languages.
In some videos, the face matched the cartoon they had learned earlier. In others, it didn’t. We then tracked how long the babies looked at the videos – a common method researchers use to see what grabs their attention. Babies tend to look longer at things that surprise or interest them and shorter at things they find familiar, helping us understand how they process and recognise what they see.
The results were clear: babies looked significantly longer at the videos where the face matched what they’d learned. This showed they weren’t just passively listening earlier – they were actively learning the rules of the mini-languages and linking that knowledge to what they saw.
The experiment involved pairing certain words with a cartoon image of a jellyfish and a crab.Eylem Altuntas
Connecting the dots
In simple terms, this means four-month-old babies can connect the dots between sound and sight. This early ability to spot patterns in how sounds are made is the foundation for learning language later on. It’s like their brains are already laying the groundwork for saying their first words.
This discovery changes what we thought we knew about babies’ early language learning. It suggests babies start figuring out patterns at four months, well before they begin perceptually attuning to the sounds of their native language between six and 12 months.
That opens up exciting new possibilities for helping children who might struggle with speech or language. If we can help earlier, we might make a big difference.
These findings raise several interesting questions. For example, can babies learn other differences such as voicing – whether a sound is made with a buzzing vibration, like the difference between “b” (buzzing) and “p” (no buzzing) – as early as four months? How does growing up in a bilingual home affect this ability? Could babies use this skill to learn patterns in entirely new languages?
By exploring these questions, we’ll keep uncovering the amazing ways babies’ brains set the stage for learning one of the most complex human skills: language.
However, there are no new safety concerns when paracetamol is used as directed. And children’s products are not affected.
What is paracetamol?
Paracetamol is commonly sold under brand names such as Panadol, Dymadon and Panamax. It’s used to treat mild pain and fever for short periods or can be prescribed for chronic (long-term) pain.
Millions of packs of this cheap and accessible medicine are sold in Australia every year.
Small packs (up to 20 tablets) have been available from supermarkets and other retailers such as petrol stations. Larger packs (up to 100 tablets) are only available from pharmacies.
Paracetamol is relatively safe when used as directed. However, at higher-than-recommended doses, it can cause liver toxicity. In severe cases and when left untreated, this can be lethal.
Why are the rules changing?
In 2022, we wrote about how the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) was considering changes to paracetamol access because of an increase in people going to hospital with paracetamol poisoning.
An expert review it commissioned found there were about 40-50 deaths every year from paracetamol poisoning between 2007 and 2020. Between 2009-10 and 2016-17, hospital admissions for this increased (from 8,617 to 11,697), before reducing in 2019-20 (8,723). Most admissions were due to intentional self-poisonings, and about half of these were among people aged ten to 24.
After the report, the TGA consulted with the public to work out how to prevent paracetamol poisonings.
Options included reducing pack sizes, limiting how many packs could be bought at once, moving larger packs behind the pharmacy counter and restricting access by age.
Responses were mixed. Although responses supported the need to prevent poisonings, there were concerns about how changes might affect:
people with chronic pain, especially those in regional areas, where it may be harder to access pharmacies and, therefore, larger packs
people on limited incomes, if certain products were made prescription-only.
Although deaths from paracetamol poisoning are tragic and preventable, they are rare considering how much paracetamol Australians use. There is less than one death due to poisoning for every million packs sold.
Because of this, it was important the TGA addressed concerns about poisonings while making sure Australians still had easy access to this essential medicine.
The key changesbeing introduced relate to new rules about the pack sizes that can be sold outside pharmacies, and the location of products sold in pharmacies.
From February 1, packs sold in supermarkets and places other than pharmacies will reduce from a maximum 20 tablets to 16 tablets per pack. These changes bring Australia in line with other countries. These include the United Kingdom, which restricted supermarket packs to 16 tablets in 1998, and saw reductions in poisonings.
In all jurisdictions except Queensland and Western Australia, packs sold in pharmacies larger than 50 tablets will move behind the pharmacy counter and can only be sold under pharmacist supervision. In Queensland and WA, products containing more than 16 tablets will only be available from behind the pharmacy counter and sold under pharmacist supervision.
In all jurisdictions, any packs containing more than 50 tablets will need to be sold in blister packs, rather than bottles.
Several paracetamol products are not affected by these changes. These include children’s products, slow-release formulations (for example, “osteo” products), and products already behind the pharmacy counter or only available via prescription.
What else do I need to know?
These changes have been introduced to reduce the risk of poisonings from people exceeding recommended doses. The overall safety profile of paracetamol has not changed.
Paracetamol is still available from all current locations and there are no plans to make it prescription-only or remove it from supermarkets altogether. Many companies have already been updating their packaging to ensure there are no gaps in supply.
The reduction in pack sizes of paracetamol available in supermarkets means a pack of 16 tablets will now last two days instead of two-and-a-half days if taken at the maximum dose (two tablets, four times a day). Anyone in pain that does not improve after short-term use should speak to their pharmacist or GP.
For people who use paracetamol regularly for chronic pain, it is more cost-effective to continue buying larger packs from pharmacies. As larger packs (50+ tablets) need to be kept out of sight, you will need to ask at the pharmacy counter. Pharmacists know that for many people it’s appropriate to use paracetamol daily for chronic pain.
Natasa Gisev, Clinical pharmacist and Scientia Associate Professor at the National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, UNSW Sydney and Ria Hopkins, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre, UNSW Sydney
Public health alert: Likely case of botulism linked to unregulated anti-wrinkle injections
NSW Health is reminding the community to only receive cosmetic anti-wrinkle injections from an authorised practitioner.
This follows a suspected case of botulism in a woman in Sydney, which is believed to be linked to an unregulated anti-wrinkle injection she received at a residential premises from a person in the previous two weeks.
The woman is receiving intensive care at a hospital in Sydney.
NSW Health is working with the Health Care Complaints Commission and NSW Police on this matter.
NSW Health Executive Director Health Protection Dr Jeremy McAnulty said the case was a reminder of the potential side effects of unregulated cosmetic injections and to be sure to receive cosmetic injections by authorised practitioners.
“Cosmetic injections, if used incorrectly, could result in serious harm and even death in the most serious of cases,” Dr McAnulty said.
“Botulism, although rare, can be fatal, which is why it is so important that anyone receiving cosmetic injections does so under the supervision of an appropriately registered health practitioner.
“In this particular case, investigations are continuing, but we want people to be aware of the symptoms of botulism as others could have been exposed.”
Symptoms can appear for up to two weeks following injections.
Symptoms of botulism may include:
progressive weakness
difficulty swallowing (dysphagia)
drooping eyelids (ptosis)
blurred or double vision (diplopia)
difficulty breathing
If you experience any of these symptoms, you should seek immediate medical attention by visiting their nearest emergency department or call Triple Zero (000) for emergency assistance.
If you or someone you care about needs health advice, treatment or care and it is not life-threatening, you can call Healthdirect for free on 1800 022 222 where you will speak with a registered nurse. Depending on your condition, the nurse will recommend the right care option for you and connect you with one of the many services available in NSW.
How the world fell in love with plastic without thinking through the consequences – podcast
Every year, 400 million tons of plastic are produced worldwide, and every year, approximately 57 million tons of plastic pollution is created. And yet in November, the latest round of negotiations on the first legally binding international treaty on plastics pollution ended without an agreement.
Oil-producing countries, including Saudi Arabia, Iran, Kuwait and Russia, refused to sign up to a clause calling for the world to reduce its production of plastics. As clean energy technologies like electric vehicles gain traction worldwide, these economies are counting on continued and even increased plastic production to buffer them from the economic blow of reduced demand for oil.
So what can we really do about the plastics pollution problem? The Conversation Weekly podcast sat down with Mark Miodowonik, professor of materials and society at UCL in the UK, to understand the history of plastic, how it’s shaped our lives, and what can be done to make sure more plastic is recycled and less ends up polluting the planet.
In 1907 a chemist called Leo Bakerland invented a new type of rigid, synthetic plastic. He called it bakelite, and it was quickly seized upon by the modernism movement.
“You can start mass producing items in a particular shape and they’re all the same,” explains Miodowonik, who leads the Plastic Waste Innovation Hub at UCL. First telephones, and then radios are manufactured using bakelite. “It’s a huge revolution in the way people think about themselves, how they communicate with the world, who they are … plastic becomes the material of this new era and everyone goes to town with it.”
Because plastic is a big business, the price comes down and it goes from a somewhat luxurious item to an everyday one. Suddenly everything is made of different types of plastic, including disposable packaging for fast food that people are encouraged to throw away.
By the 1970s, scientists working in plastic manufacturing companies were sounding alarms about all the plastic making its way to landfill and how long it took to degrade. But little action was taken, says Miodowonik.
“You can see that the companies obviously don’t want to deal with it. It’s going to cost them money. And us people who are buying this stuff, we went along with it, right? We luxuriated in it. We weren’t too bothered either.”
Making polluters pay
As a result of environmental activists raising the alarm in the 1980s and 1990s, governments and companies slowly started to at least pay lip service to plastic recycling. And these days, there has been a shift in our attitudes toward plastics as people are starting to realise the scale of plastic pollution.
Few plastic manufacturers have faced consequences for their inaction, though these days, there seems to be more of a collective will to take action against them. In September 2024, the US federal government successfully sued Keurig, the company that makes those little plastic pods that produce one cup of coffee or tea, for claiming that those pods are recyclable when they’re not. Keurig paid US$1.5 million (£1.2m) in penalties.
The state of California in the US has also brought a similar lawsuit against Exxon Mobil alleging that it knowingly made fraudulent claims about the recyclability of its plastic products.
Midowonik doesn’t lay the blame solely at the feet of companies like these. He says the inaction of plastic manufacturers to reduce plastic waste is a reflection of our own consumerist society and our desire for cheap stuff. He believes there needs to be a more concerted effort to make polluters pay.
“I think we need to change the laws so that if you make something, you’re responsible for its end of life. You should not be able to sell any product into a market where there’s not a waste processing system in place which can deal with that material.”
This episode of The Conversation Weekly was produced by Gemma Ware and Katie Flood. Sound design was by Michelle Macklem, and our theme music is by Neeta Sarl.
It’s back-to-school season around Australia. While many students will be excited to reunite with friends, or have some nerves about the first day, others may feel an overwhelming sense of dread about school.
This can be confusing and worrying for parents.
We are researching child and parent perspectives about what is making school too stressful to attend. We have found it is useful to think about school attendance as a spectrum that may look like reluctance at one end and emotional distress at the other.
Understanding the difference can help you to know which supports to seek for your child.
School attendance in Australia
Last week, new national figures showed school attendance continues to be an issue in Australian schools post-COVID.
In 2024, school attendance rates (the number of days students attend) for Years 1–10 was 88.3%. This is down slightly from 88.6% in 2023. Student attendance levels (the percentage of students who go for more than 90% of the time) was 59.8% in 2024, down from 61.6% in 2023.
In 2019, national attendance rates were 91.4% and attendance levels were 73.1%.
While these reports don’t tell us why the figures are dropping, we know school refusal is a common and growing issue. A 2023 Senate inquiry heard how family requests for support to groups such as School Can’t Australia have almost doubled every year since 2014.
A 2023 Greens-commissioned survey of 1,000 families found 39% said their child had been unable to attend school in the past year because of anxiety or stress.
What is school reluctance?
Sometimes children and young people will not want to go to school but it is not school refusal.
When this is temporary and tied to a specific stressor, such as a test, social conflict, sports lesson or event like a camp or swimming carnival, it can be described as “school reluctance”.
Signs can include clinginess in younger children or teenagers, as well as complaints of seemingly minor ailments such as a tummy ache, headache or “feeling sick”.
In these cases, it is important for parents to validate a child’s feelings. Using phrases such as “I can see you’re nervous about starting a new class” can make children feel seen and heard.
Families should also set up predictable morning routines to help children build self-regulation skills. If you celebrate small wins, such as completing the day, or getting to school on time, you can help boost motivation and confidence.
These early interventions can help avoid escalation into more significant school-related distress.
When it’s more than reluctance
But at other times, a child’s issues with school are more serious and a child feels overwhelmed by stressors that make attending school feel threatening, unsafe and impossible. This is what is seen as “school refusal”, although some families and researchers are now using the term “school can’t” to reframe the issue and avoid blaming children in these situations.
Some signs this could be happening to your child include:
spending significant portions of the school day in the office or sick bay
extreme difficulty in getting ready in the morning, even with basic tasks such as dressing or making breakfast
physical symptoms such as nausea or dizziness that worsen on school days, but may also be evident on weekends
persistent absences from school, even with encouragement and support
If your child is refusing or can’t go to school, they need your empathy and support. Listen to them and be their advocate. Remember, you know them best. You can also:
seek professional help. A psychologist may help uncover and address the root causes of their distress
work with the school. Talk to teachers and staff about accommodations such as flexible schedules or sensory breaks, and how else they may offer inclusive, affirming and supportive learning environments
Regular reviews are also required. In 2023, for example, Elon Musk’s X updated its privacy policy to include the possibility of collecting biometric data.
For these reasons, some privacy scholars have argued that it’s nearly impossible for us to properly manage how our personal data are collected and used online.
But even though it might be hard to imagine, we can regain control over our data. Here are three possible reforms to online privacy policies that could help.
1. Visuals-based privacy policies
One way to shorten privacy policies is by replacing some text with visuals.
There is evidence that suggests this promotes transparency and helps users understand the contents of a policy.
Could visuals work with online privacy policies? I think companies should try. Visuals could not only shorten online privacy policies, but also make them more intelligible.
2. Automated consent
Adding visuals won’t solve all the problems with privacy policies, as there would still be too many to go through. Another idea is to automate consent. This essentially means getting software to consent for us.
One example of this software, currently being developed at Carnegie Melon University in the United States, is personalised privacy assistants. The software promises to:
learn our preferences and help us more effectively manage our privacy settings across a wide range of devices and environments without the need for frequent interruption.
In the future, instead of reading through hundreds of polices, you might simply configure your privacy settings once and then leave the accepting or rejecting of polices up to software.
The software could raise any red flags and make sure that your personal data are being collected and used only in ways that align with your preferences.
The technology does, however, raise a series of ethical and legal issues that will need to be wrestled with before widespread adoption.
For example, who would be liable if the software made a mistake and shared your data in a way that harmed you? Furthermore, privacy assistants would need their own privacy policies. Could users easily review them, and also track or review decisions the assistants made, in a way that was not overwhelming?
3. Ethics review
These techniques may have limited success, however, if the privacy policies themselves fail to offer user choices or are deceptive.
A recent study found that some of the top fertility apps had deceptive privacy policies. And in 2022, the Federal Court of Australia fined Google for misleading people about how it used personal data.
If a policy was found to be misleading, lacked transparency, or simply failed to offer users meaningful options, then it would fail to get approval.
Would this really work? And who would be included in the ethics committee? Further, why would companies subject their policies to external review, if they were not required to do so by law?
These are difficult questions to answer. But companies who did subject their polices to review could build trust with users.
In 2022, the Federal Court of Australia fine Google for misleading people about how it used personal data.JHVEPhoto/Shutterstock
Testing the alternatives
In 2024, Choice revealed that several prominent car brands, such as Tesla, Kia, and Hyundai, collect people’s driving data and sell it to third-party companies. Many people who drove these cars were not aware of this.
How might the above ideas help?
First, if privacy polices had visuals, data collection and use practices could be explained to users in easier-to-understand ways.
Second, if automated consent software was being used, and users had a choice, the sharing of such driving data could be blocked in advance, without users even having to read the policy, if that was what they preferred. Ideally, users could pre-configure their privacy preferences, and the software could do the rest. For example, automated consent software could indicate to companies that users do not give consent for their driving data to be sold for advertising purposes.
Third, an ethics review committee may suggest that users should be given a choice about whether to share driving data, and that the policy should be transparent and easy to understand.
Some car companies, such as Tesla, collect people’s driving data and sell it to third-party companies.Jure Divich/Shutterstock
Benefits of being transparent
Recent reforms to privacy laws in Australia are a good start. These reforms promise to give Australians a legal right to take action over serious privacy violations, and have a greater focus on protecting children online.
But many of the ways of empowering users will require companies to go beyond what is legally required.
One of the biggest challenges will be motivating companies to want to change.
It is important to keep in mind there are benefits of being transparent with users. It can help build trust and reputation. And in an era where consumers have become more privacy conscious, here lies an opportunity for companies to get ahead of the game.
Heard of the “singles tax”? Going it alone can also come with a hidden financial burden you may not be aware of.
Obviously, this isn’t an official levy paid to anyone in particular. It simply refers to the higher costs single people face compared to couples or families.
Single-person households have been on the rise in Australia. It’s projected they’ll account for up to 28% of all households in 2046.
People are marrying later, divorce rates remain high and an ageing population means more people live alone in older age. Many people also make a conscious decision to remain single, seeing it as a sign of independence and empowerment.
This is part of a global trend, with singledom increasing in Europe, North America and Asia.
So, how does the singles tax work – and is it worse for some groups than others? What, if anything, can we do about it?
Why does being single cost more?
One of the biggest drivers of the singles tax is the inability to split important everyday costs. For example, a single person renting a one-bedroom apartment has to bear the full cost, while a couple sharing it can split the rent.
Being single can mean not being being able to split living costs like groceries.Gorodenkoff/Shutterstock
Singles often miss out on the savings from bulk grocery purchases, as larger households consume more and can take better advantage of these deals.
Fixed costs for a house like electricity, water and internet bills often don’t increase by much when you add an extra user or two. Living alone means you pay more.
These are all examples of how couples benefit from economies of scale – the cost advantage that comes from sharing fixed or semi-fixed expenses – simply by living together.
My calculations, based on the most recent data from the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS), show that singles spend about 3% more per person on goods and services compared to couples.
Compared to couples with children, single parents spend about 19% more per person. While government support mechanisms such as the child care subsidy exist, many single parents find them insufficient, especially if they work irregular hours.
Beyond the essentials
The singles tax extends beyond our “essential needs” and into the costs of travel, socialising and entertainment.
Solo travellers, for example, may encounter something called a “single supplement” – an extra fee charged for utilising an accommodation or travel product designed for two people.
Streaming services such as Netflix and Spotify offer family plans at slightly higher prices than individual ones, making them more cost-effective for larger households.
Couples and families can easily split fixed costs, such as streaming subscriptions.Vantage_DS/Shutterstock
A global phenomenon
Reports from around the world paint a similar picture.
In the United States, research by real estate marketplace Zillow found singles pay on average US$7,000 ($A11,100) more annually for housing, compared to those sharing a two-bedroom apartment.
In the United States, for example, tax policies intended to alleviate poverty often exclude childless adults, disproportionately taxing them into poverty.
The Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) reduces tax liabilities by providing refundable credits to low-income workers. It’s had some significant benefits for families, but offers minimal support to single, childless individuals.
Many tax structures disadvantage single-person households.WPixz/Shutterstock
As economist Patricia Apps argues, tax and transfer policies often fail to account for the complexities of household income distribution.
These systems favour traditional family structures by providing benefits like spousal offsets or joint income tax breaks. Single individuals and single-parent households are left bearing a disproportionate financial burden.
Who is affected the most?
The singles tax disproportionately impacts women, who are more likely to live alone than men.
This can compound existing financial pressures such as the gender pay gap, taking career breaks, and societal expectations leaving them with lower retirement savings.
And it can seriously exacerbate financial pressures on single mothers. Many rely on child support payments, which are often inconsistent or inefficient, leaving them financially vulnerable.
Working part-time or in casual roles due to caregiving responsibilities further limits their earning potential.
Alarmingly, men are disproportionately represented among the homeless population, making up 55.9% of people experiencing homelessness, and single men have a higher risk of premature death.
Growing recognition
While the singles tax highlights big systemic inequities, there are signs the issue is receiving more attention.
Similarly, efforts to address homelessness have gained momentum, with increased attention to advocacy and services for single men facing housing insecurity.
There is also the potential to design tax systems to reduce these inequities. Tax systems that treat individuals as economic units, instead of basing benefits on household structures, could mitigate the singles tax and create a fairer system for all.
Whether with crumbled feta or poached eggs, you’d be challenged to find a cafe in Australia or farther afield that doesn’t have avocado somewhere on the menu.
This fruit (yep, it’s a fruit from a tree, not a vegetable) is widely associated with brunch culture and other trendy eating habits.
The Australian avocado industry developed in the 1960s, 30 years after the start of the first large-scale production in California. Orchards producing avocados now span all parts of Australia, except Tasmania, Australian Capital Territory and the Northern Territory.
Avocados are considered a monoculture crop: they’re grown on the same land each year, making them more susceptible to pests and creating a need for increased fertiliser use. The carbon footprint of avos is almost twice as high as that of apples, but much lower than many animal food sources.
There are now over 50 different avocado types globally, but only a few are grown commercially.
Not all avos are the same
You may not notice a difference when you get your avocado toast at a cafe. But at the shops or the market, a striking difference occurs each year in Australia.
In autumn, the familiar dark purple Hass avocado disappears and is replaced with the lighter green Shepard variety. In Australia, this typically happens between February and May.
If you don’t know the difference between the two, you may expect Shepard avos to perform the same way as Hass – and be left disappointed. There are some important differences.
Hass avocados are known for their dark, pebbly-looking skin that appears almost black when ripe. They have an ovoid shape with a slight pear-like appearance. The thick skin can be a challenge to peel, often requiring a sharp knife or avocado slicer.
Hass avocado flavour is rich, creamy and buttery, with nutty undertones. Their texture is ideal for mashing, blending and spreading, creating a creamy texture in dips, guacamole and smoothies.
Hass avocados ripen – and darken in colour – slowly over several days. They remain firm to the touch when ripe, and will feel squishy when overripe. A slight give when pressed confirms Hass avos are ready to eat.
Available in Australia from May to January, Hass are the dominant variety of commercially grown avocado worldwide. They were cultivated by horticulturalist Rudolph Hass in California in the 1920s.
Shepard avocados
Shepard avocados have smooth, green skin that remains green even when they are fully ripe. They are round to slightly oblong in shape and have a slightly milder and sweeter taste, with less pronounced nutty undertones.
Shepard avocados ripen more quickly than Hass, but you won’t be able to tell that by the colour. Instead, check for softness – Shepard avocados are very soft when ripe. What might feel overripe when handling a Hass will likely be ideal ripeness if it’s a Shepard. The thin, smooth skin makes them easy to peel by hand or with a gentle squeeze.
Their buttery soft texture is firm and creamy, and they hold their shape well when cut, making them ideal for slicing, dicing and spreading despite being structurally firm.
Interestingly, Shepard avocados brown much more slowly than Hass, making them perfect for garnishes. Their milder flavour also makes Shepard avos well suited to sweet dishes, such as chocolate mousse.
Shepard avos account for approximately 10–15% of Australian avocados and are in season from February to April each year while there is a gap in the Hass season.
We now know that a majority of this fat is oleic acid, a monounsaturated (healthy) fat that helps to reduce cholesterol and improve heart health.
Additionally, only 1% of an avocado is made up of carbohydrates, making the fruit popular with people following a ketogenic (keto) diet of low carbs and high fat.
People who consume avos also tend to follow a better pattern of eating in general. They eat more whole grains, fruit and vegetables and fewer discretionary or takeaway foods.
As an energy-dense food, consuming a whole avocado is about the same as eating 2.5 whole apples. Per 100 grams, avocado actually gives you less energy than an equivalent amount of cooked white rice.
As avocado dishes are visually appealing and often featured in food photography, they have become a symbol of modern eating habits.
Some communities are “GP deserts”, where there are too few GPs to ensure everyone can get the care they need when they need it. These communities are typically sicker and poorer than the rest of Australia, but receive less care and face higher fees.
At the 2025 federal election, all parties should commit to changing that. The next government – whether Labor or Coalition, majority or minority – should set a minimum level of access to GP care, and fund local schemes to fill the worst gaps.
People in GP deserts miss out on care
About half a million Australians live in GP deserts. These are communities in the bottom 5% for GP services per person. Most GP deserts are in remote Queensland, Western Australia and the Northern Territory, and some are in Canberra.
People in GP deserts receive 40% fewer GP services than the national average. This means less of the essential check-ups, screening and medication management GPs provide.
Nurses and Aboriginal health workers help plug some of the gap, but even then GP deserts aren’t close to catching up to other areas.
And some people miss out altogether. Last year, 8% of people older than 65 in these areas didn’t see the GP at all, compared to less than 1% in the rest of the country.
Poorer and sicker places miss out, year after year
GP deserts are in the worst possible places. These communities are typically sicker and poorer, so they should be getting more care than the rest of Australia, not less.
People in GP deserts are almost twice more likely to go to hospital for a condition that might have been avoided with good primary care, or to die from an avoidable cause.
Most GP deserts are in the bottom 40% for wealth, yet pay more for care. Patients in GP deserts are bulk billed six percentage points less than the national average.
These communities miss out year after year. While rises and falls in national bulk billing rates get headlines, the persistent gaps in GP care are ignored. The same communities have languished well below the national average for more than a decade.
Policies to boost rural primary care don’t go far enough
Most GP deserts are rural, so recent policies to boost rural primary care could help a bit.
Older people in GP deserts are much less likely to see a GP than their peers in other parts of the country.Theera Disayarat/Shutterstock
New rural medical schools and programs should help boost rural GP supply, since students who come from, and train in, rural areas are more likely to work in them. A “rural generalist” pathway recognises GPs who have trained in an additional skill, such as obstetrics or mental health services.
But broad-based rural policies are not enough. Not all rural areas are GP deserts, and not all GP deserts are rural. Australia also needs more tailored approaches.
Local schemes can work
Some communities have taken matters into their own hands.
In Triabunna on Tasmania’s east coast, a retirement in 2020 saw residents left with only one GP, forcing people to travel to other areas for care, sometimes for well over an hour. This was a problem for other towns in the region too, such as Swansea and Bicheno, as well as much of rural Tasmania.
In desperation, the local council has introduced a A$90 medical levy to help fund new clinics. It’s also trialling a new multidisciplinary care approach, bringing together many different health practitioners to provide care at a single contact point and reduce pressure on GPs. Residents get more care and spend less time and effort coordinating individual appointments.
Murrumbidgee in New South Wales has taken a different approach. There, trainee doctors retain a single employer throughout their placements. That means they can work across the region, in clinics funded by the federal government and hospitals managed by the state government, without losing employment benefits. That helps trainees to stay closely connected to their communities and their patients. Murrumbidgee’s success has inspired similar trials in other parts of NSW, South Australia, Queensland and Tasmania.
These are promising approaches, but they put the burden on communities to piece together funding to plug holes. Without secure funding, these fixes will remain piecemeal and precarious, and risk a bidding war to attract GPs, which would leave poorer communities behind.
Australia should guarantee a minimum level of GP care
The federal government should guarantee a minimum level of general practice for all communities. If services funded by Medicare and other sources stay below that level for years, funding should automatically become available to bridge the gap.
The federal and state governments should be accountable for fixing GP deserts. These regions typically have small populations, few clinicians, and limited infrastructure. So governments must work together to make the best use of scarce resources.
Some states have introduced schemes where doctors can work in a range of locations.Stephen Barnes/Shutterstock
Funding must be flexible, because every GP desert is different. Sometimes the solution may be as simple as helping an existing clinic hire extra staff. Other communities may want to set up a new clinic, or introduce telehealth for routine check-ups. There is no lack of ideas about how to close gaps in care, the problem lies in funding them.
Lifting all GP deserts to the top of the desert threshold – or guaranteeing at least 4.5 GP services per person per year, adjusted for age, would cost the federal government at least A$30 million a year in Medicare payments.
Providing extra services in GP deserts will be more expensive than average. But even if the cost was doubled or tripled, it would still be only a fraction of the billions of dollars of extra incentives GPs are getting to bulk bill – and it would transform the communities that need help the most.
GP deserts didn’t appear overnight. Successive governments have left some communities with too little primary care. The looming federal election gives every party the opportunity to make amends.
If they do, the next term of government could see GP deserts eliminated for good.
Returning to work after a summer break can be jarring, especially for the many workers dissatisfied with their jobs. Almost half report high levels of job-related stress.
Dissatisfaction can be tied to an unhealthy, even toxic workplace where negative behaviour and poor leadership harm employee wellbeing and productivity.
Key indicators include bullying, harassment, lack of trust, poor communication and high job strain.
The impact of toxic workplaces
If you think your workplace is toxic, it is worth considering the impact it is having on your mental health. You might also consider how committed your organisation is to supporting its employees’ mental health.
Toxicity can develop gradually through subtle patterns of micromanagement, exclusion, or eroding morale. These dynamics create a draining environment that undermines individual wellbeing and business success.
According to Safe Work Australia, mental health-related workers’ compensation claims have increased by over a third since 2017-2018.
In 2021-2022, there were 11,700 accepted claims relating to mental health conditions. These cases proved highly costly for employers, with the median compensation paid being A$58,615.
The International Standards Organisation released a global standard in 2021 to help manage psychological health and safety risks in workplaces.
A number of countries, including Canada and Australia, have introduced laws and standards making employers responsible for preventing and managing work-related stress.
To support a safe workplace, some researchers (including one of the authors) have recommended an integrated, multidisciplinary approach to ensure companies respond appropriately to mental health risks.
What your employer is doing in the following three areas can show how committed they are to protecting mental health.
1. Preventing, minimising or managing the negatives
Most work, health and safety legislation and standards in Australia relates to protecting employees from physical hazards, including slips, trips and falls.
More recently, attention has turned to psychosocial hazards.
Safe Work Australia and Comcare, as well as state and territory regulators, keep a list of common hazards.
These include bullying, excessive workloads, low job control, lack of role clarity and exposure to traumatising events, for example, witnessing an accident.
These lists are not exhaustive and there are some problems unique to specific jobs. For instance, teachers are often isolated from their colleagues, face big administrative loads and sometimes have to deal with abusive students and/or parents.
Most employers can make necessary improvements including creating fairer workloads, redefining job roles and providing more support to individual employees.
2. Responding to employee mental health issues
Despite efforts to minimise the impact of psychosocial hazards, some employees will nonetheless experience mental health issues.
Employers should not try to treat an employee’s mental health problems. They should support them and direct them to appropriate mental health care.
Managers can also help by identifying signs of distress, having sensitive conversations with workers about the impact of mental illness and making reasonable changes to their roles.
Giving employees access to support services through employee assistance programs, which can offer confidential short-term counselling, can also help.
Making counselling available to employees can help staff mental health and workplace morale.kmpzzz/Shutterstock
Establishing a critical incident investigation procedure for events that have compromised employee mental health can help identify the cause of incidents and shape responses.
3. Promoting the positive
As well as managing the negative aspects of work, organisations can create conditions that promote employee mental health and wellbeing.
One approach for doing this is to provide flexible working arrangements, such as hybrid work, which can offer employees greater choice in work location and scheduling.
The SMART model suggests employees will be most satisfied in jobs that provide stimulation (for example, solving meaningful problems), mastery (receiving mentoring or constructive feedback), autonomy (creative freedom), social relationships (supportive colleagues) and tolerable demands (lack of psychosocial hazards).
Should I stay or should I go?
Making the decision to leave a workplace requires careful consideration.
In addition to your own wellbeing, you should consider whether your organisation prioritises mental health and how comfortable you would feel initiating a discussion about mental health.
Remember while changing jobs is a big step, staying in a toxic workplace can have serious long-term consequences for both mental and physical health.
Red envelopes, known as hongbao in Mandarin, are a cherished cultural tradition in China and many other parts of Asia.
In China, the vibrant red colour symbolises good fortune and joy. Hongbao can be given during many various festive and joyful occasions, and they are a prominent feature of Lunar New Year.
Receiving a hongbao is something most Chinese people, particularly children, eagerly anticipate every Lunar New Year. It was also one of my fondest childhood memories. But what’s the history behind this tradition?
A historical tradition
The origins of hongbao can be traced back to the Han dynasty (206 BCE–220 CE) when amulet-like items in the shapes of coins were worn.
Early practices resembling money giving took place in the Tang dynasty court (618–907 CE), where coins were scattered in springtime as part of celebrations.
Giving children money during celebrations became an established custom during the Song and Yuan dynasties (960–1368). In the Ming and Qing dynasties (1368–1911/12), this tradition evolved further with money being given to children threaded on red string.
In the Ming and Qing dynasties money was given to children threaded on red string.Nataliia K/Shutterstock
The modern concept of hongbao emerged in early 20th-century China. Elders would give money wrapped in red paper to children during the Lunar New Year as a talisman against evil spirits, known as sui (祟).
The red envelopes given to children, or in some cases unmarried adults, during Lunar New Year are also called ya sui qian.
Colloquially, ya sui qian translates to “suppressing age money”, as sui (岁) also means age. Ya sui qian reflects the belief this money could ward off misfortune and slow ageing.
In traditional contexts, the amount of money inside the envelope carries symbolic meaning.
Even numbers, except for the number four (considered unlucky due to its phonetic similarity to the word for “death” in Chinese), are regarded as lucky. Six (symbolising smooth progress) and eight (symbolising prosperity) are particularly favoured.
Beyond monetary value, the act of giving and receiving hongbao represents a gesture of goodwill, reinforcing social bonds and conveying respect and care.
The digital revolution
Today, hongbao straddle the worlds of tradition and modernity, adapting to societal changes while preserving their cultural essence.
Super-apps like WeChat and AliPay have transformed this age-old practice from a physical tradition into a digital, virtual experience.
Red packet designs available on WeChat.Screenshot/Ming Gao
WeChat popularised the concept of “digital red envelopes” in 2014, incorporating gamified elements such as randomised monetary amounts and group exchanges.
In 2017, WeChat recorded a staggering 14.2 billionhongbao transactions on the eve of Lunar New Year alone. While the initial excitement around the digital hongbao has waned over time, the practice remains popular. On Lunar New Year’s Eve in 2024, WeChat users recorded approximately 5.08 billion digital hongbao transactions.
The shift to digital formats aligns with our increasingly cashless society, making it easier for people to participate in the custom, even across great distances. Families separated by migration can partake in this tradition in real time, maintaining connections that might otherwise weaken over long distances.
My child doesn’t get to see my parents very often, but my mother promised to send a “large” hongbao to her grandchild on the eve of the Lunar New Year this year. Despite the geographical distance spanning the ocean between Australia and China, the tradition of giving hongbao transcends borders, connecting our family members across continents every Lunar New Year.
Societal significance
The enduring popularity of hongbao highlights its importance in Chinese culture. It serves not only as a means of giving but also as a way to uphold tradition amid rapid modernisation.
The act of giving hongbao, whether physical or digital, reinforces intergenerational ties and preserves cultural heritage. Parents and grandparents giving hongbao to children during Lunar New Year continue to embody the traditional values of family and unity.
The act of giving hongbao reinforces intergenerational ties and preserves cultural heritage.SeventyFour/Shutterstock
But the digitisation of hongbao has sparked debates about its impact on traditional values. Some argue the ease of sending digital hongbao reduces the personal touch and thoughtfulness inherent in the physical exchange.
Others view it as an evolution that keeps the practice relevant and accessible in a fast-paced world.
Regional variations
While hongbao is most closely associated with Chinese culture, similar traditions exist across Asia, each with notable regional variations.
In Korea, during the Lunar New Year (Seollal), elders give money to young or unmarried adults after receiving their New Year’s bow (sebae). One legend suggests the Korean tradition originates from China. However, unlike the red envelopes used in Chinese culture, the money in Korea can be presented in white envelopes, as whiteness in Korean culture symbolises purity and new beginnings.
Similar traditions exist across Asia. These red envelopes are hanging in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam.Marie Shark/Shutterstock
In Singapore, where a diverse population blends Chinese, Malay and Indian traditions, the giving of hongbao (also known as ang bao or ang pow in Hokkien) is a common practice. This tradition has extended beyond the Chinese population, reflecting the cultural influence of Chinese diasporic communities.
While red envelopes are traditional, envelopes in other colours, such as pink or gold, are also considered acceptable.
The Future of hongbao
As technology continues to shape societal norms, the practice of giving hongbao is likely to further evolve.
The enduring appeal of hongbao lies in its core values: the celebration of relationships, the sharing of blessings, and the preservation of cultural heritage.
As the Lunar New Year of the Snake approaches, it’s wise to have some hongbao ready, whether digital or physical, to avoid being caught off guard by a playful youngster cheerfully exclaiming, “May you be prosperous, now hand over the red envelope!” (“gong xi fa cai, hong bao na lai”). This light-hearted and catchy greeting cleverly combines good wishes with a cheeky request for a hongbao.
Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.